diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 20:13:09 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 20:13:09 -0700 |
| commit | 69aa80317c19ffdeac34131da4e642d0fdd1f968 (patch) | |
| tree | 8a2c5f560867da3056f9c885cdd481dd87e87c76 /39595-8.txt | |
Diffstat (limited to '39595-8.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 39595-8.txt | 11593 |
1 files changed, 11593 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/39595-8.txt b/39595-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..949bf32 --- /dev/null +++ b/39595-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11593 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Hall and the Grange, by Archibald Marshall + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Hall and the Grange + A Novel + +Author: Archibald Marshall + +Release Date: May 2, 2012 [EBook #39595] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HALL AND THE GRANGE *** + + + + +Produced by Annie McGuire. This book was produced from +scanned images of public domain material from the Google +Print archive. + + + + + + + + + +THE HALL AND THE GRANGE + + + + +BY THE SAME AUTHOR + + + THE HOUSE OF MERRILEES + RICHARD BALDOCK + EXTON MANOR + THE SQUIRE'S DAUGHTER + THE ELDEST SON + THE HONOUR OF THE CLINTONS + THE GREATEST OF THESE + THE OLD ORDER CHANGETH + WATERMEADS + UPSIDONIA + ABINGTON ABBEY + THE GRAFTONS + THE CLINTONS, AND OTHERS + SIR HARRY + MANY JUNES + A SPRING WALK IN PROVENCE + PEGGY IN TOYLAND + THE HALL AND THE GRANGE + + + + +THE HALL AND THE GRANGE + +A NOVEL + + +BY +ARCHIBALD MARSHALL + + +[Illustration] + + +NEW YORK +DODD, MEAD AND COMPANY +1921 + + + + +COPYRIGHT, 1921 +BY DODD, MEAD AND COMPANY, INC. + + + + +TO +WILLIAM LYON PHELPS + + + + +CONTENTS + + + CHAPTER PAGE + I THE HALL 1 + II THE GRANGE 11 + III NORMAN 23 + IV PAMELA 40 + V THE FAMILY 53 + VI BARTON'S CLOSE 67 + VII YOUNG PEOPLE 79 + VIII WELLSBURY 92 + IX LETTERS 108 + X RECONCILIATION 122 + XI A QUESTION OF LABOUR 139 + XII NEW IDEAS 154 + XIII DISCUSSION 169 + XIV CHURCH AND AFTER 181 + XV THE RIFT 197 + XVI CRISIS 211 + XVII HONOURS 221 + XVIII FRED COMFREY 234 + XIX INVESTIGATION 249 + XX A QUESTION OF FINANCE 262 + XXI PERSHORE CASTLE 271 + XXII A SUMMER AFTERNOON 285 + XXIII APPROACHES 302 + XXIV ALMOST 316 + XXV MISS BALDWIN LOOKS ON 328 + XXVI BEFORE CHRISTMAS 343 + XXVII TWO YOUNG MEN 353 + XXVIII AND THE THIRD 366 + XXIX THE NEW CHAPTER 378 + XXX THE TRODDEN WAY 388 + XXXI AN ENDING AND A BEGINNING 401 + + + + +THE HALL AND THE GRANGE + + + + +CHAPTER I + +THE HALL + + +Colonel Eldridge was enjoying an afternoon doze, or a series of dozes, +in the Sabbath peace of his garden. His enjoyment was positive, for he +had a prejudice against sleeping in the day-time, and sat upright in his +basket chair with no support to his head; so that when sleep began to +overtake him he nodded heavily and woke up again. If he had provided +himself with a cushion from one of the chairs or lounges by his side, he +would have slumbered blissfully, but would have been lost to the charm +of his surroundings. + +These included a great expanse of lawn, mown and rolled and tended to a +sheeny perfection of soft rich colour; the deep shade of nobly branching +trees in their dark dress of mid-July; bright flower-beds; the terraced +front of a squarely built stone house of a comfortably established age. +These were for the eye to rest upon after one of those heavy nods, and +to carry their message of spacious seclusion and domestic well-being. +For the other senses there were messages that conveyed the same +meaning--the hot brooding peace of the July afternoon, tempered by the +soft stirring of flower-scented breezes, the drone of bees and of +insects less usefully employed, the occasional sweet pipe of birds still +mindful of earlier courtships, the grateful and secure absence of less +mundane sounds. The house was empty, except for servants, who obtruded +themselves neither on sight nor hearing. The tennis net on the levelled +space by the rose garden hung in idle curves. Colonel Eldridge had the +whole wide verdurous garden to himself, and the house, too, if he cared +to enter it. Though he liked to have his family around him as a general +rule, he found it pleasant to keep his own company thus for an hour or +so. + +He was just approaching the time when one of those droops which +punctuated his light slumbers would wake him up to a more lively sense +of well-being, and he would take up the book that lay on his knee, when +his half-closed eyes took in a figure emerging from the trees among +which the lawn lost itself at the lower end of the garden. He aroused +himself and waved a welcoming hand, which meant among other things: +"Here you have a wide-awake man reading a book on Sunday afternoon, but +you need not be afraid of disturbing him." The grateful lassitude, +however, which enveloped his frame prevented his rising to greet his +brother, who came towards him with an answering wave of the hand, and +took a seat by his side. + +There was not much difference in the age of the two brothers, which was +somewhere in the fifties. In appearance, also, they were something +alike, of the same height and build, and with the same air of wearing +their years well. Colonel Eldridge had the military caste impressed upon +him, with closely cropped hair underneath his straw hat, small grey +moustache, and a little net-work of wrinkles about his keen blue eyes. +His clothes were neat and unobtrusive, as of a man who gets the best +tailoring and leaves it at that. + +Sir William Eldridge also, quite obviously, got the best tailoring. He +wore a suit of soft brown, with boots polished to an enviable pitch; the +narrow sleeves of his jacket, ornamented with four buttons, showed the +doubled-over cuffs of his blue flannel shirt, fastened with enamelled +links; a gay bandana tie heightened the agreeable contrast of blue and +brown; his soft felt hat was of light grey, with a black band. With a +new pair of chamois leather gloves he would have been beautifully +dressed for any occasion that did not demand a silk hat and whatever +should go with it. But he wore or carried no gloves for a walk of half a +mile across the fields, by the river, from Hayslope Grange, where he +lived, to Hayslope Hall, his brother's house. He had the same regularity +of feature as his brother; his hair was a shade or two greyer, but he +looked some years younger, with his fresh skin and his active figure. +There was almost an exuberance about him. If Colonel Eldridge had +allowed his hair to grow longer than convention demanded, it would only +have looked as if it wanted cutting. If Sir William had done so it would +have seemed natural to his type. + +"Been having a little nap?" he said, as he dropped into a chair by his +brother's side. + +Colonel Eldridge flinched ever so little. His strict regard for truth +forbade him to deny the charge, but it should not have been brought +against him. "Couldn't have much of a nap sitting up in a chair like +this," he said, rather brusquely. + +Sir William ignored this. "How jolly and peaceful it is here," he said. +"Really, I don't know a more delicious garden than this anywhere. It +would take a hundred years to produce just this effect at the Grange, +though I've spent pots of money over the gardens there." + +"Gardening with a golden spade," said his brother. "You can't do +everything with money." + +"You can do a good deal. And if you've got big trees you can do +practically everything. The misfortune about the Grange is that there +are no big trees immediately around the house. If there had been I +should have aimed at something of this sort. I could have got the lawn +all right. It's the best sort of garden to look out on--an expanse of +lawn and shady trees--quiet and green and peaceful. You're quite right, +Edmund. With all I've done, and all I've spent on my garden, it's fussy +compared to this. You remember I wanted you to do certain things here, +when I first got keen on the game. Well, I'm glad you didn't. If you +had, I should have wanted you to undo them by this time." + +Colonel Eldridge smiled, his momentary pique forgotten. "Oh, well, +people come miles to see your garden," he said. "It's worth seeing. But +on the whole I'd rather have this one to live in." + +"Ah, that's it; you've just hit it. There's all the difference between a +garden to look at and a garden to live in. I've come to see that, and I +suppose you've always seen it. I generally do come around to your views +in the long run, old fellow. In this matter of a lawn shaded by trees, +I've come round so completely that I've got to have it, though I'm +afraid I can't have it to walk straight out of the house onto, and to +look at from my windows. But there's that four-acre field--Barton's +Close--down by the wood. I want to bring that in--I suppose you'll have +no objection. By thinning out a bit, so as to leave some of the bigger +trees isolated, and planting judiciously, I can get the effect there." + +"Rather a pity to cut up old pasture, isn't it? And it must be half a +mile from the house." + +"Oh, nothing like as much as that--not more than five hundred yards, I +should say. I wish it were nearer; but it will be effective to lead down +to it by a path through the corner of the wood. You'll come upon a +charming, restful, retired place that you hadn't been expecting. I only +wish the lake had been closer, so as to have brought that in; but I +think we could get a vista by cutting down a few trees. I might ask you +to consider that later on; but we'd better see how the lawn turns out +first." + +"I don't think I should want to cut down trees there, William. Whatever +distance Barton's Close may be from the Grange, the lake is certainly +over a mile. You can't turn the whole place into a garden. As it is, +it's overweighted. You've got to consider the future. It would have been +all right if poor Hugo had lived. He'd have succeeded me here, and I +suppose Norman would have gone on living at the Grange after you." + +"Oh, I know, old fellow, but--" + +"Let me finish. When I die, and you or Norman come here, Cynthia and the +girls will have to live at the Grange. It's much too big a place for +them already. I dare say you'd get a big rent for it; but that's not +what they'll want. They would have had enough to live on there as it +used to be; but with the way things are going now it'll be a place that +will want a lot of keeping up. It will want a good deal more keeping up +than this." + +"Of course you're right to think about the future, old fellow." Sir +William spoke more slowly, leaning forward in his chair with his elbows +on his knees and tapping his stick on the turf. "I've thought about it a +good deal, too. Things are altered now--unfortunately. I come into it +more, don't I?--I and Norman." + +"Oh, yes, of course. Still, I'm not an old man yet. And Cynthia.... It's +not out of the question.... But we needn't think of that. The chances +are you'll succeed me. But for a good many years yet--in the ordinary +way--I shall be here at Hayslope, and--" + +He did not finish, and Sir William did not help him out. He frowned a +little as he sat looking down on the grass and tapping his stick, but +there was no alteration in the kindly tone of his speech when he said +after a time: "If Cynthia bears you another son, nobody will be more +pleased than I shall. Some people might think I didn't mean that, but +you know better. That's why we can talk over the future between us +without misunderstanding one another." + +Colonel Eldridge stirred in his seat. "Oh, yes, Bill," he said. "You +don't want to step into my shoes yet a while. I know that well enough. +You will step into them sooner or later. I know that, too. We shan't +have any more children. And as for what's to come after us, Norman will +make a better squire of Hayslope than poor Hugo could have done. I +wouldn't say so to Cynthia--I don't know that I'd say it to anybody but +you--but I've come to see that the poor fellow had made too much of a +mess of things for us to have hoped that he'd ever pull up. I feel no +bitterness against him--God knows. I did; but that's all wiped out. I +loved him when he was a little fellow, and I never really left off +loving him, though he brought me a lot of trouble. Now I'm free to love +his memory. He did well at the end." + +"Oh, yes. You can be proud of him. There was lots of good in him, and it +came out at the last. No need to think about all the rest. I haven't +thought about it for a long time." + +"Well, I've got to think of it occasionally, I'm afraid. Things are +still difficult because of poor Hugo. But--" + +"Look here, old fellow--why don't you let me wipe all that off? I can do +it without bothering myself in the least." + +"Thanks, Bill, you're very good. But I'll bear my own burdens." + +"Between you and me--what is there to quibble about? I've been lucky in +life. But you're a better man than I am, when all's said and done. And +you're the head of the family. We ought to stand together--'specially +now, when I'm almost in the same position towards you as Hugo was, you +might say. Take it as done for Hayslope. In a way, I'm as much +interested in the place as you are." + +"Thanks, William, but this is a personal matter. Most of my income comes +from the place, but I'm only tenant for life. I've got to make good on +my own account. It means a bit of skimping, but that's all. There's +enough for me and Cynthia and the girls, and I'll hand over Hayslope to +you, or whoever it may be, as I received it from our father." + +"Well, I won't press you. But you know at any time that the money's +there if you want it, and you'll give me pleasure if you'll take it. +What's money between you and me? I've been in the way of making it and +you haven't. There you have it in a nutshell. But after all, I'm not a +money-grubber. I only care for it for what it will bring. It's at your +service any time, Edmund--five thousand, ten thousand--whatever you want +to clear off that old trouble. Take it from me, that you'll be doing me +a real pleasure if you'll ask for it at any time. Are you coming over to +tea? I promised Eleanor I'd get back. I think there'll be some people +from the Castle." + +He rose from his seat. Colonel Eldridge retained his. "I don't think +I'll come, thanks," he said, with a slight frown. "I don't particularly +care about meeting people from the Castle." + +Sir William looked away. There was a slight frown on his face now, but +not of annoyance. "I know it's rather difficult for you," he said. "But +wouldn't it be better to face it? You must meet them sooner or later. +And as far as they are concerned, it's all over. There'd be no real +awkwardness. As a matter of fact I don't think that the Crowboroughs are +coming themselves. It's the Branchleys--who are staying with them. If +they do come, there'd be more or less of a crowd--with all the young +people. You'd get over the first meeting, and then it would all be +buried." + +"I know I've got to meet them some time or other. I know that +Crowborough did have cause for complaint against Hugo. But he went much +too far, and I can never forget it, now the poor boy's dead." + +"You couldn't have forgotten it if he hadn't taken back the worst of +what he accused Hugo of. I admit that. But he did take it back, didn't +he?" + +"Well, did he? That's what I'm not so sure about. I've got to behave as +if he did--I know that. If we were to have it out together again, +there's likely to be such a row that we should be enemies for life. I +don't want that, for the sake of Cynthia and the girls. I suppose he +doesn't want it, either, or he wouldn't have tried to mend the row we +did have." + +"But, surely--" + +"I know what you're going to say. He wrote and said he'd never intended +to accuse Hugo of swindling young Horsham. It was the way I'd taken what +he did say that made him lose his temper and go farther than he'd meant +to. That's all very well. But he didn't withdraw the charge." + +There was a look of perplexity on Sir William's face as he stood by his +brother, preparing to leave him, but not to leave the discussion into +which they had so lightly drifted with a ragged edge of uncertainty. +"Poor Hugo!" he said. "He made trouble for you, Edmund--for all of us. +It's all forgiven and ought to be forgotten. But where it remains alive +it ought to be faced, oughtn't it? He did lead Jim Horsham into bad +ways. You've admitted as much as that." + +"Yes, I did admit it. It was bad enough. But to lay that a son of mine +cheated a brother officer out of a large sum of money--! That was the +accusation." + +"Crowborough made it when he was worked up about what he had discovered, +and he withdrew it." + +It was Colonel Eldridge who ended the discussion, and allowed his +brother to go free. "Well, that's what we began with," he said. "I'm +ready to act on the supposition that he did withdraw it. But I don't +feel inclined to meet him this afternoon, William. Thanks all the same." + +Sir William took his departure. His brother watched his smart, alert +figure crossing the lawn, until it was lost among the trees at the +bottom of the garden. Then he rose and sauntered slowly towards the +house, and his face was thoughtful and disturbed--more disturbed than +the previous conversation might have seemed to warrant. + + + + +CHAPTER II + +THE GRANGE + + +Sir William Eldridge, with a step wonderfully light and quick for a man +of his years and weight, came out of his brother's garden by a gate that +led to a woodland path, and so down a long slope under the thick shade +of trees, till the wood gave place to an open meadow bordered by a +placid-flowing stream--almost a river. The meadow sloped up to the high +woods which enclosed it in a long crescent, but on the other side of the +stream was open grass-land, with lines of willows here and there, dykes, +and little bits of wooden fences. Cattle were dotted all over it, +feeding peacefully in the hot afternoon sunshine, or recumbent on the +rich turf. In the distance were more woods, and where the river took a +turn and followed the contour of the hill in front, it was seen to be +flowing towards a lake of considerable size, to judge by the growth of +the trees which encircled and hid all but the nearer end of it. + +The river path continued for a quarter of a mile or so, and then once +more became a woodland path, turning sharply to the left and rising more +steeply than it had dropped in the other wood. The exit there had been +by a stile, not as firm as it might have been under the weight of a big +man. But this entrance was by a closely fitting gate, and a new solid +fence ran away to right and left of it, gate and fence alike carrying +an elaborate wire defence against rabbits. + +Sir William climbed the steep path, slowly, but not, apparently, because +of any necessity to save his breath. He looked to right and left of him +with interest at the plantings of shrubs and flowers and ferns that had +been made in clearings under the trees. On the outside this was a thick +wood, as the other had been; but once through the gate it was seen to be +a garden, full of interest and surprise. Little winding paths led off +from the main ascent, and Sir William followed one or two of these to +look at some treasure that he had established, and lingered over it as +if his chief interest in life were the planting and the growth of +flowers. + +The steep path became a rocky staircase, which emerged from the wood +into an elaborate rock garden, so artfully constructed that it seemed +almost a natural outcrop from the leafy soil. On the further side the +trees closed in on it again, but they had been still further thinned out +here and did not conceal the artificially flat expanse of tennis and +croquet lawn upon which the path came somewhat too suddenly. Immediately +beyond the lawn was a house--a long rambling structure of many-gabled +red brick and tile, with rose-covered verandas, loggias, pergolas, and +all the paraphernalia of a rich man's country cottage. The original +house, of a date somewhere about the seventies, was ugly enough, and had +never pretended to be a cottage; and the additions, though in much +better architectural taste, were incongruous to it. But it might have +been supposed, even from an outside view, that everything about this +house would be of the highest possible convenience for a life of country +pleasure, and that if anything should occur to its occupants that would +improve its amenities in this respect it would promptly be supplied. + +Four young people were playing lawn tennis, and four older people were +playing croquet, as Sir William came within sight of the lawn, and on +the broad pillared veranda which finished off the house at this end +other people were sitting, and servants were arranging tea-tables. House +and garden seemed to be fulfiling their purpose with these groups of +people laughing and talking and playing games in the summer afternoon, +and everything at hand to enhance their enjoyment. Sir William's face +lightened as he waved his greetings. He loved these lively gatherings of +the summer time. He had something to offer at Hayslope Grange that +people found it worth while to seek out and enjoy. There was more coming +and going between the Grange and Pershore Castle, the Earl of +Crowborough's seat five miles away, than between the Castle and Hayslope +Hall, although the two families had run neck and neck in this part of +the country for generations, and intimacy had established itself between +their two houses almost to the exclusion of others. + +It was with Lord Crowborough that Sir William walked down to the meadow +which he wanted to bring into his garden, while the rest of the party +were still busy round the tea-tables. Lord Crowborough was a man of +sixty, heavy in bulk and somewhat heavy in demeanour, though with a +kindly expression of face and of speech that relieved him of the charge +of pomposity. He was disturbed, it appeared, at the coolness that had +arisen between him and his old friend and neighbour, Edmund Eldridge, +and wanted a word about it alone with Sir William. "Such old friends!" +was the burden of his regrets. And he enlarged on it: "Surely such old +friends ought to be able to speak freely to one another--even lose their +tempers; we both did that, but surely--" + +Sir William was more silent under the complaints than would have seemed +to be natural to him. "It was the charge of swindling," he said rather +shortly. + +"Oh, I know," said Lord Crowborough. "After all your kindness, one +doesn't want--" + +"Never mind about that," Sir William interrupted him almost +peremptorily. There was a hint in his manner that spoke of another man +than the one who grew his flowers and welcomed his friends at Hayslope +Grange. Lord Crowborough, some years older, and of greater apparent +importance, seemed to bow to it. "I know it was never to be mentioned," +he said, apologetically. "Very well. But really, you know, William--! +Well, the poor fellow's dead; but he was an out and out wrong 'un. I did +do my best to hush it all up. Edmund must know that. If it had come out +he'd have been kicked out of the regiment. I should think he must know +that, too, if he thinks straight about it at all." + +"Perhaps he doesn't think quite straight about it, poor old chap! You +can hardly blame him. As far as I'm concerned I'm going to do all I can +to encourage him to think that Hugo was just sowing his wild oats, and +that he'd have settled down to be a credit to his name. I'm afraid it +isn't true, but surely it's a good thing if Edmund can think so." + +"Oh, yes, I quite agree. Poor old fellow! I'll ask him to dine. I +remember him quite well as a little fellow--you too, of course. I +believe I was even a sort of hero of his when I was a big boy and he was +a little one." + +Sir William laughed. "Of course you were," he said. "I think that's the +line to go on, you know. Old times, and all that. At least, I shouldn't +mention the affair again, if I were you. Treat him with--well, +affection. I know you feel that for him. The row will pass over. He's +sore all round. He's sore about Hugo. He's a little sore about my +stepping into the position of heir to him--though, goodness knows, +_I've_ no wish to change places with him in any way." + +"No, you've made yourself a bigger man than he is." + +"Well, that's as may be. Anyhow, I'm in a different line altogether. +He's nothing to be sore about there; and we stick together. I can help +him in lots of ways, if he'll let me." + +"He's stiff about things; he's got stiffer as he's got older." + +"Yes, that's true. He's the military type; and going back to his old job +during the war has brought it out in him, more than ever. Still, I know +well enough how to deal with men of that sort--had lots of practice at +it lately. And Edmund's my brother. I'm fond of him. In some ways I +look up to him; he's straight and honest as the day. And he's +affectionate, too, under his stiffness. You can't drive him, but you can +lead him, if you're careful in the way you do it. Hold out a hand to +him, Crowborough. He'll respond all right, and you'll soon git rid of +_that_ soreness." + +They strolled back to the upper garden together, and Lord Crowborough +lost no time in goading his wife into asking Mrs. Eldridge to dine. It +was necessary to detach her from the side of Lady Eldridge and draw her +a little aside, and it was plain to everybody that something in the way +of pressure was being exercised. Lady Crowborough did not want to invite +the Eldridges. She was more incensed against Colonel Eldridge than her +husband, and had no memory of intimacies of early childhood to soften +her towards him. However, she obeyed her husband, as a good wife should. +She had not yet had any conversation with Mrs. Eldridge, and might even +have been supposed to have avoided her. But she went straight up to her +and said: "We haven't really seen anything of each other for months. I +wish you and your husband and Pamela would come over and dine to-morrow +evening. Lord and Lady Branchley aren't going until Tuesday, and I've +asked the Hobkirks and one or two other people." + +Mrs. Eldridge looked up at her from the cushioned chair in which she was +sitting, so very much at her ease, showing the neatest feet and ankles +under her short-skirted summer frock. A wonderful woman for her age, it +was the custom to say of her. Her age might have been forty-five, but +she looked at least ten years younger than that, and on some occasions +younger still. There was not a thread of grey in her rippling, lustrous +brown hair; her cheeks were softly rounded, her skin was fresh. She wore +a large flowery hat, which accentuated the graceful slimness of her +form. She looked up at Lady Crowborough, looming profusely above her, +out of untroubled blue eyes. "Thanks so much," she said. "I'm not sure +what Edmund is doing to-morrow. Pamela and I could come. I could let you +know if _he_ can't." + +Lady Crowborough grunted. She was a tall, upright woman with a +decorative façade, and seemed to have been formed by nature to play the +part of a great lady. But there was something lacking in her equipment. +She was easily flustered, and when confronted with any difficulty seemed +to lose even in physical bulk. "Crowborough particularly wanted me to +ask Colonel Eldridge," she said in a tone that did not carry out the +promise of the preliminary grunt. + +"So I saw," said Mrs. Eldridge, with unbaffled sweetness. "It was very +good of him. I don't see in the least why he shouldn't come, but it's +never safe to make promises for him. If you don't want me and Pamela +without him--" + +"Oh, of course I do, if he _can't_ come. Yes, of course I shall be +delighted. It's really ages since we saw anything of one another." + +She suddenly became friendly and confidential, dropping into a seat next +to Mrs. Eldridge's, and demanding her ear for a low-spoken account of +the trouble she had been going through with a laundry maid who had +unwisely loved a Canadian soldier. Mrs. Eldridge was all sympathy, but +managed to impart some lightness into an affair that Lady Crowborough +had never thought to regard as anything but a gloomy tragedy. When she +took leave of her Lady Crowborough's manner was intimately affectionate. +She kissed her and called her "my dear," and said what a comfort it was +to pour out one's troubles to an old friend. + +Afterwards, in conversation with her husband, she was a little doubtful +whether she had not gone rather too far. "Of course I have known her for +a good many years," she said. "And I've always liked her too. But the +fact is, I like her better when I'm with her than when I'm away from +her; I don't know why. She's got a sort of way with her." + +"She's a very charming woman," said Lord Crowborough. "I've nothing +against her at all. I don't know why you shouldn't like her when you're +away from her. Anyhow, I'm glad you made a bit of a fuss with her. And +evidently she responded, from what you say. No doubt she wants this +trouble ended. So do we. Poor old Edmund! I've forgiven him for what he +said, though 'pon my word it was outrageous." + +"Well, I said I never would forget it," said Lady Crowborough. "And +really, John, when I come to think of it, I'm not at all sure you're +right in making it so plain that we are anxious to see Colonel Eldridge +back on the old terms with us. Perhaps he'll even refuse my invitation, +and we shall have given him a handle. If he does come, of course I shall +be polite to him, but I've no intention of treating him in the same way +as I have Cynthia." + +"Well, I don't suppose you'll kiss him; but I'm quite sure you won't +treat him stiffly, my dear. You may begin like that, but you're +incapable of keeping it up." + +Lady Crowborough sighed. "I _am_ like that," she admitted. "I get +carried away." + +When the party from Pershore Castle had driven off, Lady Eldridge took +her sister-in-law into the house, leaving the young people still at +their games, and Sir William, who had changed into gleaming white, +playing with them. Lady Eldridge was a handsome dark-eyed, dark-haired +woman, very well preserved for her years, which were about the same as +those of Mrs. Eldridge, but without the look of fragile youth that was +the note of that lady's appearance in her most favourable moments. She +had an agreeable, decisive manner of speech, and a straightforward, +honest look. The two of them had been friends at school, and it was at +Hayslope Hall that Lady Eldridge had first met her husband, at that time +a young barrister, not entirely briefless, or he would not have been in +a position to marry, but with nothing in his prospects to indicate the +opulence that he now so much enjoyed. + +Lady Eldridge's special room was the most recent addition to the house, +pleasing in its proportions and decoration, and beautifully but quietly +furnished. Mrs. Eldridge sank into a deep cushioned chair, and said with +a plaintive sigh: "I wish I could afford a room like this. You've made +such a perfect success of it, Eleanor. I don't think it could possibly +be nicer." + +"It's very sweet of you to say so, my dear. But I don't think you have +any cause to grumble, with all the beautiful old things you have in your +room. Of course these are mostly old, too, but then they have all been +bought. I might easily have gone wrong, you know. You don't think it +looks like just money, do you?" + +"Oh, no! Oh, no!" Mrs. Eldridge held up hands of expostulation. Then she +dropped the subject. "The Crowboroughs want to bury the hatchet," she +said. "I'm glad enough, I do hate rows, especially between old friends. +But my poor old Edmund had a lot to put up with. I suppose Lord +Crowborough means well. It's what everybody says of him. It's what they +generally do say of thoroughly tiresome people, isn't it?--especially if +they've got titles. Of course he is tiresome, and so is she, but both of +them have their uses, so one puts up with it." + +Lady Eldridge laughed. Her laugh was agreeable to listen to, and always +meant that she was amused. "What uses?" she asked. + +"Well, there's the Castle to go to, for one thing." + +"You used to bewail your lot in being expected to go so much to the +Castle." + +"My dear, I've grown wiser, as well as a good deal poorer. Nobody can +deny that the Castle is desperately dull, entirely owing to the people +who inhabit it; for it's a fine enough house. But they do occasionally +have people to stay, though I don't know whether you've noticed that the +same people seldom come twice. It's a house to go to. To that I've +come--that I'm thankful for an invitation to dine at Pershore Castle. +I'm not sure that I didn't even angle for it. I certainly intimated that +if Edmund didn't think it good enough, the invitation was on no account +to be withdrawn from Pam and me. I made eyes at her, and she gave in at +once. She thinks I'm a very sweet woman, until she goes away from me, +and then she's not so sure about it. Am I a sweet woman, Eleanor, or a +bit of a cat? I'm never quite certain." + +"You were a very sweet child," said Lady Eldridge, whose face had become +rather serious during this speech. "I always loved you and always shall. +And as long as you say everything you think to me...." + +"Oh, my dear, I shall always do that. You're one of the few comforts +left to me in life. I can't grumble to Edmund, or the children. Besides, +you're so generous. I should never have had my little bit of London this +year but for you. How I should have missed it! And how I enjoyed it! +There is no doubt that one does enjoy pleasures that come to one +unexpectedly more than those that one takes as a matter of course." + +"Well, Cynthia, you know that until you have a house of your own again +in London, ours is there for you to come to whenever you like. And for +the girls too. It doesn't want saying, does it, dear? We've always been +very close together. There was a time when I owed almost all my +pleasures in life to you, and I don't forget how generous _you_ were. +We've been fortunate, Bill and I, and at a time when so many people have +had to alter their way of living. It's nice to think that our good +fortune is of use not only to ourselves; that those we love can share it +with us. I suppose there aren't many people who are so close together +as you and Edmund and Bill and I. And our children too. I can't imagine +anything that would come between us." + +"No," said Mrs. Eldridge. "I can't either. It's a great comfort to have +you here. I don't know what we should do without you." + + + + +CHAPTER III + +NORMAN + + +Norman Eldridge and his cousin Pamela detached themselves from the +tennis players and strolled off through the bare blaze of the upper +garden with its elaborate architecture of walls and steps and pavings +and pergolas, and its bright, restless plantings, into the shade of the +woods. + +They were close friends, these two, and had been so ever since Norman as +a boy of eight had fallen in love with Pamela as a baby of two. It's a +nice sort of boy who loves children, and Norman had been a very +attractive small boy, high-spirited, energetic and mischievous, but +never a source of anxiety with his mischievousness, as his cousin Hugo +had been. Hugo was a year older than Norman, and always eager to make +his seniority felt. In those early days Norman had paid visits from the +little house in Hampstead where his parents then lived, to Hayslope +Hall, and greatly enjoyed the ample life of the country house, with +ponies to ride, the river to fish, later on rabbits and birds to shoot, +and all the blissful freedom of the woods and fields. But Hugo, his +constant companion in holiday activities, had spoilt a good deal of the +pleasure of them. At first Norman had given way and been bullied. It +seemed as if Hugo were unable to enjoy himself without being unpleasant. +He was bigger and stronger than Norman, and had all the advantage of +being on his own ground. In earlier visits, when both children had been +under the eye of nurses and governess, there had been frequent quarrels, +but Hugo had been forced more or less to behave himself. But during that +month of Christmas holidays, when Hugo had come home from his first term +at school, he had turned Norman's excitement and pleasure into a +dragging unhappiness, which increased so much that he came to count the +days before the end of his visit as eagerly as he had counted those +which had brought him to it. + +Hugo, as a schoolboy, tyrannized over him, and yet he wanted him for his +games, and hardly ever left him in peace. There was another boy, a year +older than Hugo--Fred Comfrey, son of the Rector of Hayslope--who was +constantly with them. He took his line from Hugo, and helped in the +bullying. Poor little Norman used to cry himself to sleep every night, +but it was his pride never to let his tormentors see how much they hurt +him. His uncle and aunt were kind to him. It would sometimes come over +him with a sense of bewilderment how little they knew of his real +feelings; for everything seemed to be right when the boys were with +them. No doubt they thought he was enjoying himself to the full, having +everything that a boy could want to make him happy. + +It was at this time that he came to adore little Pamela, whose bright +prattle and pretty, loving ways with him soothed his sore heart. But it +was only now and then that he could forget himself, playing with her. +The other boys were brutally scornful of his taste for the companionship +of a baby. + +He did not go to Hayslope again until a year later. By that time he was +a schoolboy himself. He had thought a good deal about his cousin Hugo, +and about Fred Comfrey, in the interval, and come to the conclusion, +assisted by an intimate friend of his own age to whom he had disclosed +the matter, that he had been a bally ass to be put down by them. + +He had entered the republic of his school with unhappy anticipations of +the life he would lead there, with forty tyrants to domineer over him +instead of two. If it had not been for his experience with Hugo and +Fred, he would have escaped months of anticipatory dread. But his fears +proved groundless. This was a very good school for small boys, with a +headmaster whose outstanding aim was to make friends of them all and to +keep them happy. He was helped by his wife, who loved children and had +none of her own. The forty boys were her family, and outside school +hours they used the whole house as if it were their home. Under this +happy rule there were no awkward fences for a little boy new to school +life to surmount. He was welcomed as a member of the family, and one who +was expected to do it credit. Everything was done to bring out whatever +originality of character he had in him. The elder boys, taking their +tone from the headmaster, his wife and assistants, were kind and +protective. The only objection to the system was that a new boy of +self-assertive habits occasionally made himself something of a nuisance. +But the standards and ideals of school life soon told on all but the +incorrigibles; the headmaster knew when and how to exercise severity on +the rare occasions on which it was required; and if a boy had not +submitted himself to the tone of the school by the end of his first year +his parents were asked to remove him. That sometimes made trouble for +the headmaster, but he was content to put up with that now and then for +the sake of his beloved school. + +Norman, after a pause of bewilderment, expanded under this treatment. He +was gay and bright and bubbling over with life; he was quick with his +work and had an aptitude for the pursuits that are valued among boys. He +was made much of from the first, but his native modesty prevented his +being spoilt. + +It was this agreeable modesty of his that had led him to knuckle under +to Hugo and Fred the year before, and they had taken advantage of it. He +went down to Hayslope with his father and mother for Christmas with the +determination to knuckle under in nothing, and rather enjoyed, though +with some tremors, the prospect of making it quite plain where he stood, +and where he intended to stand for the future. He had learnt to box a +little at school, and thought it might come in useful. He didn't suppose +that he was capable of taking on Hugo and Fred together, but if it +should be necessary he was not averse from trying. + +To his immense surprise, however, Hugo greeted him affably, and seemed +to have forgotten the disagreeables of the previous visit. They played +together with no more than the normal amount of friction between small +boys, and settled their differences as they arose without coming +anywhere near to blows. + +Then Fred Comfrey, who had spent Christmas away from home, came on the +scene. Now was the time for the three of them to take stock of one +another. So far, Norman had been content to make friends with an +apparently much improved Hugo, without bothering himself about whether +he would have liked him if he had seen him in contact with other boys. +In the give and take of school life a boy finds his level very quickly. +He is known through and through, and sized up with an accuracy seldom at +fault, though the rule by which he is measured is more rigid than any +that is applied in after life. Outside, the rule is somewhat relaxed. +Boys not acceptable to their fellows may find themselves liked by older +people, and show themselves in an altogether different light. The +ordinary courtesies of life, disregarded at school, have some sway. +There is the softening influence of feminine and family society. A truce +is called, and allowances unconsciously made. So it was with Hugo and +Norman, who were not made to run together, but managed to find some +community of interest in the pursuits of holiday time. + +But with the advent of the third party new adjustments had to be made. +There was a pause of observation, and then the struggle began. + +The Rector's son was a stocky, dark-haired boy of considerable strength +for his age. He was already at one of the minor public schools, where +they took boys from the age of eleven. His manners were rough, as his +school was, and his ideals did not include that of any sort of +courtesy, though he was retiring enough in the company of his elders. + +Hugo was as tall as Fred, but not nearly so broad or strong. He was +dark, too, and good-looking in boy fashion, though not remarkably so. +His manners were agreeable in grown-up society, and Norman had lately +found them inoffensive when not affected by outside influences. In a +very short time it was to be proved whether he would keep up his +new-found amity with his cousin or put himself on Fred's side against +him. His character was weak, and a year before Fred had played upon it, +ostensibly following his lead, because with unpleasant precocity he +recognized his superiority of place, but actually pushing him into the +attitude that suited his inclinations. + +Now came Norman's second surprise. During the pause of observation which +came before the three of them settled down to the respective places +which their characters and experience had earned for them, Fred seemed +to realize that Norman partook in some measure of Hugo's superiority. It +would have been marked enough to anybody who had seen the three of them +together. The frankness of demeanour which had been encouraged by +Norman's short experience of admirably conducted school life formed a +significant contrast with Fred's clumsy diffidence in presence of his +elders and his sniggering audacities when released from restraint. He +was an unpleasant boy even at that early age, and Norman instinctively +disliked him from the first moment of the second period of intimacy, and +was inclined to hug his dislike. + +It was he who made the breach that presently came. Otherwise, Fred would +have kept the peace, and they would have got on as long as they were +together without an open quarrel. + +Three-year-old Pamela was the cause of it. Norman had found her more +entrancing than ever, and had made no attempt to hide his love for her +during the week before Fred had come on the scene. Hugo had grumbled +sometimes when Norman had wanted to play with her, and he had wanted him +to do something else, but there had been no repetition of the contempt +that this unmanly preference for the society of a baby had previously +called forth. Hugo was rather fond of his little sister, though he never +put himself out to amuse her. + +On the third day after Fred's arrival he came up to the hall immediately +after breakfast, all agog for the game devised the evening before. + +It had been snowing hard, then and through the night, and now it was a +glorious, sparkling morning, with the garden and the park and the woods +all muffled in white, under a frost which bound the whole landscape into +gleaming, motionless beauty. The boys had found a pair of Canadian +snowshoes in a lumber-room. They were to use them for a game of Indian +trackers in the woods, and had agreed upon their several parts, not +without some dispute, but on the whole amicably. Hugo and Fred were +eager to be off at once. So was Norman, but he was rolling on the floor +of the hall when Fred arrived, Pamela pursuing him with shrieks of +laughter, and did not at once respond to Fred's urgings. When they were +repeated with impatience he responded still less. He wasn't going to be +ordered about by Fred, and his latent hostility impelled him to make it +plain to him that the more insistent the summons the less quickly would +it be obeyed. When Hugo added his impatient word, he said: "All right, +you go out and begin, if you're in such a hurry. I'll come when I'm +ready." + +The two boys flung off grumbling, and Norman played with Pamela until a +nurse came to fetch her. Then he set out to join them, not without some +tremors over the reception he would meet with. But there was something +not altogether disagreeable about these tremors, and he grinned widely, +though he was not in the least amused, as he turned the corner of the +house and saw Hugo and Fred sitting on a snow-covered log at the edge of +the wood some distance off. Curiously enough, this scene came back to +him vividly ten years later as he was crouching under the lee of a +trench in Flanders, waiting for the signal to attack a more formidable +foe. And, though he didn't know it, there was actually the same grin on +his face when the signal came. + +He walked slowly across the park towards them, stepping rather carefully +in the footmarks that one of them had made in the snow. When he got +within hailing distance of them he called out: "Haven't you tried the +snowshoes yet?" + +There was no reply. They had their heads together and Fred was eyeing +him balefully. + +When he got near them Fred rose from his seat, and said: "Look here, +we're not going to stand this any longer." + +"Well, then sit it," replied Norman, rather pleased with the readiness +of the repartee. + +Fred looked uglier than usual, but his next speech was more in the tone +of reason than Norman had expected. "You're the youngest of the three of +us," he said. "You're not going to keep us hanging about waiting for you +when we've all settled on something to do. The cheek of it!" + +Norman glanced at Hugo, who still sat on the log. There was nothing in +his face yet to show whether he was hostile or not. He looked more +interested than anything, and it came home to Norman that if he got the +better of Fred, Hugo need no longer be feared as an adversary. + +"Well, I'm sorry I kept you waiting," said Norman. "But I'm here now, so +let's begin." + +Fred was still inclined for argument. "I'm the oldest," he said, "but +we're both here to play with Hugo, I suppose. As you're staying with +him, naturally he doesn't like to make too much fuss over your cheek. +But--" + +"He didn't mind making a fuss last year," interrupted Norman, "and you +sucked up to him and helped him. I was a bally ass to stand it then, and +I'm not going to stand it now." + +Fred made a threatening gesture. "Sucking up!" he repeated. "You'd +better be careful what you say." + +Hugo still held aloof, hunched up on the log, with his hands in his +pockets. Somehow Norman felt it necessary to bring him in. "He does suck +up to you," he said. "_I'm_ not going to, you know." + +Hugo stirred uneasily, and said: "It's quite true what he says. It's +cheek keeping us waiting like this for a quarter of an hour." + +"To play with a baby," added Fred with scorn. It was the charge, so +frequently brought, which had hurt him the year before. But it hurt him +no longer. "I like playing with little Pam," he said. "So does Hugo +sometimes, when you're not here. You'd like it too, if you weren't such +a dirty scug." + +This was the turning-point. Fred made another gesture of attack, but did +not follow it up. If he had done so the battle would have been short and +sharp, and whoever had won--it must have been he--bad blood would have +been let off and the three boys would have settled down together. +Instead, he turned to Hugo. "Really, that's a bit too much!" he said +angrily. "Shall I teach him his lesson?" + +Hugo rose. "Oh, let's chuck it," he said. "What's the good of scrapping +when there's a game to play?" + +They played their game, which none of them enjoyed. The contest had +seemed to be quite indecisive, but Norman had won it hands down. It was +Hugo, the weakest character of the three, who was the decisive factor. +Fred deferred to him, and lost ground by doing so. Norman made no effort +to gain ascendancy over him, being content with equal terms, but his +ascendancy none the less became marked. Because he disliked Fred, +finding something in him antagonistic to all the clean ideals in which +he had been reared, Hugo came rather to dislike him too. Fred met this +attitude with deprecation, which made matters worse. He began to be +cold-shouldered, and towards the end of the holidays his society was as +much as possible dispensed with. + +The next time that Norman came to Hayslope, in the summer, Fred had made +his ground good again, having become necessary to Hugo in the meantime. +There was no quarrel this time, but Norman never liked Fred, and their +intimacy was only on the surface. He didn't like Hugo much either, or +wouldn't have liked him if he had known him at school among a lot of +other boys. But there was some sense of relationship and he was part of +Hayslope Hall and all its keen delights. + +As the years of boyhood went by, the cousins remained friends in some +sort. But Norman's lead became more pronounced. Hugo went to Harrow, +which was his father's school. William Eldridge by this time had left +the Bar to engage in commerce, and was already beginning to make money. +Norman was sent to Eton. When he had been there a year his foot was on +the ladder. He was one of those boys to whom success in school life +comes naturally, while Hugo was a potential rotter, destined to remain +in the ruck, unless he should emerge from it for some discreditable +reason. + +When Norman was fifteen and Fred nearly eighteen, the antagonism between +them at last found its vent. Fred had grown into a lout of a boy, whose +only saving grace was athleticism. He was already in his school eleven +and fifteen, and Norman, though coming on well, was as yet far below +those altitudes. Fred, uplifted by his successes, was not so careful now +to conciliate him. He encouraged the worst side of Hugo, and had +established an influence over him while Norman had been off the field. +This always happened, but now Hugo did not gradually come over to +Norman, as he had done before. His adolescence had brought him to Fred's +unsavoury views of life and conduct. Fred was his chosen companion at +Hayslope, in a way that Norman would never be. + +Norman, an attractive, light-hearted boy, in the early years of his +school life, was not without experience of evil, to which he had shut +his eyes as much as possible. The talk of the two older boys offended +and troubled him, but he did not at first combat it. He was parted from +them by more than years. Hitherto they had all been boys together; now +the other two were essentially men, of the baser sort, and he remained a +boy, with a boy's clean distaste for what was as yet none of his +business. He fell silent when they pursued their promptings, and +presently began to withdraw himself from them. + +Pamela had reached the age of nine. She was an engaging little +sylph-like creature, with laughing, mischievous ways, and a bright +intelligence beyond her years. She was quite fit to be a companion to +Norman, and he took pleasure in her society. Judith was only a year +younger, and companionable, too, in a more serious way. Alice and +Isabelle were five and four. All of them loved Norman, who played +childish games with them, and was entirely happy in doing so. But this +brought on him some return of the treatment by which he had been made so +unhappy during his first intercourse with Hugo and Fred together. It did +not make him unhappy now, but contemptuous of them. Still, there was the +fact that Norman's childhood still hung about him, while they had got +rid of theirs; and no boy of fifteen likes having his youth emphasized, +especially by those, rather older, with whom he desires to be on equal +terms. Fred and Hugo held this advantage over him, which delayed the +outbreak for some time. + +It came suddenly when it did come, and its beginnings were almost a +repetition of the quarrel of years before. Norman was wanted to do +something with the other two, and was not to be found. They came upon +him by chance, with Pamela, in a retired part of the garden. They were +sitting on a bench deep in conversation, for they found plenty to talk +about that interested them, and Pamela was often very serious in these +confabulations, when she laid aside the quick activities of her nature +and was content to sit quietly and talk to a friend. + +The discovery was made an occasion of whooping triumph by Fred and Hugo, +as if they had surprised some secret. Pamela flamed out against them for +disturbing her and Norman, and told them to go away and leave them +alone. Their interference stung Norman to a cold fury that was quite a +new experience to him, and beyond what was natural to his years. He +stood up with a white face and confronted Fred, whose eyes flickered for +a moment before him. "I'll just go and get my cap," he said, "and then +I'll come with you. Wait for me down by the wood." + +So he got Pamela away. She expostulated indignantly as they crossed the +lawn together. "I hate Fred Comfrey," she said. "Why do you want to go +with him instead of staying with me?" + +"Oh, we'd already arranged something. I'd forgotten," he said shortly. +"I can't always be with you." + +It was beyond him altogether to affect indifference before her, and this +unusual brusqueness served its turn. "You're ashamed of them finding you +talking to a girl," she said hotly. "You're like that horrid Fred. Very +well, then, you needn't pretend to be friends with me any more. Go with +him." + +"Oh, don't be silly," he said, and left her. + +He went through the garden and across the park to where they were +waiting for him. As he went he gave reign to his anger. Little Pamela! +That coarse brute to jeer at their being together! And Hugo had stood +by, grinning, if not even adding jeers of his own. His fist clenched as +he walked up to them. "You're a foul swine," he said, stopping short +within a yard of Fred, and added more, in language that seemed to come +readily to his lips, though as a rule he avoided the grosser forms of +schoolboy abuse. + +Fred was taken aback for the moment by the violence of the attack, and +Norman turned to Hugo. "You're a swine, too," he said. "Fancy letting +this filthy cad treat your own sister like that!" + +Fred began to say something; Norman did not wait to hear what. Fred's +speech goaded him to action, and he dashed his fist in the other's face. +Then they were at it. Fred's anger was loosed, too, and for a few +moments it was a desperate scrimmage, with no science shown on either +side. Norman, battered by the attack, was the first to gird himself to +some self-possession, and by fighting warily delayed the end for a +little. But he had no chance whatever against the much stronger and +bigger boy, and was soon on the grass with the fight knocked out of him. + +He was struggling up to continue it, but Hugo intervened. "This is rot," +he said, more decisive than his wont. "Fred was only chaffing. He meant +nothing by it." + +Norman was gasping and sobbing, the blood dripping from his nose. "He's +a swine," he cried, "a filthy swine." + +Fred stood over him, breathing hard. Norman had marked him, but not +enough to keep his blood hot. Already he was feeling some compunction at +having let himself go to the full against a boy of Norman's size. "It +was just chaff," he repeated; "nothing to get shirty about." + +Norman struggled to his knees and unsteadily to his feet, and with his +handkerchief to his face went off into the wood away from them. + +Fred and Hugo looked at one another. "Better go after him," Hugo said. +"There'll be a row if--" + +"No good my going," said Fred sulkily. Dread of what should happen began +to take hold of him. "You'd better go. He won't want to sneak." + +Hugo caught Norman up. He was standing against a tree, sobbing. "You put +up a jolly good fight against him," Hugo said awkwardly. "Better shake +hands, now it's all over." + +"I shan't," cried Norman passionately. "He's a foul swine." + +"Well, you keep on saying that, but I think you're making too much of +it. He didn't mean anything beastly about Pam. Naturally, I shouldn't +stand that." + +"Yes, you would," said Norman, facing him. "You'd stand anything from +that beast. You're just like you used to be with him. I'll tell you +this--I stood it then, but I'm not going to stand it now. I won't have +anything more to do with him, and when you have him here I won't have +anything to do with you. You can go and be swines together. I'll play +with the children instead. You can say what you like about it. I don't +care what you say about it." + +He was still somewhat incoherent, but Hugo understood him. "I dare say +it was rotten to chaff you about that," he said. "Anyhow, I apologize +for it, and I'm sure Fred will. Now you've had a scrap, you ought not to +keep it up against him." + +Norman turned away. "I'm going down to the river to wash my face," he +said. "I don't want _you_." + +"Aren't you going to make it up with Fred?" + +"No, I'm not. I hate the beast, and I've had enough of him." + +"Well, you won't say anything--" + +Norman cut him short. "I'm not a cad," he said. + +Hugo went back to Fred. The result of their confabulation was that Fred +kept away from the hall until Norman's visit was over. Norman did not +see him again until years afterwards. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +PAMELA + + +"Pam, I've got something to tell you." + +Norman had waited until they were away from the glare of the garden, and +the green gloom of the summer woods was all about them, cool and secret +and inviting to confidences. + +He had not changed much since those days of boyhood, though he was now +nearly twenty-five, and the last years of the war had caught him, and +taught him some things that he wanted to forget, as well as much that +had strengthened the fibre of which he was made. There was a boyish +atmosphere about him still. He was tall and slim, and his fair hair, +which he tried to keep plastered to his head, was always breaking away +from the bounds of its cosmetics and dropping a skein over his forehead. +Nothing he had undergone had affected that bright light-hearted charm of +his boyhood. He seemed to be rejoicing in his youth and his strength, +and in all the world about him, which, in spite of the shadows that +still hung over it, he at least found as good as the young men of a +generation earlier had found their more untroubled world. + +Pamela was very young still, and very pretty. Her hair and her colouring +were as fair as Norman's, whom she resembled in a cousinly way. Indeed +the resemblances between them were more than superficial. They had the +same eager pleasure in whatever life they found about them. They thought +alike in most things to which they put their adventurous minds, and to +neither of them did it seem odd that Pamela, who had not long since left +the schoolroom, and had grown up under the shadow that had dulled and +limited the life of her kind, should claim an equality of opinion with +Norman, who was six years older, and knew so much more than the +generality of young men had ever known before. + +One may pause for a moment to note this unexpected attribute of those +whose early years of manhood, instead of being passed in the pursuits +and interests, educative or otherwise, adapted to their youth, had been +given to the war, of which they had borne the ultimate brunt. The years +which divide us from it are passing away. The social phenomena of each +successive stage of the long struggle, and those that have succeeded it, +too familiar to call for much notice at the time, will become blurred, +and half forgotten even by those who were part of them; and in after +years they will be difficult to gauge. This, among them, is not likely +to be seen as it was, when the years have increased, and later +generations try to recapture the spirit of the great war: that the young +men, and the older men too, who lived through it, and came out of it +whole, or not too broken to make what they would of their lives, put it +to all effective purposes out of their minds. While it was going on they +did the work appointed to them as if it were no more than any other work +proper to their years, and pursued their recreations with an added zest. +And when at last they were released, they crowded back into the various +ways of life open to them, and put it all behind them as just an +experience like any other which might have come to them. It could never +be forgotten, but it was not to come between them and the life to which +they had returned; and the interests of that life were exactly what they +would have been if it had never happened. + +So Norman Eldridge, who would have gone to a university in the ordinary +way, but for the war, was at Cambridge now, three years later than his +time, and with his three years of service behind him. His enjoyment of +undergraduate life was even greater than it would have been in normal +times, for it was a more conscious enjoyment, and he could gauge his +opportunities better. Games, in which he excelled, though he had not +quite succeeded in gaining his hoped-for Blue for cricket, did not take +up even the greater part of his attention. He was a lover of the arts, +and found Cambridge a delectable place in which to pursue them. He had +plenty of money at his disposal, and social life was open to him at its +widest. When term-time was over he could go where he liked, and enjoy +himself as he pleased. And at this time he was enjoying himself to the +full. + +"Pam, I've got something to tell you," he said as they went down into +the wood together. + +"Is it the real thing this time?" she asked, with a quick smiling glance +at his face. + +"Oh, none of the others have been anything--just fancies--boyish +fancies, you know." + +He laughed gaily. He was very good to look at, with his close-cropped +shapely head thrown back on the firm column of his neck. Pam smiled up +at him again, with a sort of proprietary fondness. She admired him, as +she had always admired him ever since she could remember, and had never +met a young man whom she thought his equal. And it was a source of pride +to her that he was one of her own family--to all intents and purposes a +brother. Poor Hugo, over whose death she had cried, as something strange +and unexpected and infinitely pathetic, had been a kind brother to +her--she liked to remember that the last time she had said good-bye to +him, never to see him again, he had given her ten pounds to spend as she +liked--but he had never made a confidante of her, as Norman had always +done. She had known very little of Hugo's life as it was spent away from +Hayslope, but she thought she knew all about Norman's life. He had +fallen in love once or twice, and had always told her everything about +it. Hugo seemed to have gone through life without falling in love. Poor +Hugo! She could not but believe, from her intimate talks with Norman, +that he had died without acquiring the crown of his manhood. Norman was +attractive under the influence of his love affairs, and she was not +surprised that he had them continually, though she saw quite plainly +that without some such guidance as she was fortunately able to give him +he might have got into trouble with them. Men were so foolish where +girls were concerned. Even the best of them, who had a lot to give--like +Norman--fell in love with girls who were in no way their equals. But it +never did to tell them so. Give them all sympathy and affection, and +the affair died away of itself. So it had been three times with Norman +already, and Pamela, who had been a little alarmed over the first +affair, was confirmed in the belief that she had dealt most wisely with +each situation as it had arisen. Still, the genuine lasting emotion must +come into play sooner or later. There must be, somewhere, a girl who was +worthy of such a rare prize as Norman's love, and Pamela had always told +herself that when that girl was found she would welcome her +whole-heartedly. + +"Yes, you've been in love with love," she said impressively; and they +both laughed, for this was a quotation. + +"Trying my wings," said Norman. "They were all dears, but there wasn't +enough _to_ them when it came down to the things one is interested in." + +"Well, now I'm free to speak," said Pamela, "I'll confess that they +seemed to me a set of brainless idiots. I hope the new one has got +_some_ intelligence. It would be such an advantage if you had to spend +your life with her. She's pretty, of course. Have you got a photograph +of her?" + +"Not a proper one. I'm not up to that point yet." + +"Worshipping at a distance?" + +"No, not exactly. We've danced together a lot in London, and been the +greatest pals. Really, I've been rather clever about it. She's very +young--only in her first season. She's out to have a jolly good time, +but her life isn't only amusement. She's slogging hard at the piano. +She'd like to be a pro, but of course her people won't let her." + +"Why not?" + +"Oh, well, her father's a Duke. She's Lady Margaret Joliffe. I dare say +you've seen pictures of her in the papers. But they don't do her +justice. She's perfectly lovely. Oh, I've got it terrible bad this time, +Pam." + +"Yes, I've seen her pictures. She's very pretty indeed," said Pam. "And +Jim knows her. He says she's very clever." + +The time seemed to have come at last, then. If Norman succeeded in +winning a girl like this, nobody could say he was not getting as good as +he gave, not even Pam, who thought that hardly anybody would be good +enough for him. Yet she did not experience the quick sense of pleasure +which she had persuaded herself would be her response whenever Norman +did come to announce the real thing. + +"Oh, clever!" repeated Norman. "That's not the word for her. She +_knows_. She's got extraordinary perceptions for a girl of her age. It +isn't only music. It's books, and art--everything that's jolly and +interesting. And she's such fun with it all. No more of a highbrow than +you are. In fact, she's the only girl I've ever met who sees things in +the way that you do." + +Pamela did feel some pleasure at this. "That's topping," she said. "Of +course prettiness isn't everything. I suppose the others were pretty, +except the girl with a squint; but they--" + +"Oh, come now, Pam, she hadn't got a squint. She--" + +"Well, a slight cast in the eye, then; and some people think it an +added beauty. But they all seemed to have the brains of rabbits. I was +beginning to think that you never _would_ fall in love with anybody that +had got beyond Short Division. Of course I'm glad you've found somebody +intelligent at last. But do you mean to say that you never got beyond +talking about Hanbert and Ravel and Augustus John with her?" + +Norman looked at her with a slightly pained expression. "Pam dear!" he +expostulated. "Why this acidulation?" + +Pamela laughed, and they began again. "Well, it's really rather +exciting," she said. "Do tell me about it, Norman. You haven't told me +anything yet. When did you catch fire?" + +His face took on a beatific expression. "Well, I'd held off just a +trifle," he said. "We'd had a topping time together here and there. She +always seemed to be pleased to see me, but--well, there was generally +the old Duchess somewhere in the background; she's not really old, of +course, but-- You see, it seemed to be flying a bit high for me. I was +at school with Cardiff--her brother--and he was in the Regiment too for +a bit." + +"Whose brother? The Duchess's?" + +"No. Margaret's." + +"Do you call her Margaret?" + +"Well, I was going to tell you. I lunched with them at the Harrow match. +Duchess rather cordial. Duke ditto. He used to be a bit of a cricketer, +and he knew I'd got my Eleven at Eton. I was feeling a bit bucked with +myself--seemed to be getting a sort of domestic hold, you know. So I +plumped myself down beside her, without being invited to do so, and she +didn't turn me away. I made her laugh. I believe I made them all laugh +at our end of the table. I was feeling good and happy, you know, and +rather let myself go. So after lunch I asked her to perambulate with me; +and we perambulated. I don't think it was quite in the bargain. I could +amuse them as a bright young lad, while they were stuffing, but I +mustn't take liberties. She gave a sort of quick look at the old Dutch, +and said: 'Yes, come along; we'll run away.' The old Dutch caught us +with her eye as we were twinkling off, and called out, 'Margaret!' But +Margaret wasn't taking any, so we had a very pleasant half-hour +together, and she gave me most of her dates." + +"Most of her dates!" + +"Oh, we weren't eating 'em out of a paper bag. I found out most of the +places she was going to when they left London. I don't anticipate an +invitation to Balmoral, or anything of that sort; but Goodwood's open to +everybody, and there are one or two houses in Scotland I think I can +wangle myself into later on, and there's a chance of her going to the +Canterbury cricket week. If she does, Norman Eldridge will also take +part in that festival. Oh, it's not over yet, by any means. By the time +I have to resume my studies at Cambridge University, I hope--" + +"Yes, but what about--?" + +"Wait a minute. You're in such a hurry. I took her back to the Dukeries. +They were in a box, and fortunately Cardiff was there. He'd been off on +a little line of his own at lunch, and I hadn't seen him for some time. +His welcome was obstreperous. He was feeling good and happy himself, +owing to his own particular fairy smiling on him, I suppose. He'd +brought her with him. She was some peach." + +"Oh, never mind about her. Stick to the point." + +"I did. I took advantage of the genial atmosphere, and brought the old +Dutch into it. She didn't want to laugh at first, but I made her. I +wanted to remove the impression that I was a sort of snatch-lady pirate, +but only wanted to play with them all together. I could tell the point +where I succeeded. Soon kind of unhitched herself generally, and--" + +"Oh, do come to the point, Norman. You're getting as long-winded as one +of the old almshouse women. When did you call Margaret Margaret? That's +the important thing." + +"Yes, I know it is. It was a thrill, Pam. I didn't do it as if I'd done +it by accident. I did it loud and bold--at least, not loud; I thought it +would try the old Dutch too much. But it was all quite simple. When we +said good-bye, I looked at her straight, and said: 'Good-bye, +Margaret.'" + +"I think it _was_ rather bold--if not crude." + +"No, dear; not crude. Not crude at all. I put a world of meaning into +it--the auld hackneyed phrase, which may mean so little and may mean so +much." + +Pamela laughed. "I don't believe you're in love with her at all, if you +can make fun of it," she said. + +"How little you know, Pam! I jest to hide my emotions. I've fed on that +sweet moment ever since." + +"You've told me of other moments rather like it. I suppose her eyes +dropped before yours." + +"They did not. That's where she's different from all other girls--except +you." + +"Thanks awfully, Norman. I'll try and keep my eyes from dropping if it +ever happens to me. But from what you've said before I thought they +ought to drop. What did she do then--or say?" + +"She looked at me straight, and said: 'Good-bye, Norman,' with a little +half smile." + +Pamela considered this. "That was the end, then," she said. + +"Yes, but what an end, Pam! It was the beginning too. You can see what a +thrill it was, can't you?" + +"Yes, I think I can," she said slowly. + +"Mind you, this was the very first time. Up to then there hadn't been a +word or a sign. That's what makes it something to remember, you know. +Oh, Pam! It's a heavenly feeling being in love. And it's such a score +having somebody like you to tell it to. I don't know who I should have +told if I hadn't had you--my tailor, I dare say; I shouldn't have been +able to keep it to myself, and I owe him something which it isn't quite +convenient to pay just yet. I told her about you, you know." + +"Did you?" + +"Oh, yes. I always do talk about you when I get really confidential." + +"What did you tell her? And what did she say?" + +"She was very sweet about you, and said you were just the sort of girl +she would like to have for a friend. A lot of her friends were such +ninnies." + +"I never meet that sort of girl now," said Pamela with a sigh. "If only +I hadn't had flu when Auntie Eleanor asked me to stay with you in +London, I suppose I should have met her." + +"Yes, that was jolly bad luck. We should all three have had a jolly good +time together." + +Pamela laughed again. "Perhaps I should have had somebody of my own," +she said. "I'm old enough now, you know, Norman." + +"Of course you are. You're just the same age as Margaret, as a matter of +fact. You'd have had 'em swarming. But there are precious few of them I +should think good enough for you. I say, old girl, what about Jim +Horsham?" + +"Well, what about him?" + +"I don't think _he's_ good enough, you know, though he _is_ a Viscount." + +"I like Jim. I've known him all my life." + +"He's a good chap, but he's a desperate dull dog. Don't go falling in +love with Jim, Pam." + +"I'm not likely to fall in love with him." + +"It occurred to me this afternoon that he showed some slight inclination +to fall in love with you. There was a sort of concentrated heaviness on +him whenever he was with you. I suppose he'd sparkle if he could, under +emotion, but as he can't, he's got to be duller than usual. Perhaps +there's nothing in it. But I shouldn't blame him if he did fall in love +with you. In fact, I should think it rather cheek, in a way, if he +didn't. He's not likely to meet anybody more worth falling in love +with. But it isn't good enough, Pam." + +"Well, I shouldn't worry about it, if I were you. Jim isn't my ideal, +though he's a nice old thing, and I think you're too superior about him +altogether. Did you know Fred Comfrey had come home?" + +"Fred Comfrey!" Norman frowned. "I shouldn't think you're likely to fall +in love with _him_," he said. + +"Oh, bother falling in love! I'm leaving that to you at present. But +there aren't many people to play with about here just now. He makes +another one. He's much improved." + +"Oh, Pam, he's an awful creature. Surely, you're not going to have +anything to do with him!" + +"I used to hate him; but he's quite different now. I should never have +known him. You know he went out to China, before you came to live here, +and he never came home until he joined up for the war. He did very well +in the war--got his Commission quite soon, and the Military Cross. He +was badly wounded too, and isn't fit yet. I'm sorry for him; and really, +Norman, he's quite nice. Anyhow, we couldn't _not_ have him to play with +us, because of Mr. and Mrs. Comfrey. I expect Auntie Eleanor will ask +him here too. He only came yesterday." + +"Well, I suppose you've got to give everybody his chance. He was an +unmitigated beast as a boy, but perhaps he's improved. He couldn't very +well have got any worse. Still, it does rather stick in my gizzard that +he should be making friends with you, as I suppose he'll want to. I +should be a bit cautious if I were you, Pam. After all, one does know +something of what a man is, when one has known him as a boy. I should +say that Mr. Fred Comfrey was a nasty specimen, even if he has succeeded +in disguising it, as he used not to. How long is he staying here?" + +"I think he may stay in England altogether. He has done very well in +business in China, and thinks he may be able to carry on in London." + +"I wish he'd stayed in China. But how long is he staying in Hayslope?" + +"For some time, I think. He had to go back to China, directly he was +demobbed, and hasn't had a holiday since the war. You ought to be nice +to him, Norman. Poor Hugo liked him. He talked to me very nicely about +Hugo this morning." + +"When did you see him?" + +"After church. Mother asked him to lunch, but he thought he'd better go +home." + +"He wasn't at all a good friend for Hugo, you know." + +"Perhaps not; but that's so long ago. Hugo improved too, afterwards." + +Norman acquiesced perfunctorily. He knew that Hugo had not at all +improved, afterwards, but also that Pamela didn't. "Well, I'll try to +forget what he used to be like," he said. "But don't let's talk about +him any more. Let's talk about Margaret." + + + + +CHAPTER V + +THE FAMILY + + +Colonel Eldridge rode into his stable-yard and delivered up his horse to +Timbs, who came hobbling out to receive it with a cheerful morning air +and a general appearance of satisfaction with himself and his +circumstances. Yet there were those who would have said that Timbs had +no particular reason to be pleased with the way things had gone for him. + +He had come to Hayslope Hall as groom ten years before, and had +succeeded the old coachman four years later. He might have considered +himself lucky then, for he was only twenty-six years of age. He had half +a dozen horses in his stables and two grooms under him. There was also a +chauffeur for the big car and the little runabout. Timbs had a young +wife and a new baby, and comfortable quarters in which to keep them. In +fact there seemed nothing left for him to desire, unless it was another +baby of a sex complementary to the first one. + +Then the war came. Timbs joined up among the first, and was turned into +a good soldier, always cheerful and reliable, and diligent in writing +home to the young wife who was being taken care of at Hayslope. Colonel +Eldridge, who had gone back to soldiering himself, had exercised +pressure, where it was required, as it was not in the case of Timbs, +upon the able-bodied men on his estate to join the army, but had +done his utmost to ensure their leaving their homes free of anxiety to +those dependent upon them. So Mrs. Timbs and the baby prospered, while +Timbs fought for his country; but Mrs. Timbs always wished that the war +would end and Timbs would come home again, in which she differed from +many wives in similar circumstances. + +Timbs did come home at last, and she did not have to wait for him until +quite the end. His left leg was shattered, and he had been for a long +time in a hospital before she was allowed to have him. About the time +the armistice was signed he was ready for work again. But it was not in +his master's power to give him the work he had done before the war. +Hayslope Hall could no longer support a coachman, two or three grooms +and a chauffeur. Timbs took the place of all of them. One horse was kept +and both the cars, but the bigger one was seldom used because of the +price of petrol and tires. Timbs turned himself into an efficient +chauffeur, and liked the change in his duties. He had higher wages than +before, but perhaps not quite so high as he could have got elsewhere if +he hadn't preferred to stick to his old master. His quarters were the +same, his wife was as devoted to him as ever, and his baby had grown +into a pretty little girl of seven, who was the apple of his eye, and +made a pet of by the young ladies. Timbs thought himself well off, even +with his crooked leg; and perhaps he was, as things go nowadays. + +Timbs knew when the Colonel was in the mood for a little chat, and when +it was wise to render quick service with a silent tongue. In the good +old days the Colonel had seldom come in from his morning ride without a +cheery word or two to this favourite servant of his. He loved his horses +and found plenty to say about them, though most of it might have been +said many times before. And he would have something to say to Timbs +about what he might have seen in the course of his inspection of farms +and fields, which he liked to undertake before breakfast in the summer. +In the autumn there were early starts for cubbing, and then of course +there was plenty to talk about on the return. + +The good days did not seem to have disappeared entirely when the war was +over, though Hugo's death had made him more silent than before, and the +reduction in stables and outdoor upkeep generally had already begun. But +there was a season's hunting, and Pamela had made her first appearance +in the field. Timbs, with one groom to help him, had been kept busy +enough, but his first winter at home had seemed to him very good. This +was what the Colonel and he had always looked forward to--the time when +the young ladies would hunt regularly, one after the other. Miss Pamela +was good company for her father. He would soon pick up his spirits, and +everything would be as it had been again. + +But by the next season the economies had increased. There was no more +hunting from Hayslope Hall. The Colonel kept one horse to get about on, +and there was an old pony for pottering work on the place, which the +younger children sometimes rode. That was what the war had brought to +Colonel Eldridge in return for his services, which had included a year +in the field, and after that four years of routine work in various +provincial centres of industry. As a soldier he made no complaints. At +his age he expected no reward other than the conviction of having done +his duty where he could be made most useful. As a landowner he had many +complaints to make, but kept them mostly to himself. He had passed for a +rich man before the war; now he was a poor one. But one did not flaunt +one's poverty before the world. That was why he had dropped hunting +altogether; his old Caesar would have carried him well enough for a day +or so a week, if he had cared to go on. + +The morning chats with Timbs were getting rarer. There would certainly +be none this morning. After a look at his master's face Timbs led Caesar +away without a word, and the Colonel went into the house. Something +happened to put him out. Timbs's own face was overcast, and it was fully +two minutes before he began to whistle at his work. + +It was a quarter past eight. Breakfast was at half-past, and as Colonel +Eldridge would ride no more that day, he went upstairs to change his +clothes. He came down as the gong sounded, and his expression had +somewhat cleared. He held strong opinions about keeping an even temper +before his family. + +An English family assembled for breakfast in an old-established country +house--the nations of the earth may be invited to contemplation of it. +Here at Hayslope Hall was an example that could have been multiplied by +thousands at that hour, or at one a little later; for as a nation we are +not early risers except on compulsion. + +The room was large, but not too large for an air of domesticity when +there was only the family to use it. It had three long small-paned +windows, which on this summer morning were open to the wide, yet +secluded garden. The walls were hung with pictures, some good, some +indifferent, and all so familiar that they were never looked at. Of the +portraits none were older than the middle of the eighteenth century; but +five or six generations of men and women of the same blood who have +lived in the same house, and, allowing for differences of era, in much +the same way, is already something substantial in the way of background. +The furniture was not more than about a hundred years old, of that +period of solid and dignified ugliness which was yet so much more +satisfactory than the fashions succeeding it that by contrast with them +it is now beginning to acquire merit. How it had come to replace the +eighteenth century furniture which the periwigged gentlemen and hooped +ladies on the walls had used when in the flesh was now forgotten; but it +is only of late years that old furniture has been preferred to new, and +there was nothing remarkable in this. The refurnishing of the +dining-room might very well have been set in hand again since the last +clearing out a hundred years before if it had not been thought that it +would do very well as it was, and that there were more important rooms +to spend money on, if money was to be spent in this way. As a setting +for the family that now used it the room was eloquent of an ancestry +already respectably established, and it told somehow of interests that +were not markedly concerned with the decorations and appointments of a +house. To the Eldridges, their dining-room was the place for the +enjoyment of food and the sociability that went therewith, and it +fulfilled all purposes that could be required of it. It was only in the +matter of large assemblies, of which the great expanse of dark mahogany +and the score or so of well-padded chairs seemed to make perpetual +suggestion, that any incongruity might have been felt. The time for that +was not now. But with the table lessened to the needs of family use and +the space around it thus agreeably increased, the normal occupation of +the room was sufficient for it. Here began the day with the assembling +of those who would go their ways, some together and some apart, +throughout its course, but all with a sense of the nearness of the rest; +and here they would meet twice again before the day was done, to keep +alive one of the best of the good things that English country life has +cherished and made complete--the community of the family. + +Colonel Eldridge, after greeting his daughters with a mixture of +formality and affection, occupied himself with his breakfast and the +letters which lay in a little pile beside his plate. It had not been his +habit to deal thus with his correspondence in the days before the war. +He had been more ready to talk then. He would choose a few letters out +of the pile and perhaps discuss them, as Mrs. Eldridge did with hers at +the other end of the table, and leave the rest for afterwards. Now he +went through them all, business letters as well as private, and, +schooled as he was to hide his emotions, he could not always keep from +his face some expression of annoyance, or even dismay. But it was only +in his face that this showed, and his wife and daughters knew that it +was not meant to show at all. By degrees they had learnt to ignore it. +If they addressed him he would always respond, and he would have been +annoyed if they had tried to suit themselves to his moods. He liked to +hear them chattering gaily among themselves, though he was not always +ready to join in their chatter. They were, indeed, the reward that all +his anxieties and schemings brought him. It was the happiness and +freedom of their lives in the home which it behooved him to keep intact +about them that sweetened it to him. But for them there would have been +no anxiety, but only some reduction of opportunities which would still +have left the main interests of his life untouched. + +Colonel Eldridge was very neat in his suit of grey tweed, well-cut, +well-brushed, but well-worn, his white stock creaseless, his figure thin +and a little stiff, but not with the stiffness of age, his gold-rimmed +glasses on the ridge of his thin, straight nose, his well-shaped nervous +hands manipulating his papers or the implements of his meal. He was as +different as possible, in outward appearance, from those ancestors of +his whose pictures hung upon the walls; but probably he was very like +them at root. Certainly there was not one who had been more attached to +the house and acres which had been theirs and were now his. He had been +a good soldier, of a limited kind, but he was above all a country +gentleman, and looked thoroughly in his place in this room, which could +only have been found, just as it was, in an English country house. + +Mrs. Eldridge also looked thoroughly in place behind the old silver and +china of her equipage. She always came down to breakfast in a state of +apparent content with herself and her surroundings, cool and unruffled +both in dress and demeanour. In the time that was past there had been so +much to look forward to in the day of which this gathering was the +inauguration. Though not, presumably, attached to the life of the +country by the same ties as bound her husband, and enjoying her life +equally when the periodic moves were made to London, she would have +chosen the country rather than the town for permanent residence. The +choice had not been hers, but it had had to be made. Much had gone that +had made life agreeable to her at Hayslope, but much remained. On these +summer mornings it was not so unlike what it had always been to her. +There was the pleasant meal with her husband and her children, whom she +loved; the appointments of the table, in which she never failed to take +pleasure, though she had used them regularly for over twenty years; the +sense of being newly and becomingly dressed; the birds singing in the +garden, which was so fresh and inviting, and with the windows open so +much a part, as it were, of the room itself. Her letters never brought +her worries, as her husband's sometimes brought him--only occasionally a +mild regret for opportunities of which she could no longer take +advantage. But at this time of the day she was not much inclined to want +more than she had. Her domestic duties were immediately in front of her, +and she enjoyed them. She enjoyed them even more than before, for with +fewer servants more depended on her. Only half of her desired the +distractions due to wealth; the rest of her was pure domesticity. She +had never been happier than during the first few years of married life, +before her husband had succeeded his father as Squire of Hayslope. She +was happy now in much the same responsibilities as had then devolved +upon her, had she but known it. In these early hours of the day the +consciousness of what she had lost did not trouble her. Besides, +something might always happen in the long hours before her. She was not +so old as to have lost that sense of the unexpected. + +Pamela was happy too. She might grumble sometimes--to Norman--about the +restrictions that had come to spoil the life of Hayslope Hall; but she +loved it. And all the future was before her, golden and glamorous. It +wrapped her in a sort of happy aura, which contained no definite point +of desire. Anything might happen to her, in any one of these summer +days, which began with the family meeting at breakfast. Something was +bound to happen some day, and in the meantime life was sweet, and the +shadow that had come to lie over her home hardly darkened at all the +radiance in which she walked. + +Judith was as pretty as Pamela in her way, which was an entirely +different way. She was the only dark member of the family, now that +Hugo was dead. Some forgotten ancestress had bequeathed her her lustrous +hair, of which the shadows were almost visibly blue, and her large, +deep, solemn eyes, her very skin was dark, but with the bloom of youth +on it, and the healthy blood that flowed beneath its soft surface, it +was rich and delicate. At the age of eighteen she had not yet come into +the full heritage of her beauty, which did not depend so much as +Pamela's upon youth. She hardly even seemed aware of it, and clothes +were not yet a matter of much interest to her. She had alternations of +childish high spirits and brooding reflection. Out of doors she was +still something of a tomboy, in her young and restless energy; but she +would sit for hours over a book, and in those moods she was oblivious to +everybody and everything around her. She seldom talked about what she +read, and indeed her reading would have been a puzzle to anyone who had +tried to draw inferences of literary taste from it. Pamela had once +reported to Norman the books over which Judith had spent hours of a wet +day. They were Grimm's Fairy Tales, "The Wide, Wide World," and Bacon's +Essays, and she seemed to have spent about the same time over each. +Pamela held that she had no literary taste whatever; Norman was inclined +to treat her preferences as a touchstone of merit. If Judith liked +something, it was probably good. This theory was strengthened when she +said she liked a picture of Gaugin's, of which he submitted to her a +reproduction, and weakened by her absorption in Martin Tupper's +"Proverbial Philosophy," which she had found in the library and carried +up to her room with her. She was quite ready to laugh with them over her +tastes, but she would never give any explanation of them. "I like it," +or "I don't like it," was her sole contribution to literary criticism, +and she would never be moved a hair's breadth by any consensus of +opinion. Judith went her own way in everything, but her way at present +was confined almost entirely to Hayslope, where she found everything +that she wanted. Less than Pamela did she feel the loss of what had made +the life of her home rich in interest before the war. She had grown up +from childhood under the new conditions and was happy in them. + +The exceptional family beauty seemed to have stopped short at Judith. +Alice and Isabelle, who were thirteen and twelve, respectively, had +their abundant fair hair to recommend them, and their active youth, but +nothing much else as yet in the way of looks. They were agreeable +children, much alike in their eager interest in whatever went on around +them, and their unerring pursuit of pleasure. They were always "the +children" to the rest of the family, and what they thought was of small +importance, though what they did sometimes obtruded itself upon their +elders. Sitting at breakfast, one on either side of their mother, in +their neat clothes, which would not be so neat later on in the day, +their thick manes confined in heavy plaits, they seemed eminently _good_ +children, showing a healthy appetite, but no greediness, in the +consumption of viands, taking a bright part in the conversation when it +touched their orbit, but not obtruding themselves in such a way as to +make their company noxious. Their presence at the breakfast table +seemed, indeed, to heighten the effect of a family at one and at peace; +for young children in a happy home have no desires outside it. Their +parents, their brothers and sisters, even the servants and dependants +who are also part of the family for the time being, are the chief +characters in their little world. Not even their parents themselves are +so bounded in their interests by the home they have made for them. And +the wonderful imagination of children makes it the chief place of +delight to them, even where its opportunities are small. Opportunities +were not small at Hayslope Hall for these two, and they were as happy as +children of their age could very well be. + +If Miss Baldwin, their governess, was not completely happy--as what +woman living always in other people's houses can be?--she was as +contented as the accidents of her lot in life could make her. She was a +precise spinster of middle age, and sat very prim and mindful of her +manners between Pamela and Alice, never speaking unless when spoken to, +but then speaking with an attention to the composition of sentences and +the correct enunciation of her vowels which was a lesson to everybody +present, and intended to be so to at least two of them. Colonel Eldridge +addressed her directly, at least once in the course of every meal at +which she was present, out of politeness. Mrs. Eldridge always found it +difficult to remember that she was there, but also addressed her +occasionally; but her attention was apt to wander over the reply. + +Miss Baldwin had been at Hayslope for two years, but was no nearer to +making one of the family circle than when she arrived. She was strict in +the schoolroom and a good teacher in a limited way, but without any real +interest in the subjects which she taught. Nobody would have thought, +from her appearance and manner, that she was an incurable +sentimentalist. She lived in a world of her own--a world of romance, of +which the materials were sent her once a week in official-looking long +envelopes with a typewritten address. Her time came when the children +were in bed, and the life of the house, in which she had no wish to take +part, was concentrated below. Then, in the large quiet schoolroom, +sitting by the open window in the summer, or in winter time by the fire, +she would be wafted away from the actual life about her, with all its +restrictions for one of her age and class, to live richly and freely +with the heroes and heroines of her chosen world. Baldness of narrative +troubled her not at all. In the novels by authors of repute which she +sometimes heard people discussing, there seemed no room for the play of +imagination; the novelist would have it just so and not otherwise, and +the characters to which he introduced his readers were so much like the +characters one might meet at any time in the dull and sterile flesh. +Those strong heroes of her favourite romances were as gods beside the +emasculate earth-dwellers who stood for hero even in the best of stories +bound between boards; the very virtue of their titles, if titles they +had, seemed to be denied them. Nor did the heroines please her any +better. She could never imagine herself one of them with any pleasure. +If stately, they were never stately enough; if blushing and timid, they +were merely passed by as of no account. Even Ouida, for whom she made an +exception, having read some of her novels in early life, under a strong +sense of immodesty, concerned herself with unessentials. Miss Baldwin +wanted no pages of description, however poetic. She could get that in +Wordsworth, duly annotated, so that there should be no mistake as to +locality. If it was question of a garden in which a love scene was to be +enacted, she only wanted to imagine it for herself--the most beautiful +garden that ever was, not without indications of wealth on the part of +its owners; or if a cottage garden, the mere mention of roses and +honeysuckle would suffice. It was the people who mattered and what +happened to them, and with them she smiled and wept, and felt, to the +depths of her being. + +So perhaps Miss Baldwin was happy after all, if not in the circumstances +of her daily life, which she went through conscientiously and +efficiently, in that paradise the gates of which were always open to +her, where men were as gods, and women were worshipped by them, and none +of them ever behaved in the way that Miss Baldwin was always impressing +upon her pupils was the only possible way to behave. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +BARTON'S CLOSE + + +Such was the family party that sat round the breakfast table at Hayslope +Hall on that summer morning. Colonel Eldridge was the only member of it +upon whom a weight seemed to lie, and his disturbance of mind was +guessed at by nobody but his wife, who threw occasional exploratory and +sympathetic glances at him, but made no particular effort to lighten his +mood, unless by being more than usually responsive to the chatter of the +girls. Whatever it was that was troubling him, she would hear of it +after breakfast, when she always went to his room with him before +setting herself to the occupations that would keep them apart for the +rest of the morning. + +She was a trifle apprehensive as to whether she herself might not have +given him cause for displeasure. He had refused to dine at Pershore +Castle two nights before, but she and Pamela had gone, and he had not +objected to that. What he might possibly object to, however, was the +invitation she had given to young Lord Horsham to lunch at Hayslope that +very day. She had not told him yet that she had done so, for her reason +for asking the young man had been quite clearly defined in her own mind, +and she did not want him to guess at it. Perhaps Pamela had told him +that Horsham was coming, he had guessed why, and was displeased about +it. + +But no! She knew before breakfast was over that that was not the cause +of his mood. + +Pamela said: "Jim is coming to lunch and I suppose he will want to play +tennis afterwards. We'd better mow the lawn, Judy, and mark out the +court again." + +Colonel Eldridge frowned, and Mrs. Eldridge's spirit drooped, but rose +again when he said: "It isn't your business to mow lawns. That's one of +the things that Perkins ought to see to." + +Poor dear man, he hated the idea of his daughters doing work that had +always been done as a matter of course by servants. He was sore about +all the things that they ought to have had and he could no longer give +them, even when they were things that made no difference to them +whatever. + +"Oh, we like doing it, Daddy," said Pamela. "It makes us feel that we've +earned our games on it. Don't deprive us of the rewards of virtue." + +He left the subject. "You'd better ask Fred Comfrey to lunch, if Horsham +is coming," he said. "You'll want a four, and I shan't be able to play +this afternoon." + +So it was settled, to Mrs. Eldridge's relief. It was the first time that +Horsham had been asked to Hayslope Hall since the disturbance in which +he had been concerned, and her husband had made no comment on it. It was +not that that was troubling him. + +Nevertheless, she made first mention of it when they went into his room +together. "I'm glad you don't mind Jim coming here," she said. "I +forgot to tell you that I'd asked him." + +"Mind him! Oh, no, I don't mind him. It wasn't he who behaved in any way +that I could be annoyed over. And as for the Crowboroughs, I shan't keep +it up against them any longer. I couldn't bring myself to go over there +on Monday, but I'm glad you and Pamela went. We must get them over here +some time. Cynthia, I'm extremely annoyed at something I've seen this +morning." + +"Yes, dear? What is it?" + +She sat herself down by the window, while he stood by his writing table, +or moved between it and the fireplace, while he unburdened himself. + +"William talked to me on Sunday about making an addition to his +garden--a big addition, taking in a grazing meadow of four acres; +Barton's Close, it's called--at the bottom of the wood." + +"Yes, dear, I know it, and William and Eleanor told me about it. You +don't object, do you?" + +"Object! It means cutting up pasture, and he has no right to do that +without my permission; no right whatever. It isn't a thing that ought to +be done in these days. Besides, his garden is out and away too big as it +is. This addition would make it double the size of our garden. It's +quite unreasonable. The house isn't his. I let it to him as a country +cottage, and never thought of it being turned into a large country house +wanting a great deal of money to keep it up. I talked to him about all +that on Sunday, and thought he understood. Certainly I didn't consent to +cutting up Barton's Close, and he must have known I didn't. But I +happened to go down there this morning, and they are already at +work--his own gardeners and half a dozen labourers besides. Really, it's +too bad. From what Coombe told me, it was all settled last week--design +and everything, and the labour arranged for. So it was a mere pretence +asking for my permission at all. I didn't give it; yet he goes straight +away and puts the work in hand." + +"Did you say definitely that you wouldn't consent?" Mrs. Eldridge asked. +She was rather taken aback. She knew all about those garden plans, and +had even made suggestions of her own about them. William had mentioned +once the necessity of asking a landlord's permission to cut up pasture, +but it had been taken for granted that there would be no difficulty +about that. She was not quite sure that she had not said herself that +there would be no difficulty about that. Certainly it had never crossed +her mind that there would be. + +"I objected," said her husband decisively. "Possibly I didn't say in so +many words: 'No, you can't do it.' I shouldn't say that to William. I +pointed out to him plainly why it was inadvisable, and he seemed to +understand." + +"Is it very important, Edmund? There's plenty of pasture about there, +isn't there?" + +"I don't know that there's more than can be made use of. But that wasn't +the chief point. It's the enlarging and enlarging at the Grange that has +become objectionable. It has gone beyond all reasonable grounds already. +All very well, as long as William is there, and treats it as a toy on +which to spend his money. But if anything happens, it will be a white +elephant--a big house with no land to it, which nobody else is likely to +want, and no longer any good as a second house on the place, which it +has always been before. _You_ and the girls couldn't live there if +anything happened to me." + +"I never thought of that," she said slowly. "I don't want to think of it +either. Of course William has become very lavish; but he is so rich now +that I suppose it doesn't matter. And it _is_ different, isn't it, dear, +now that poor Hugo is dead?" + +"Oh, that's what he kept driving in on me. He'll come after me here. I'm +not likely to forget it. Still, the place _is_ mine, as long as I'm +alive, and I'm not going to hand over the reins to William. He's no +_right_ to act in that way, as if I counted for nothing." + +"No," she said; "it's unfortunate. What are you going to do? I suppose +you didn't tell Coombe to stop the work?" + +"No; I shouldn't put an affront upon William before his servants. Seems +to me he's no objection to putting an affront upon me. Coombe knew well +enough that I hadn't been consulted, and that I ought to have been. I +don't like that fellow Coombe. He may be a very good head-gardener, but +he doesn't come from these parts, and he doesn't seem to realize how +things are. He's respectful enough in manner, but he was giving me to +understand all the time that his master was a much bigger man than I +was, and he wished I'd clear out and leave him to go on with his work. +At one point I really did think of ordering him to knock it off. I +_could_ have done it, and I think he'd have been rather surprised if I +had." + +"I'm glad you didn't. It's tiresome, of course; but we don't want to +quarrel with the Williams, do we? You're not going to tell him to stop +it, are you?" + +"Oh, I suppose I shall have to swallow it. William is such a much bigger +man than I am now. He's made a lot of money, and they've knighted him. I +dare say they'll give him a peerage, if he makes much more. _I_ can't +stand out against him. I'm only an old dug-out of a soldier, and don't +matter." + +"Well, dear, you're Squire of Hayslope, which counts for something. As +for me, I'd rather be Mrs. Eldridge of Hayslope Hall than Lady Eldridge +of Hayslope Grange. I don't mean I'd rather be me than Eleanor, though +of course I would. But _she_ isn't spoilt by all their money, and I +certainly don't want to quarrel with her." + +"Oh, quarrel! I don't want to quarrel with William, either. We've been +good friends all our lives, and nobody's more pleased with his success +than I am. Still, what I feel, and feel strongly, is that he ought not +to make his success an excuse for changing his attitude towards me. I'm +his elder brother, and he has always treated me so until lately. He'd +never have thought of doing a thing like this a few years ago, and he +wants telling so. Then I dare say we shall get on as we ought to. This +has got to be the last of it. Anything further I _shall_ veto. The +Grange is mine as well as the Hall. When I'm dead he can do what he +likes with both of them. Until then he must be content with what he +has." + +"Oh, I think he will be. And he's sure to see your point, if you put it +to him without irritation. Of course you _are_ irritated, dear, and it's +only natural. I should be myself, though I'm not an irritable person. I +flatter myself that I can see below the surface of things, and I'm sure +William is really devoted to you, and looks up to you. He wouldn't want +to do anything to displease you, and Eleanor would be horrified at the +very idea. Eleanor is very level-headed. I have a great admiration for +her, and I'm not a woman who gives her admiration to everybody. Just say +something to William when they come down again, and I'll say something +to Eleanor: and I'm sure everything will be all right for the future." + +"They are not coming down this week; and I have something else to write +to William about. I shall write about this too, and if he takes what I +say in the right spirit I shan't mention it again." + +Mrs. Eldridge rose. "Oh, I'm sure he will," she said, "especially if you +don't show irritation, dear. It's always a mistake to show irritation. +Now I must go and see about things. Lunch at half-past one. That will +give us a nice long morning." + +She kissed him, as she always did, and went out. He had already lost +some of the irritation which she had so deprecated. If he had sat down +and written to his brother without further reflection, he would +probably have made a mild protest against the gardening scheme and at +the most reminded him of certain arguments that he had used to him +already. But his pen never got started very easily. He had to think over +the best way of putting the business affair upon which he had meant to +write, and when that was decided his mind went back to the other +question, and his anger rose again at the way in which he had been +treated. When he did sit down to his table, it was with a face as dark +as he had worn on riding into the stable-yard an hour before, and he +embarked upon his protest at once. + + "Dear William:--I was much annoyed this morning, and I must say + surprised too, to find that you had disregarded my wishes in the + matter of Barton's Close, and that there is a small army of men + there already, cutting it up. I don't want to go again into the + reasons I gave you on Sunday for my objection to turning the + greater part of your holding into an extravagant pleasure garden. + They seem to me to be eminently sound, and I do not remember your + bringing any counter-arguments that would affect them. What you + have done is simply to ignore them, and treat me on my own + property as if my undoubted rights in a matter of this sort could + be set aside with not even so much as a word of warning. I must + say now at least, that this sort of treatment must stop. However + superior your standing may be in the world outside, here at + Hayslope I am on my own ground, and you ought to show respect to + my position, as until lately you always have done." + +A pause came to the rapid scratching of the pen, and Colonel Eldridge +looked up towards the garden outside, so quiet and green and happy, with +the whirr of the mowing-machine already to be heard where the girls were +busy with the lawn, and their young voices coming to him between their +bursts of energy. His face had cleared. He had written a straightforward +protest, without any beating about the bush. There was no need to say +more, though more might very well have been said. In days gone by +William had treated him with the respect due from a younger brother to +the head of the family. There had been affection between them from their +early childhood, but the elder brother had been the leading spirit, as +was only right, and when it had been necessary to rebuke the younger he +had done it in much the same way as this. William had accepted the +rebuke and they had remained as good friends as before. This would be +all that would be wanted. William could have his garden, which, after +all, didn't so much matter with things as they were now--poor Hugo dead +and he the one to come after--although--although-- + +The frown returned faintly to his face, and he added another paragraph: + + "You said on Sunday that in spite of all the money you had spent + on your garden, this was really a better one. Well, you know that + I have had to cut down labour in it, and at this moment Pamela and + Judith are at work on the tennis lawn, which they have to keep in + order themselves if they want to play on it. That's how it is + here at Hayslope Hall now, and the girls are happy enough, though + I can't spend what I used to on them, and what I should like to. + So it really isn't necessary, especially in these days, when + nearly everybody is feeling the pinch, to spend a fortune on a + garden to get pleasure out of it. If I may say so, I think there's + even a touch of vulgarity in it." + +Another pause. He didn't want his pen to run away with him. Didn't the +last sentence go rather beyond what he could say to William without +offence? + +No. They had had that out once, years before, in their father's time. +Edmund Eldridge was at home on leave from the Curragh, and William on +summer vacation from Cambridge. They were driving over to lunch at +Pershore Castle, and William appeared for the expedition in a pair of +lemon-coloured spats, a form of decorative summer attire then in its +infancy. The cavalry subaltern, spick and span in a style of sober +correctitude, objected to the lemon-coloured spats, and used the same +word, vulgarity, in connection with them; and the undergraduate bowed +meekly to his ruling and took them off. + +Better leave it at that, though. He had said quite enough to bring +William to his bearings, and relieved his own mind of the annoyance that +had irked it. It was with quite another feeling underlying his words +that he went on to write about the estate affairs in which he was +relying upon William's help to deal with the Government. But this was +not a matter in which there could be much indication of any state of +feeling, unless it was annoyance with the obliquity of the Department +concerned; and his letter ended as his letters to William always did, +whatever their subject: "Your affec. brother, Edmund Eldridge." + +He read the letter over again before dispatching it, but did not detach +himself from the varying moods in which it had been written, and when +Mrs. Eldridge asked him later what he had said to William, he told her +that he had just said that it would be a mistake to enlarge the Grange +garden any further, and had written chiefly about another matter. + +"You didn't say that he mustn't make _this_ enlargement, did you, dear?" +she asked. + +"Oh, no. He can go on with that, as he has begun it. I must say that I +think it _will_ be the best thing that he has done there. I can't say +that I like to see the pasture broken up, but there's been such a lot of +it during the war that perhaps it's not so much of a point as it was. +One seems to have to change one's views about everything nowadays. I +dare say I'm a bit old-fashioned. Got to recognize that I'm getting +older, I suppose." + +"Dear man!" she said cooingly. "You'll never be old to me, and you don't +look old either. Of the two I think you look younger than William, +though he pays more attention to his appearance than you do. I hope I +don't look _very_ old myself. I don't really feel it. Still, women +_have_ to pay attention to their appearance when they reach the forties. +Otherwise, people would leave off looking at them. Eleanor doesn't, +much; but she's handsome in a different sort of way. I should think she +would outlast me; but I shan't make a fuss about it. I love Eleanor; +she's so reliable. I'm glad you don't really mind their having their +extra garden, dear. It will suit Eleanor better than all the tiresome +pergolas and things. She will be able to be quiet in it." + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +YOUNG PEOPLE + + +The day had advanced to a heat unusual in our temperate climate. All +nature seemed to be holding its breath in an endeavour to support it. +There was no sound of bird life, and even the insects had ceased their +stir of activity. After one set, somewhat languidly pursued, the tennis +players betook themselves to the seats disposed near at hand, in a shade +almost as torrid as the sun-steeped open. Judith was the only member of +the party who showed no manifest signs of being overheated. Her almost +southern-looking beauty was enhanced by the heat. She laughed at the +others, and said that it could never be too hot for her. + +Jim Horsham looked at her seriously, and said that in Australia he had +experienced a heat of a hundred and twenty degrees, and at Christmas +time, which made it all the more remarkable. + +Pamela's eyes twinkled, and she roused herself from an exhausted +reclining to ask: "Why does it make it all the more remarkable?" + +"Well--Christmas time, you know," replied Jim, in the tone of one +humouring an intellectually weaker vessel. + +"Yes, I see that, Jim. But aren't the seasons just the other way round +in Australia?" + +"Well, of course they are. That's just what I was saying." + +She laughed, and subsided again. "It's too hot to argue," she said. + +"When were you in Australia?" asked Fred Comfrey. + +Horsham replied conscientiously, with dates of arrival and departure, +and the further information that he had acted as A. D. C. to an uncle +who was Governor of one of the States. + +"How informative you are, Jim!" said Pamela lazily. But Judith +unexpectedly showed interest in Australia, and asked for exact details +of the behaviour of the thermometer in that Dependency, which was given +to her. + +"Oh, it's much too hot to listen to all this," said Pamela, springing up +from her low chair with no appearance of any essential lack of energy, +in spite of the heat. "Let's go for a stroll in the wood." + +This was said to Fred Comfrey, who responded with alacrity. His eyes had +repeatedly rested upon Pamela, across the luncheon table, where she had +talked and laughed with the gay freedom that was hers when she was +feeling what Norman would have called good and happy, and during the +game in which her light movements had been partnered with Horsham's +responsible but slow-moving efforts, to their ultimate defeat. Horsham +also looked at her as she rose, as if he would like to follow her; but +his explanations to Judith were in full flood, and had to be carried to +a conclusion. Pamela and Fred moved off together, and his eyes followed +them until they were lost among the trees, though there was no faltering +in his firm dealings with degrees Fahrenheit. + +"Jim's a dear old thing," said Pamela, when they were out of hearing, +"but the idea sometimes crosses my mind that he's just a little bit of a +bore. I hate to think it of him, so the best thing is to run away when +he begins to show signs of it. We needn't run very far. There's a seat +just out of hearing of them." + +It was the seat in which she and Norman had been surprised by Fred and +Hugo years before, from which had followed that quarrel that she had +never heard about. She had even forgotten the disturbance that led up to +it, but it was fresh enough in Fred's mind, and impelled him to ask with +some awkwardness. "What sort of a fellow has Norman grown into? I didn't +see him when he was here last week." + +This brought her to a recollection of the hostility between them, and +she answered a little stiffly: "He's just as much of a dear as ever." +She had shared Norman's dislike of Fred in her childhood. She thought +him improved, and wanted him to have a new chance with all of them. But +she was on Norman's side--always, if it was a question of taking sides. + +The improvement in Fred, from the hobbledehoy of twelve years before, +would have been remarked by anybody. He was still stocky of build, but +his frame had become smartened, and his stature, rather below the +average, only indicated its strength. The close-cropped moustache that +he wore had improved his appearance, and there was a degree of +self-confidence in his bearing which had not been there of old, when he +had been alternately truculent and diffident. Whether or not he had +improved in character was not so plain to see, but the years had brought +him at least to a better understanding of the face that a man was +expected to show before the world. + +He laughed, a shade nervously, with his fingers at his moustache. If +Pamela had been looking at him at that moment she would have seen him +more like he had been as a boy than she had seen him hitherto in his +manhood. "Norman and I had a quarrel about you the very last time I saw +him," he said. + +She did look at him then, with a hint of displeasure on her face. +Recollection began to come to her. "Oh, yes," she said. "It was when you +and Hugo found us here together." + +He saw that he had made a mistake, and hastened to retrieve it. "I've +always been sorry for what happened then," he said. "I'm ready to tell +Norman so when I see him. Probably he has remembered it against me. We +didn't always get on very well as boys, but I always liked him, +really--and admired him too, for his pluck." + +The slight frown had not yet left her face. "What did happen?" she +asked. + +"Well, we fought," he said, greatly daring. "That's what I so much +regret. I was much bigger and stronger than he was. It didn't last long, +and I don't think I damaged him much, for I don't believe you or anybody +knew. Still, I don't excuse it in any way. I know I was rather a beast, +as a boy. When one goes out into the world, and gets some sense knocked +into one, one becomes ashamed of a good many things, and some of them +stick in one's mind. That did--that I fought a younger smaller boy, when +I'd been in the wrong from the first. It's always been a sort of +nightmare to me." + +He spoke quietly, and with apparent sincerity. Pamela had a sense of +something underlying the quarrel of which he spoke that she did not want +to explore, brought by his first words--that the quarrel had been about +her. But it was possible to put that aside. Her youthful generosity was +touched by his admission. It fitted in with her own observation of him +that the man and the boy might be two quite different creations, and +this fact seemed to have presented itself to her out of her own +knowledge of life, upon which she prided herself. "I think horrid little +boys often turn into quite nice men," she said with a laugh. "I suppose +you were rather horrid as a boy, though I don't remember much about you. +So was poor Hugo, sometimes, though he turned into a very nice man. The +war altered him a lot, before he was killed--poor Hugo! That's the sad +thing, I think--that so many young men who were really made better by +what they were doing in the war were killed, after all." + +"Yes," he said. "It was a pretty hard school for some of us. But I had +had a good deal of my schooling beforehand. I've always been glad that I +was pitched out into the world when I was quite young. I had to fight +for myself; and it wasn't fighting with boys younger than myself +then--rather the other way about. I suppose that was what made me so +ashamed of that business with Norman, and kept it alive in my mind." + +She had forgiven him for that now, as he seemed to have found it +difficult to forgive himself. "I don't think Norman has kept up any +feeling about it," she said. "I suppose the smaller boy doesn't, does +he? When you were the smaller boy and had to fight, I suppose you rather +enjoyed it." + +"Well, I did," he said. "It made a man of me. And it isn't over yet. I'd +practically won my battle over there, and could go back and rest on my +laurels. But I've a mind to begin it all again over here. There's +something exhilarating in the fight itself; and if I win it the rewards +will be greater." + +It sounded rather fine to her. She did not translate the symbolism into +the struggle of a young man of considerable commercial astuteness to +gain a footing for himself, and when he had done so to seek the best +opportunity of enlarging it. He was worthy of respect, in having already +made a success of his work at an early age, and having left it to fight +for the great cause, in which he had also made good. There was stuff in +him, as there had been in his boyhood, when he had done well at his +school; and it showed up now, to the disguising of what might have +turned her against him. She had no suspicion that he was rapidly falling +under the spell of her bright charm, for he had learnt some wisdom and +self-control, and knew that there was a long and difficult road to +travel before she could be expected even to see him on her level. He was +content now, after the first little mistake, the reception of which had +given him warning, to arouse and keep alive her interest in him, and to +establish terms of friendship with her, upon which there would be no +suspicion of his presuming. She found it interesting to talk to him +already, and was inclined to back him up with Norman, though not to the +extent of turning herself into his champion. But he ought not to be held +to the mistakes of his boyhood; and with all his faults he had been poor +Hugo's friend, and had fought well in the war and been wounded, not +lightly. + +She asked him about that, and he answered her questions, modestly +enough, though not without the design of attracting her sympathy. And +they talked a little about Hugo. He seemed to have seen more good in +Hugo than Norman had ever done, though Norman had never criticized him +to her. But Norman had never said, as Fred did, that Hugo was a +thoroughly good fellow, who had been a bit wild, like a good many more, +but no more than that; and of course his fine service in the war had +wiped out those mistakes many times over. + +"Yes, that's what I feel," she said gratefully. "There was some trouble +with Jim. I don't know what it was, but I know that Lord Crowborough +made a fuss about it, and Dad was very angry. So it couldn't have been +very bad. Besides, you can see what Jim is. If poor Hugo is supposed to +have led him into mischief he couldn't have led him very far. _Nobody_ +could lead Jim very far into mischief. He wouldn't go." + +She laughed her tinkling laugh, which was delicious music in Fred's +ears. He laughed too, but did not make the mistake of taking up her +criticism of Horsham. "I heard something about that too," he said; "but +I don't know any details either. I shouldn't think there could have +been much in it. Naturally, Colonel Eldridge would have felt sore at his +being criticized at all." + +Norman had always kept off this subject, and would answer no questions +about it. But he had never exonerated Hugo, though he had said that Jim +was ass enough for anything. Norman _was_ apt to be over-critical. He +had nothing much to say in favour of Hugo, her own brother, who had been +killed; he was contemptuous of Jim, who was only rather slow, and +perhaps dull; and he was almost violent in his dislike of Fred, whom he +hadn't seen for years. Of course he was head and shoulders above all +three of them in everything that mattered, but perhaps he should have +left it more to others to recognize that fact. At any rate, Fred was +giving her something now which Norman withheld from her, and she was +grateful for it. + +Judith, left alone with Horsham, showed no disposition to regard herself +in the light of a sacrifice. It seemed as if she really did take an +interest in his statistics, and though she did not talk much herself her +attention had the effect of drawing him out to be more informative than +ever. "I do like to hear about real things," she said. "Such a lot that +you read is so--so fluffy: do you know what I mean?" + +"I suppose you mean poetry," he said. + +"Well, I like some poetry; but it doesn't seem to be the sort that +people who think they know call good poetry." She laughed at herself, +the low musical laugh that was all her own. "Pam and Norman are always +making fun of my tastes." + +"Does Pamela like poetry?" Horsham asked, with a shade of anxiety. + +"Oh, yes," she said, and a hint of mischief showed itself in her eyes. +"Can you repeat any by heart?" + +"Well, I don't know that I can, except the things I used to have to +learn. I've never forgotten them. It seems as if I can't forget anything +that I've once learnt. I could repeat 'The Wreck of the Hesperus,' which +I learnt when I was five or six, I should think--you know, about the +skipper had taken his little daughter to bear him company--I should +think I could repeat that now, without a mistake." + +The dark eyes were dancing with mischief now. "Oh, yes, I know it," she +said. "It's lovely. And funnily enough it's one of Pamela's favourite +poems, and Norman's too." + +"Is it?" said Horsham doubtfully. "I didn't really think much of it +myself; it was only that I did learn it once and couldn't forget it. +Still, of course it is by Longfellow." + +"Yes, I know. I like Longfellow myself. Pam and Norman pretend they +don't. But Pam loves that particular poem. If you'd say it over to +her--!" + +"Well, I don't know that I should care about doing that. I expect she +knows so much more poetry than I do." + +"You could get her to talk about poetry and then just bring it out +casually. Say you think it's so salient--that's the way she and Norman +talk--and then say it over. I think she'd be pleased at finding you +liked something that she did." + +"Well, perhaps I might do that. What word did you say--salient?" + +"Yes, or basic. That's another word they use a good deal. Perhaps you +might bring them both in." + +"Oh, I don't pretend to be learned in that sort of way. And as a matter +of fact I don't really care much for poetry and all that sort of thing. +I'm like you: I like facts." + +Judith, having laid her train, returned to serious conversation. "I +don't know why one should be ashamed of it," she said. "But I do keep my +actual tastes rather dark before Pam. Of course she's much cleverer than +I am, and I don't mind her poking fun at me a bit; in fact I rather +enjoy it. But you're the first person I've ever confessed to that I +really like dates and things of that sort. I find them--refreshing. Do +you feel that too?" + +Horsham's face lit up. It seemed that he did, and that he had never +forgotten those of the Kings and Queens of England, which he had also +learnt in childhood. They recited them together, with mutual pleasure, +in a sort of measured chant, and laughed heartily when they had done so. + +"Of course, that capacity, which we both seem to have, is going to be +very useful to me in my career," Horsham said. "If you can get facts at +your fingers' ends, and keep them there--" + +"What career do you mean?" inquired Judith. "I didn't know you'd got +one." + +"Oh, yes. Don't tell anybody, because it isn't _quite_ settled yet, but +I'm going to be Private Secretary to--unpaid, of course--to--well, +perhaps I'd better not mention his name, even to you; but he's a Cabinet +Minister. Perhaps I shall try to get into Parliament by and by." + +"You can't, if you're a lord, can you?" + +He explained that difficulty away for her for ever, so exhaustively did +he handle it. He was going to take politics seriously. He thought it his +duty; but it would also be his pleasure. "I've played the fool a bit," +he confessed; "but that's all over now. I was young, and--" + +He broke off in some confusion. He had suddenly remembered Hugo, and +didn't know how much she knew of the disturbance of three years before. + +She knew no more than Pamela, which was scarcely anything; but they had +discussed it together. "You and Hugo played the fool together, didn't +you?" she asked, with a slight frown. + +He was rather taken aback by her directness, but he spoke as directly, +after a short pause of reflection. "Hugo was blamed for what was just as +much my fault as his," he said stoutly. "He was older than me--that was +all. It's all over long ago--poor fellow!--and we don't want to think +about it any more." + +"I'm glad you've said it like that," she said with a glance of approval +at him. "So will Pamela be. I shall tell her. But don't _you_ say +anything to her about it." + +"You don't think--?" + +"No, I don't. What you've said is quite enough, and we don't want to +talk about it any more at all. Let's go and find Pamela, and Fred. We +might have another game before tea." + +Horsham was quite willing to go and find Pamela, though he had +unexpectedly enjoyed his chat with Judith, who struck him as a girl of +quite remarkable intelligence. He told her so, as they walked together. +"Of course you were only a kid when I was here last," he said, making +allowances for her, and for himself. + +"Yes," said Judith. "And you weren't much to write home about, either." + +He looked surprised at this speech, until she laughed, when he laughed +too. "You and Pamela both like chaffing a fellow, don't you?" he said. +"I suppose some fellows wouldn't see it, and be offended. But I'm rather +quick at seeing things, and I don't mind." + +Judith suddenly felt an immense liking for him, compounded in a curious +way of respect and tenderness. He was a heavily built young man, though +his figure was upright, and had the activity of his youth. His face was +neither handsome nor ugly, but there was a look of honesty and +simplicity in it that gave it character. She felt a strong compunction +at having prepared a trap for him. "I was chaffing you when I advised +you to recite poetry to Pamela," she said hurriedly. "Don't you. At +least, don't recite 'The Wreck of the Hesperus.' She'd think that tosh; +and so do I." + +This disturbed him for a moment, but he soon recovered. "I was an ass +not to see what you were driving at," he said. "But you must remember +that _I_ never said I thought that was a fine poem." + +"No, you didn't," she said soothingly. "And I don't suppose either of us +really care much for what _they_ would call fine poetry. What I do like +of Longfellow's is his 'Psalm of Life'." + +"Do you mean that?" he asked; and when she said she did he repeated +slowly and impressively, as they walked beneath the trees: + + "'Life is real, life is earnest, + And the grave is not its goal. + Dust thou art, to dust returnest, + Was not spoken of the soul.' + +"Ah, yes. That's poetry. I don't envy people who can't see the beauty of +that." + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +WELLSBURY + + +Sir William and Lady Eldridge were spending the week-end at a great +country house, the seat of a Cabinet Minister with whom Sir William had +worked arduously during the war, to the undoubted advantage of the +Department of which Lord Chippenham had been the head, and also to the +advantage of the British taxpayer. For this Department--or at least that +part of its work for which Sir William had been responsible--had escaped +those accusations of waste and extravagance which were so freely and so +regrettably made. The work had been done quietly, resourcefully and +economically, and there were few who knew anything about its details. In +fact, but for the large number of people who were rewarded for services +during the war of whom nobody had ever heard before their names appeared +in the Honours List, Sir William's knighthood might have aroused +speculation. He had deserved it, at least as well as most, but it was +not generally known what he had done, and there were to be found here +and there those who thought that he had made money out of the war, and +that his knighthood had eventuated in some way out of the money he had +made. As a matter of fact he had done five years' hard work for nothing, +and would have been richer than he was if he had confined his energies +to his own affairs. But that never troubled him. He was rich enough for +all ordinary purposes as it was, even with the ruinous taxation to which +his income was subjected; and now that his public work had been wound +up, and he was free again to work for himself, he was likely to become +richer still. + +There had been two flies in the ointment of his public success. One was +that a K. B. E. was hardly a sufficient reward for his valuable +services. He knew how valuable they had been, and that others who had +done work that could not be compared with his had won regards far +higher. He had asked for nothing, and had not breathed to a soul except +his wife the disappointment he had felt at the closing of the chapter. +Perhaps if he had advertised himself more-- But reflection always +brought him the gratifying sense of having done his work not for the +sake of reward, and he was too active and eager in pursuing the aims to +which he had now returned to dwell upon the disappointment. At the same +time his chief had also known the value of his work, and might, if he +had exerted himself, have influenced a higher recognition of it. + +The other source of dissatisfaction was a much smaller affair. In fact +he was rather ashamed of allowing it entrance to his mind, and had never +mentioned it to his wife. + +Lord Chippenham was an eminent public servant. He was also--or rather +Lady Chippenham was--an eminent personality in the social world. Sir +William had worked with him over years, but had never become intimate +with him. He had dined once or twice with him in London; but in those +strenuous times of the war that meant nothing, and since the war, when +social entertainments were beginning to take their normal course, he had +not even done that. Indeed, Lord Chippenham seemed to have forgotten him +altogether, and he could not help feeling a little sore about it. + +But then at last had come the invitation to Wellsbury, the famous +Elizabethan house where it had been Lady Chippenham's pleasure to gather +together parties of all that was most brilliant in the world, not only +of fashion but of art and letters and whatever else could add variety +and interest to her parties. The invitation gave him great pleasure, +which he could not keep from his wife, who took it calmly enough. There +were plenty of what are called "good houses" open to them, and if it had +been their ambition to climb into the social prominence that is +represented by mixing always with those who keep in the busy swim, there +would have been no difficulty about it. That was no more of an end to +him than it was to her; but Wellsbury was different. The climbers were +not asked there; or if they were, their climbing ambitions were not the +qualities most apparent in them. Also, you went to Wellsbury to enjoy +yourself. + +Sir William enjoyed himself exceedingly. So did Lady Eldridge, who found +people among the numerous guests whom she liked and who liked her. They +were not all strangers either. The Eldridges had a large circle of +acquaintance in London, which touched other circles, and was always +enlarging itself. There were people at Wellsbury during that week-end +who knew less of the world gathered there than they did. + +At least half the guests bore names that were well known, and some were +of real eminence. And there were many young people, who made themselves +merry, and were encouraged to do so, not only by their hostess, who was +merry and high-spirited herself, but by the venerated Minister of State, +who listened with a twinkling eye to the hubbub of talk and laughter +that arose around him, and sometimes contributed to it. He spent much of +his time during the day with the children who were collected there with +the rest, and had a grandchild seated on either side of him at lunch on +Sunday. He was a very charming benign old gentleman in his own lovely +home; the word "harmless" might perhaps have been used to describe him +as he showed himself there, and William Eldridge gained some amusement +from the recollection of episodes in his official hours, when that +epithet would not have seemed suitable. + +It did occur to Sir William once or twice during those lovely summer +days to ask himself whether he had been invited to Wellsbury with any +particular object. He and his wife had been received there almost as if +they were habitués of the house; and yet it was over a year since he had +had word with Lord Chippenham at all, and this private recognition of +him was at least tardy. But there was so much to see and to do, in the +great house, full of its wonderful treasures, and full, too, of +agreeable and interesting people, that he gave himself up to the flow +of it all, and put aside the idea of anything to come of the visit +except the pleasure of the visit itself. + +Rain came on late on Sunday morning, and though it was not enough to +keep everybody indoors and never looked like continuing, Sir William +took the opportunity of writing a few letters after luncheon. There was +a little panelled room off the billiard-room, which he had seen the +evening before, with just one lovely early Dutch picture in it, and he +went there rather than to his own room upstairs, partly because he +wanted to look at the picture again, partly because of the satisfaction +of making use of as many rooms as possible in this beautiful ancient +house, in which for two days he was at home. + +There was nobody in the billiard-room, or in the inner room, which was +open to it, but also in part concealed. He had been there for some +little time when two young men came into the billiard-room and began to +play. He recognized them by their voices as Nigel Byrne, Lord +Chippenham's private secretary, and William Despencer, the youngest son +of the house. He went on writing, being now immersed in what he was +doing, as his habit was, and paid no further attention to them. It did +not occur to him that they would not know that anybody was in the inner +room; he did not think about it at all, concentrated as his mind was on +his writing. The click of the balls and the voices of the young men, who +were playing in desultory fashion and talking all the time, came to him +as an accompaniment to his thoughts, but with no more meaning than the +noises of traffic would have had if he had been writing in a room in +London. + +But presently, as he leant back in his chair to consider something, a +phrase struck upon his ear, and he woke up to the disagreeable fact that +they were talking about him, and for all he knew might have been talking +about him for the last ten minutes. + +"The Chief thinks a lot of him. He did extraordinarily good work in the +war." + +"I know he did. These big business men did make themselves useful--some +of them. Did pretty well out of it too." + +"Eldridge didn't." + +It was at this point that Sir William woke up to their speech, but what +had come immediately before his name was mentioned, which his ears had +taken in without conveying it to his brain, also turned itself into +meaning. + +"Perhaps not; though you never know. Anyhow, he's a new man, and I think +we've saddled ourselves with quite enough of them. I think we ought to +get back to the old sort--the men who come of good stock. They've always +been the backbone of our party, and--" + +The speaker was surprised by the appearance of the man he had been +criticizing. Sir William stood in the arched recess at the end of the +room, his pen in his hand, and a smile upon his face. + +"I'm awfully sorry," he said. "I've been writing in there, and have only +just realized that you were talking about me." + +The young men stared at him in consternation, and he spoke again, with +the air of one who meant to dominate the situation. That was exactly +what he did mean. A sudden crisis always strung him up to the most +effective control of his powers, and he had formed his decision in the +few seconds that had elapsed between the mention of his name and his +standing before them. + +"I really haven't been listening," he said. "I was too busy with what I +was doing, or I'd have stopped you before. But I'm not exactly a new +man, you know. You can look me up in a book, if you like. Eldridge of +Hayslope, in Downshire. And I give you my word I haven't made a bob out +of the war." Then he turned to go back to his writing. + +William Despencer had been collecting himself during this speech. He was +a young man of a serious cast of mind, conspicuously honest and +straightforward, though of an outlook not of the widest. "I'm sorry you +overheard what we were saying," he said. "And I apologize for the +mistake I seem to have made. I'm glad you corrected me." + +Sir William turned to him again, but Nigel Byrne broke in before he +could speak. "You heard me defend you," he said with a pleasant smile, +which, with his attractive appearance and ready speech was part of his +qualification for the position he so admirably filled. "William was +talking generally, and I happened to know that you weren't of the type. +You'd have heard me say so when he came to the end of his speech; but +he's always too long-winded." + +"Oh, I don't mind that a bit," said Sir William. "I've been doing the +things that the new men do--and some of the old ones too--for some +years past. It was a natural mistake. I'm only sorry I let you in for it +by keeping quiet in here. To tell you the truth, I wasn't thinking of +you. Perhaps I ought to apologize for that. Anyhow, please forget it." + +"We will," said Byrne. "No offence meant and none taken, eh? I was +coming to look for you after William and I had had our little game. The +Chief wants you to go for a stroll with him at half-past three, if it +clears up, and if not, will you go and have a chat with him in his room? +I'll take you to him." + +The invitation was so significant that it put out of Sir William's mind +the awkwardness of the late occurrence, as he waited for the time when +the great man should be ready for him. Perhaps it was only a mark of +politeness to a guest, and there would be talk about this and that, but +about nothing that would matter much to him. The work that they had been +engaged upon together was over, and Lord Chippenham was not likely to +want to go back to that. What could he want to see him about then? He +hardly permitted himself to conjecture; but there was a sense of +excitement hanging over him, and he looked many times at his watch as he +went here and there in the house and examined the pictures and the other +treasures of it, with appreciation, but not with all his attention. + +When he had left the billiard-room the two young men looked at one +another and Nigel Byrne laughed. "He took it very well, I think," he +said. "Quite a nice fellow!" + +William Despencer kept a grave face. "I wish I'd known he was there," +he said. "Why didn't he let us know he was there when we came in?" + +"Oh, I don't think he was eavesdropping. I say, let's look him up. I'm +bound to say I never thought of him as anything but the usual rich city +fellow, with no father to speak of." + +"Like Melchizedek. I thought you were going to defend him against my +aspersions, if he'd given you time." + +"That was my famous tact, William. Eldridge of what, did he say? Ah, +here it is." + +There were current books of reference on a table in the billiard-room, +and Byrne had opened one which dealt faithfully with the County Families +and their genealogies. + +"Oh, quite respectable!" he said, as they read the entry together. "He's +next man in, too, do you see? Present man's only son killed in the war. +He was at Harrow and Cambridge. We've done him an injustice, William. If +at any time he likes to make a little contribution to party funds, and +somebody or other recommends him for a peerage, he won't have to begin +everything from the beginning like so many of them." + +"Is that the idea?" + +"Oh, I wouldn't say that. Peerages aren't bought and sold in the market, +you know, William. You ought to know better than that." + +"Well, I still think the mistake was a natural one," said William +Despencer, turning away. "He's too elaborate altogether. Those clothes! +Just what a rich city fellow would wear who'd just discovered Saville +Row." + +"They're no better than mine. He's a good-looking fellow and likes to +keep his youth. The Chief thinks a lot of him, you know. He'd like to +work with him too, if he was in Parliament." + +"His wife's a nice woman. I shall talk to her this evening. I'm sorry he +heard me say what I did." + +The sun had come out by the time Lord Chippenham was ready for his +afternoon walk. Sir William's expectations of a serious talk were a +little dashed when he discovered that it was to be taken in the company +of two little granddaughters and two little dogs, and as they went down +through the gardens and across the park it seemed as if Lord +Chippenham's attention would be chiefly taken up by the four of them. +However, no other grown-up person had been invited to join the party, +and presently the children and the dogs detached themselves, and only +returned to their base now and then, when Lord Chippenham broke off in +whatever he might have been saying and talked to them until they were +off again. + +When the walk was over, and Sir William tried to give some concise +account of what had happened to his wife, he found it difficult to put +any particular point to it. Lord Chippenham seemed to want him in some +undefined way, but had made no actual proposal. He ought to be in +Parliament--perhaps as a preliminary to--to office? It almost seemed as +if that were indicated; but it was all so vague, and the children were +always interrupting at the most critical moments. At one time it almost +seemed as if he were hinting that a seat in the House of Lords would be +the simplest way to--to what? Really, it was impossible to say. The only +definite thing that could be taken hold of was that when they had come +in, Lord Chippenham, turning to go into his room, had said: "Well, I +think we could do good work together again, and I hope we shall." + +The i's seemed to be dotted to some extent later on in the day by Nigel +Byrne, who made himself agreeable to Lady Eldridge, and told her that +the Chief thought a lot of her husband. "Of course, he ought to be in +Parliament," he said. "Has he ever thought about it, do you know?" + +Eleanor thought that was intended as a preliminary to anything that +might be preparing, though why Lord Chippenham or Mr. Byrne couldn't say +so outright she couldn't think. And why had the constituency of West +Loamshire been mentioned as a likely one, to her and not to William? +Politics seemed to be a curiously mysterious game. Still, West +Loamshire, where there was likely to be a vacancy shortly--though this +was not to be repeated--_had_ been mentioned; and, "I suppose your +husband knows George Weldon--the Whip, you know," had been one of the +things said that she had to report. She supposed they were meant to put +two and two together. Probably, if William went to see George Weldon, he +would get on to a more direct path altogether. + +They talked it all over, motoring back to London the next morning. +William had sometimes considered a parliamentary career, but not very +seriously. He had been too busy with his affairs to take a great deal +of interest in politics except where they touched his interests. It +would be beginning something all over again, and the preliminary steps +to candidature and election would take up a lot of time and money. But +it would be different if the preliminaries were made easy for him, and +there was something waiting for him that other men had to work up to +through years. He was confident of being able to fill any position that +might come to him, and had enough patriotism to make the prospect of +doing something for his country that he could do better than other +people attractive to him. + +Eleanor would encourage him too. She was quite as interested in the +possibilities they discussed together as he was. He knew that she was +not particularly interested in his financial career. It had already +brought them to the point where they had everything they wanted that +money would give them, and that was all that business meant to her. What +was the good of going on for the rest of your life just making more +money? But she had liked him to tell her about the work he had been +doing during the war, and it would be the same if he took up public work +again. + +They fell silent for a time, after they had talked it all over, and the +big car carried them easily and swiftly along the country roads. +Wellsbury was a two hours' run from London by the most direct route, but +they were making it rather longer, so as to see more of the country and +to avoid the straight high roads. + +Sir William never failed to enjoy a ride in this fine car of his, which +he had recently acquired, at immense expense. He did thoroughly enjoy +all the things that his money bought him, and liked spending it on them; +and the point of satiety which lies somewhere ahead on that road was not +yet in sight with him. He enjoyed the luxurious upholstery of his new +car; and even the well-clothed back of his chauffeur, with the discreet +figure of Eleanor's maid beside it, gave him satisfaction, as adding to +the conveniences of his life and hers. He liked to feel well dressed +too, and that Eleanor should also be so; and that she should be the kind +of woman who carried off beautiful and expensive clothes. He thought +that she looked the equal of any of the women who had been at Wellsbury, +and he was proud of her, and of the notice that had been taken of her. + +Whatever might be the result of this visit, or if there should be no +result of it, it stood as a source of completed gratification in itself. +It seemed to have put the seal of success upon his career, and to have +set him where he rightly belonged. It was not the sort of recognition +that could have been gained by the possession of money, though in his +case success in money-making had indirectly led up to it. His +reflections were crossed by a momentary shadow at the remembrance of the +mistake those two young men--or at least one of them--had made about him +yesterday. Surely Lord Chippenham's son might have known that a merely +new rich man would not have been made welcome at Wellsbury as he had +been. There had been no one remotely resembling that breed among the +guests of this party. Still, he had put that right, and it didn't really +matter. He was perhaps aware in the background of his mind that +exuberance was a note to be watchful of; his upbringing and the +standards it had inculcated had made him careful to prune himself. He +would not have been so careful if criticism from time to time had not +shown him the necessity. Edmund, to whom as a young man he had looked up +as the pattern of quiet, self-possessed good breeding, had criticized +him on those grounds. He had never quite lost the feeling that Edmund +was a finer type of gentleman than himself--until lately, when his own +brilliant gifts had brought him into such prominence as Edmund would +never attain to. Now he was a little impatient of that old feeling of +slight inferiority to his brother, and whatever had survived of it +seemed to have been wiped out by this visit to Wellsbury. Edmund would +never have been invited to such a house unless it had happened to lie in +his local zone of dignity as a landowner. + +Sir William considered, in the glow of his satisfaction, as he was +carried along between the hedgerows and the full-blossomed trees, the +stock from which he had sprung and the altitudes to which he had arisen, +which wanted some adjustment if he were to be proud of both, as his +inclination was. + +A family that went back two or three hundred years, and for most of the +time as landowners in the same county, was something that only a small +minority could claim. Yet the Eldridges had never really done anything +that put them above the ruck of country squires. They had intermarried +here and there with families of higher standing; they had kept their +heads up in the world, and were in all the County Histories--as names, +but little more. Their dignity had hardly extended beyond the head of +the family for the time being. The younger sons were scarcely better off +in that respect than the sons of other men, who could give them the +right sort of education and start in life. He himself had begun life +with no greater advantages than his contemporaries at school and +university of birth not so good as his, and if he had not brought his +own exceptional gifts into play he would have had just the position that +his success at the Bar might have brought him, and no higher. Of course +the altered circumstances brought about by the death of his brother's +heir would have made a great difference to him, at least in prospect; +but that loomed small now. But for the sentimental attachment which he +felt towards the home of his fathers, he would not have cared much now +to be Squire of Hayslope. It would not now be his chief claim to +consideration, and if he had wished he could have bought himself a finer +house than Hayslope and a larger property. Still, Hayslope did mean a +good deal to him, and he was inclined to congratulate himself upon being +content with the enlarged Hayslope Grange as his country house, and the +consequent playing second fiddle to his brother, when he could so easily +have been first somewhere else. + +He spoke some of the thoughts which were running through his mind when +he broke the silence to say to his wife: "I'm afraid poor old Edmund is +having a thin time at Hayslope. Hard luck that the owner of a property +like that should be pinched, as most of them are in these days, and we +who used to think ourselves so much less fortunate should have got +quite past them!" + +She thought it nice of him to be thinking about his brother's +difficulties at this time. She knew that he was exalted by the visit to +Wellsbury, and the expectation of something to come out of it. He might +have been thought to be full of his own affairs. + +"I've had them a good deal on my mind," she said--"Edmund and Cynthia +too, and the girls. But we can do something for them, can't we? I think +I've been able to do something for Cynthia already, and without making +her seem under an obligation." + +"Oh, you can do things for Cynthia. But Edmund--he stands so on his +dignity, you see. I think he's inclined to stand too much on his +dignity, at least with me. After all, a country squire--I've come to be +a good deal more than that, and I'm the one person whom he might accept +help from." + +"Does he really need help?" + +"Oh, he can get along all right, of course. But it's a different life +for him now. I suppose I couldn't expect him to accept money from me so +that they could carry on in the way they did before the war. I'd give it +him readily enough if he would, and be glad to. But there are ways in +which I _could_ help him--one in particular. But one must take him as he +is. We must do what we can for Cynthia and the girls, and I shall always +be on the lookout to do something for him if I can. I've got on and he's +stood still--or gone back, rather. I don't want him to go back any +further." + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +LETTERS + + +The Eldridges arrived home in time for luncheon. They lived in a large +house in Belgravia, old enough to have some character of space and +dignity, but old enough also to have been exceedingly inconvenient if +much money had not been spent in modernizing it. It had been their +London home for about fifteen years, and was a trifle behind the latest +fashion in furnishing and decoration. The latest of such fashions, it +should be recognized, rests upon the recognition of the value of older +fashions, which in its fulness dates from a very few years back. There +was plenty of good old furniture in the Eldridges' house, some of it now +of considerable value, but it would have welded itself into quite a +different whole if the "doing up" and furnishing of the house had been +taken in hand some years later than it was. The time was approaching +when Sir William would acquire another, possibly still larger house, and +begin all over again. He was already vaguely dissatisfied with this one; +but it had qualities which pleased him too, and he had never quite lost +the sense of satisfaction with which he had moved into it from a smaller +house and spent money upon making it the place in which they should live +the larger life that was then opening out before them. His own room, +with its outlook upon a little square of walled-in garden, was a very +refuge, and he and his wife sometimes sat there in the few evenings when +they were at home together alone, in a grateful seclusion of green +morocco and bright Turkey carpet, with books and prints on the +Morris-decked walls, and only the huge and hideous American desk, of the +palest possible growth of oak, to indicate the sterner purposes to which +the room was primarily dedicated. + +Sir William went into this room on their arrival, and turned over the +pile of letters and papers that were there awaiting him. He opened a few +of them, and glanced over their contents, and then unlocked his desk, +but only to put certain of the papers away. He was too excited to take +up his immediate affairs in the short time that remained before +luncheon, though on ordinary occasions he would have done so, for he +hated wasting even a few minutes of his time. + +He had thought over what had happened, and what might happen during the +journey to London. But, coming thus into his familiar room, he seemed to +see it all with a new significance. He had the feeling that he had come +back to this room a different man--a bigger man than the one who had +used it before; and the feeling rather surprised him. For, after all, to +spend a few days in a large country house was no new experience to him, +he had been in close contact with Lord Chippenham before for many months +upon end, and the idea of a seat in Parliament was not entirely a +novelty. What had happened, he decided, as he walked up and down the +room, or stood looking out upon the green and bright colour of the +little paved square of garden, was that he had attained to recognition, +when he had thought that the official chapter of his life was closed. It +set a higher value on it, even to himself. He was not the same man as +had for so long occupied this room, and thought of his public work as +efficiently done for the good of his country, but as already a thing of +the past. The chapter was not closed, but might lead to other chapters, +beyond the present scope of his imagination. It had put him among the +men of his time who counted for something. Lord Chippenham, whatever his +stirring of expectation might have meant, undoubtedly thought of him as +counting for something already. The last year, during which he had +attended to his affairs, and spent as much of his time as he could spare +from them at Hayslope, had only been a lull. His foot was already on the +ladder of distinction, and he might mount on it higher than he had ever +thought of mounting. + +He was summoned to luncheon, and took some of his as yet unopened +letters in with him. He did not come to the one from his brother until +he and his wife were alone together. + +"Well, I never--!" + +Lady Eldridge looked up, to see his face dark and angry. "Read that," he +said, throwing the letter across to her; "the first part, I mean," and +waited till she had done so, though phrases of indignation kept rising +to his lips, which he stifled by occupying them with food and drink, too +hastily consumed. + +He did not wait for her remarks, when she looked up again, with +consternation on her face. "You heard what I said about Edmund only +just this morning," he broke out. "I'm always thinking what I can do for +him, and that's the way he treats me in return. Really, it's +incredible!" + +"I must say I'm surprised," she said unwillingly as it seemed, and +turned to the letter again. + +"It's beyond everything," he went on angrily. "'This treatment must +stop'--what is it that he says? Haven't I always deferred to him at +Hayslope, because he's my elder brother, and lately I've been sorry for +him? What on earth can he mean by writing to me like that? _What_ +treatment, I should like to know! I've spent thousands of pounds on his +property, and should never have got a penny of it back if it hadn't been +for Hugo's death. His position on his own ground! What have I ever done +to belittle it?" + +She looked up again. "I thought you did consult him about the garden," +she said. + +"Of course I did. I've never left anything of that sort undone, though +under the circumstances in which we stand to one another most men +wouldn't have expected it. But I know what he is where his rights are +concerned." + +"But didn't he give his consent?" + +Sir William hesitated. "After that letter, I suppose one has to say that +he didn't. But you can see how it was. There was absolutely no reason +for his withholding it. I practically told him I was going to do it, and +he put forward some objections, which I met. He didn't press them, and I +went away thinking it was all understood. If you like to say so, perhaps +I didn't ask his permission at all. It would have seemed absurd to do +so." + +"I am very sorry that he has taken it like this. Of course his letter is +unreasonable, but I think it is only meant to assert his rights. He +doesn't mean to stop you going on." + +"Oh, I'm not going on in the face of that. I shall wire to Coombe to +stop the work. Besides, he does mean that, doesn't he? Let me read it +again." + +She handed over the letter. Her face was disturbed. "I don't think +Cynthia can have seen it before it was sent," she said. + +"There's nothing about going on. I'm told that I've overstepped my +rights, and 'this sort of treatment must now stop.' And fancy writing +this! 'I think there's a touch of vulgarity in it.' Vulgarity! It's a +most offensive letter. One would say that he was laying himself open to +quarrel with me. I'm not going to quarrel with him; but I shall be +precious careful not to give him a handle against me again." + +"I don't think he wants to quarrel. It's his way. He wouldn't think of +the effect his words might have. I don't think he even wants to stop you +making the garden." + +"Oh, I'm not going on with it now. For one thing, this would spoil all +the pleasure of it. After all, I've got other things to think of besides +garden-making at the Grange. It has just been a recreation, but now I +dare say I shall be too much occupied to be able to pay so much +attention to it. Really, you know, it's ridiculous for Edmund to give +himself those airs of superiority over me. I've given way too much to +them in the past. I wouldn't say so to anybody but you, but what _is_ +Edmund's position compared to mine? I'm the last man in the world to +give myself airs because of what I've done in the world; and with him +especially I've made nothing of it, because--well, because I've hated +the idea of making a contrast between him and myself. But what I can't +help feeling is that _he_ might consider all that too. I think if I were +the elder brother I should have shown a good deal more pleasure than +_he_ has ever done at whatever success I have had." + +"Perhaps he's a little bit jealous. I've thought that sometimes. I don't +think Cynthia is, and perhaps such a feeling might be expected more from +her than from him." + +"Of course he's jealous. That's at the root of it all. It's a very +unworthy feeling from one brother to another." + +"I don't think he would recognize it as jealousy, and if he detected +such a feeling in himself I think he would be ashamed of it. He _is_ +fond of you, there's no doubt about it, and he relies on you, perhaps +more than he knows. He _can't_ mean to quarrel, and if you don't treat +this letter as an offence it will all blow over." + +"My dear girl, what would you have me to do? I'm not going to sit down +under it. My position at Hayslope would be impossible if I were to give +in to this sort of thing." + +"No, dear, I don't think so. You know Edmund so well. You know that he +is fond of you. You have always liked being near one another, and you've +had little jars before, which have made no difference." + +"Nothing like this. I call a letter like that positively insulting." + +"It can't have been meant to be that. If you take it in the right way +he'll be sorry for having written it. If you take it as an insult--" + +"What _is_ the right way of taking it then?" + +She thought for a moment, and said with slightly heightened colour: "You +are bigger than Edmund. If he has made a mistake, you can afford not to +make the same mistake." + +His face changed at that. "You always put me right," he said, with a +smile at her. "Yes, of course. Poor old fellow! He's had a lot to try +him. He doesn't get out into the world as I do, and of course he broods +over his troubles. Any little thing upsets him." + +She smiled at him in her turn. "That's how I'm sure it is," she said. +"If he does object to this garden plan, it isn't much to give it up, is +it? Just a little extra amusement, as you said." + +He laughed, rather ruefully. "I don't like giving up something that I've +set in hand," he said. "But if it will placate my respected brother--" + +"Perhaps he won't want you to, if you return him a soft answer." + +"I'll do that all right. If a thing's worth doing at all it's worth +doing well. Besides, you've blown away my annoyance, and, after all, +it's more in accordance with my nature to be generous than to be +resentful--don't you think?" + +That was just what she did think. He was quick-tempered, but she had had +abundant experience of the quick revulsion of feeling that came to him +when his generosity was appealed to, and loved him for it. Her own +impulsions drove her upon a more level course. He had no idea of the +anger that his brother's letter had aroused in her mind, that had held +her even while she was pleading for him, and that held her still, when +by her prompting he had chased his away from him. Her accusation of +jealousy had been the only sign of it in her speech, and she had +entirely agreed with him when he had stigmatized that as a most unworthy +feeling under the circumstances that had called it forth. It had cost +her an effort to insist upon the ties that held the brothers together. +To her mind, Colonel Eldridge, with his narrow outlook, and his claims +of superiority, was undeserving of the affection which her husband +constantly showed towards him, and showed little enough of it in return, +though it was true that he relied upon his brother, and made use of him. + +Still, when she was alone and thought it all over, she was glad that she +had spoken as she had, putting aside her own feelings, and playing, as +she always could, upon his, which were so large and generous. There was +Cynthia to be thought of, who was putting a brave face upon the +restrictions that had so marred her life, and who expressed only to her, +because she was her best-loved friend, what they meant to her. And there +were the dear children, whom she loved, and the more because she had no +daughter of her own. No, it would never have done to allow a breach to +open, as might well have happened, if Edmund's crabbed obstinacy had +been answered in the way it deserved. They were too much bound up +together at Hayslope not to make all allowances for one another, even +where no allowance was rightly due. Besides, the path of tolerance was +always the right path, though it might not be easy to take it. + +To Sir William, that path had its allurements. His nature was generous +and he recognized it. It was with a glow of self-gratulation that he sat +down after luncheon to answer his brother's letter; and he enjoyed the +art with which he brought to bear upon it, so that his meaning should be +made plain, and also his large-minded tolerance. + +Beginning "My dear Edmund," he first of all wrote fully about the affair +in which he was interesting himself on behalf of his brother. A good +deal depended upon the way in which he dealt with it, and he showed that +his interests were deeply engaged. In fact, something had already been +done, for the Government Department concerned was that of which Mr. +Vincent, one of his fellow guests at Wellsbury, was the head. + +"We have just returned from our visit to Wellsbury, and fortunately +Henry Vincent was staying there. I had a talk with him about the +principle of the thing, and I think I may say that I put the right idea +into his head, and that he will act on it generally. I told him that +there was a personal application of it which I wouldn't trouble him +with, and he told me the right man to go to, and said that I could say +he had done so. I shall follow it up to-morrow, and I hope everything +will be satisfactorily arranged. It is fortunate that I was able to talk +it over with Vincent. I had never happened to meet him before, and it +didn't do me any harm to come first into contact with him at Wellsbury." + +That was that. Edmund would be pleased at the probability of this +tiresome affair being settled, and perhaps impressed with the ease with +which such settlements were arranged, when it was possible to approach +the well-guarded head of a Department on equal terms. + +And now for the other matter! which should be dealt with shortly but +decisively, and cleared out of the way altogether as a source of +complaint. + +He considered it for a time. He was sincere in his desire to act +generously in face of an unreasonable attack. But the offence was really +considerable, pointed as it was by that disagreeable charge of +vulgarity, and it was of no use to pretend it wasn't there. He would +give way; but with a gesture. The gesture would be that it was not worth +while bothering about so small an affair, which could best be expressed +in a few lines. Edmund was not to suppose that he had given him +annoyance; the annoyance was past--or nearly so. He clung to the idea of +terseness, but lest it should be misunderstood, the atmosphere of +friendliness might perhaps best be indicated by something more intimate +coming before it. + +So he added a paragraph or two about the visit to Wellsbury, the +magnificence of the house, and the illustriousness of the party gathered +there. There was something also about Lord Chippenham in his private +relations. "I had worked with him for nearly four years," he wrote, +"without really knowing him intimately. He is extraordinary in the way +he keeps his public and private lives apart, and one feels it an honour, +even after all this time, to have been accepted on terms of personal +friendship with him." + +The kernel of the letter immediately followed. + +"I am sorry that I inadvertently went against your wishes in the matter +of Barton's Close. I didn't understand you actually withheld your +consent to the garden-making, or of course I should not have set it in +hand. I have wired to Coombe to stop the work." + +That was terse enough. The only thing was that it might settle it too +completely. He didn't want to give up his garden if it could be avoided. +Edmund ought not to be discouraged from asking that the work should go +on, though he would not write anything to show that that was in his +mind. He went on: + +"I was rather keen on this addition to the garden, and think it would +have improved the property, if anything. But where Hayslope is +concerned, my chief desire is to work in with your ideas, even where +they differ from mine." + +Would Edmund recognize this note of large generosity? It was to be hoped +so--and give way. + +He read his brother's letter again, and asked himself whether it was +possible to ignore the rudeness of it. After careful consideration he +added another paragraph. + +"I think, my dear Edmund, that your general charge against me of +overriding your wishes and belittling your position at Hayslope can +hardly be seriously made. Such an attitude would be very far from my +intentions, and I cannot charge my memory with any single instance of my +having done so. If I have given you any cause for such an accusation, as +I suppose I must have done, or you would not have brought it against me, +it can only have been because I have been so occupied with affairs +outside Hayslope that I have perhaps treated Hayslope itself as of less +importance than it naturally is to you. If so, I apologize. Hayslope +still holds the warmest corner in my heart of any place in England, or +out of it for that matter. But the world is a large place, and when one +is taking a part, however modest, in dealing with the difficulties that +it is now involved in, the affairs of one small corner of it do not bulk +so large as if one could give all one's attention to them." + +He ended resolutely. The intended terseness had already been somewhat +whittled away, and it was not his idea to read Edmund a lecture, or he +might have read him a much longer one. This would suffice. In the future +he might be more closely devoted to the task of putting the world +straight again than he was now, and Hayslope would be of still less +importance to him. If Edmund had his dignity as Squire of Hayslope so +much at heart, it must strike even him that the dignity of a probable +Cabinet Minister--so far had Sir William's aspiring thoughts led him in +the last few hours--was considerably above it. On reading his letter, he +thought that it might have been better to close with the sentence +ending, "my having done so," and omit that beginning, "If I have given +you any cause." But that would have involved rewriting four whole +pages, and the _coda_ was really only a slight fault in the technique of +his protest, and not in its intention. So he left the letter as it was, +and presently posted it himself. + +Lady Eldridge also addressed a letter to Hayslope that afternoon, to her +sister-in-law. She usually wrote to her once in the week, and knew that +she would want to hear all about the visit to Wellsbury. But she did not +begin with that. + + "Dearest Cynthia:--I am sorry that Edmund is annoyed about the + garden. I am sure _you_ know that neither William nor I would want + to do anything at the Grange that he objected to, but I can't help + thinking that his putting a veto on it is rather unreasonable. + William has telegraphed for the work to be stopped, but I do hope + that Edmund doesn't really mean that the garden is not to be made. + It would be such a disappointment, for you know what fun we have + had in working it all out. William does love Hayslope, and all + that he has done at the Grange. Perhaps in the future he may have + more work to do, and Hayslope will be more of a recreation to him + than ever. So try to get it put right if you can. William thinks + so much of Edmund, and I'm sure Edmund does of William too. He + can't really want to put such a slight on him as this would be. I + think William has shown, by wiring at once for the work to be + stopped, that he doesn't want to go against Edmund. I'm not sure, + from his letter, that Edmund will even have expected that. If not, + do get him to withdraw. I can write this plainly to you, though + perhaps William couldn't to Edmund, after his letter. Men are more + unreasonable than we are, though they prefer to call it logical. + But we can't helping loving them all the same--those that we _do_ + love." + +Then she went on to tell all about Wellsbury, and gave an amusing +account of their visit, full of light descriptive detail of the men and +women they had met there, with some descriptions from the inside of a +house that was famous throughout the world. But she wrote nothing of +what had been said to her about her husband, and gave no hint of +anything that might be coming to him. + + + + +CHAPTER X + +RECONCILIATION + + +The Earl of Crowborough, though he lived in a Castle, and enjoyed a +rent-roll which provided him with everything that was suitable to his +rank in the way of elaborate living, yet shared many simple tastes with +people of less exalted station. Among them was that of propelling +himself about on a tricycle. He had acquired one of those machines in +their early days of solid rubber tires, before the invention of the +safety bicycle, and ridden it for many years, until it became almost a +curiosity, or what the shops call an "antique." He would probably have +continued to ride it until it could be repaired no longer; but riding +through the village of Pershore one morning he had heard somebody--he +never wished to inquire whom--call out: "Here comes that old fool on his +bone-shaker!" After that he had bought a new tricycle of the latest +pattern and its pneumatic tires and easy running had given him a new +delight in his chosen form of exercise and locomotion; so that he could +hardly be persuaded to drive in a motor-car or behind horses when he was +in the country, and would have ridden his tricycle in London if he had +not shrunk from the comments that might reach his ears. + +It was on his tricycle that he rode over to Hayslope one afternoon to +look up his old friend, Colonel Eldridge. He did want this +unpleasantness between them ended, and though he believed that he had +been the chiefly injured party, his kindness of heart prompted him to +have done with it all and forget it. He was a creature of habit, and +Hayslope and the people who lived there had come into his life in the +country ever since his childhood. At the height of the recent +disturbances he had never got rid of the feeling of discomfort when +custom had suggested to him that he should ride over to Hayslope, as he +had so often been wont to do, and he had realized that the familiar road +was closed to him. He had continued to visit the Grange, but it was not +the same thing. The Grange was new, at least in its present aspect; the +Hall was the same as he had always known it--a nice comfortable place +full of old memories which kept alive old friendships. There was no +other house within reach of his that he liked so much. And though he +liked William Eldridge, it was Edmund towards whom his deeper feelings +went out. They had been friends for nearly fifty years. Lord Crowborough +did not possess many intimate friends, and there was no special +community of taste between him and Colonel Eldridge, or even of +interest, outside their common interests as neighbouring landowners. But +a tie had grown up between them. Edmund Eldridge did not make the +demands upon his substantial but slow moving intellect that William did; +they were always at ease together. + +He could not do without his old friend. Speculation was alien to his +habit of mind, but he did sometimes wonder, during the course of their +estrangement, whether the same sense of blankness might not be working +in Edmund as well. At last he decided to go over and see. He made no +plans as to what he should do if he were received coldly, nor did he +intend to make any appeal. He wanted Edmund again, and it was in his +mind, though not consciously defined as an expectation, that Edmund +would be glad to see him. + +Behold him, then, laboriously pedalling up the drive to Hayslope Hall on +a warm afternoon, a not undignified figure, though his large form +lurched and swayed as he took the rise, and his chosen form of country +costume was a suit of pepper and salt and a high-crowned felt hat. But +for his coloured tie, he might have been taken for a country parson of +the older school, and he would not have been displeased at the +comparison, for he was a pillar of the church on its official side, and +had a greater regard for its religious significance than many of its +supporters in that aspect. + +Life was pursuing its ordinary course at Hayslope Hall on a summer +afternoon. In these leaner times lawn tennis was apt to be the chief of +its recreations, and the excuse for the gathering together of +neighbours. There were several of them in the garden as Lord Crowborough +was convoyed across the lawn, mopping his super-heated brow, and wishing +that his first appearance were a little less public. Colonel Eldridge +was playing; but he left off immediately, and after greeting his old +friend called to somebody else to take his place in the game, though +Lord Crowborough begged him to continue it. + +Colonel Eldridge was not a man to show his emotions except occasionally +that of annoyance, but they were strong within him as his eyes fell upon +the familiar figure advancing towards him, and would have made it +impossible for him to continue the game, though he was in the middle of +his service. + +He had never realized until that moment--perhaps he had forbidden +himself the realization--how warm a corner there was in his heart for +this tall, bulky figure, and how empty that place had been of late. The +last vestiges of resentment against him melted away completely. He was +as glad to see him as he had ever been to see anybody. + +But nothing of this showed in his face, hardly even the pleasure, as he +shook hands with him, and said: "Halloa! Tricycled over? Afraid you've +got rather warm." + +A little later they were sitting together indoors, in grateful coolness, +and there was a tumbler at Lord Crowborough's elbow, which, however, +contained nothing alcoholic. No word had been said about the late +dispute, but the two men were on their old terms. There was gratitude in +the minds of both of them, but it did not show in their speech, which +was level and unconcerned. + +They talked first chiefly about the land, and the difficulties of +landlords, with special reference to Mr. Henry Vincent, and whether he +knew anything about the conditions of landowning at all or was only out +to screw as much as possible out of the unfortunate landlord. The +question admitted of some doubt, and there were instances to be brought +forward in support of either view. The matter that was engaging Colonel +Eldridge's attention at this time, which also affected Lord Crowborough, +was fully discussed, and Sir William's name came up in the course of +discussion. + +"I don't think he knows Vincent," said Colonel Eldridge; "but I suppose +it would be easy for him to get an introduction. He has the whole +business at his fingers' ends, and is keen to get it settled on the +lines we've agreed upon." + +"William's a very capable fellow," said Lord Crowborough. "If he throws +himself into a question of this sort he's likely to get it put +through--unless he puts their backs up." + +"Why should he do that?" + +"Well, I've a great admiration for William, and of course it has been a +pleasure to me, knowing him ever since he was a boy, to see him climb up +the ladder; he did extraordinary good work during the war; I've heard +fellows say so. But I've met people who say that--well, that he does put +people's backs up; that he's got a way of pushing his own ideas, and +won't listen to anything against them. _I_ don't say it, mind you." + +"I think it's a very unfair accusation." Colonel Eldridge spoke warmly, +and it delighted Lord Crowborough's heart to hear him. He even disposed +himself to increase his indignation, because if they two could dispute +upon a subject, as they always had done, and still remain fast friends, +the larger dispute which had set them at enmity for a time must hold out +no further danger. + +"Well, that's what a number of people do say," he said dogmatically. + +"Then you ought to contradict it if they say it to you. You know +William." + +"Oh, yes; and I like William. Nobody likes William more than I do, but +he does set great store by his own opinion. It's a very good thing, if +you're running a business or whatever it may be. Make up your mind what +you want done and don't listen to the people who want it done +differently. I dare say that's all it really means. Still, that's the +general opinion of William, and there's no good shutting your eyes to +it. Besides, you must have had experience of it yourself. You and +William get on very well here--better than most brothers would, I dare +say--but if William wants his own way I'll bet he takes it." + +Lord Crowborough went rather beyond what he had grounds for saying here, +for the sake of keeping up that mood of opposition which under the +circumstances was gratifying to him, and was not prepared to give +chapter and verse for his statement, as he was now requested to do. + +"Has anybody told you that? What do you mean by it exactly? Is there any +gossip about any dispute between William and me? It would annoy me very +much if it were so." + +"Oh, I don't say that, Edmund. You know best what's passing between you +and William." + +Colonel Eldridge jumped to conclusions. "It's damnably annoying how +things get put about, and exaggerated," he said. "William and I are the +best of friends--always have been; but each of us has got his own way +of looking at things and sometimes I don't say we don't have a little +breeze, which makes no difference, or we shouldn't have chosen to live +here close together for so many years." + +"That's true enough; though of course it's William who has chosen to +live here, for you can't help yourself." + +"That's a foolish way of putting it. If I hadn't let William do what he +liked with the Grange he wouldn't have wanted to live here; there +wouldn't have been a house for him. It hasn't altogether suited me what +he has done there, but I've let him do it because I like having him +there." + +"I suppose as he and his boy will come after you it doesn't so much +matter what he does. I must say I shouldn't like, myself, to have a +house of that sort growing up within a stone's throw of my own. I should +think the Grange is as big as this house now, isn't it? And with William +I should never be surprised to see it a good deal bigger. He's a fellow +who likes spending his money and never seems satisfied with what he's +got." + +"There's some truth in what you say there, and as a matter of fact +William and I have discussed that very question. He is making an +addition to his garden there at this very minute. I dare say gossip has +got about that I objected. Well, I did tell him that I thought it had +gone quite far enough, and I shouldn't care for any further additions to +be made." + +"But you didn't stop him making this one?" + +"Of course I didn't. I tell you that we understand one another +thoroughly." + +"There you are then. In the long run it comes to this, that he does +exactly what he likes, which is what I said at the beginning. Still, +William's a good fellow, and I know he's devoted to you; I've reason to +know it. I should like to have a brother of that sort myself, but my +brother Alfred has always been a nuisance to me, with his schemes for +making enormous fortunes which never came off. It's different when your +brother has a lot more money than you have. It's a very good thing, with +all the burdens they're heaping on land nowadays, to have money brought +into a property from outside. I suppose William could buy another place +now, if he wanted to. I rather admire him for sticking to Hayslope, and +if it amuses him to spend money on the Grange--well, it's because he +likes it better than any other place." + +Colonel Eldridge walked to the lodge gates with Lord Crowborough, who, +mounted on his machine, suited his pace to his. They parted with much +good will on either side, though with no more than a "Good-bye then for +the present" to show it. + +As he walked slowly back to the house, his heart was tender within him. +It was almost worth while to have quarrelled with this old friend to +have him back on the old terms again. But quarrelling was never worth +while. He had come rather near to quarrelling with William over that +affair of Barton's Close. He remembered with some compunction that he +had spoken angrily to his wife about it, and had written to William +with more irritation than he now liked to think about; though he had +shown in the latter part of his letter that the strength of his protest +was not meant to go deeper than its expression. William had not yet +answered his letter, as there would have been just time for him to do, +which seemed to show that he had not taken it in offence; and the work +of his garden was still going on. Colonel Eldridge had been inclined to +take exception to that, although he was quite prepared for it to go on. +It would have been better if William had written, saying that he had not +understood his objection as serious, or something of that sort. It gave +some colour to Crowborough's criticism of his way of pushing through his +intentions. But it was true, what Crowborough had also said, that he +loved Hayslope, and preferred to spend his money there rather than to +make another place to his liking. Colonel Eldridge well knew that itch +for improvement, and more improvement, and had acted upon it himself in +the days when there had been money to spare for that sort of thing. He +now thought of his protest as altogether exaggerated, and wished he +hadn't made it. He was even inclined to be interested in the new garden +that William had designed, and thought that he might be able to suggest +some slight improvement in the details of the design when they came +together on it, with the protest put aside and forgotten. + +As he walked slowly along on the grass by the drive, with the wide acres +of his park surrounding him, the sheep and cattle feeding peacefully, or +lying in the shade of the trees in which he took pride, he thought of +himself as too apt to get annoyed about trifles. + +It had not always been so. He was rigid in the demands he made upon +others, but he thought about them kindly too--even his servants, whom he +treated with old-fashioned stiffness, but whose welfare he would take +pains to promote; much more the members of his family, in whose +happiness his was bound up. He was the head of his house, and that must +be recognized by everybody around him. But his rule was not exercised +for his own exclusive benefit, and it had been his pride not to make it +irksome by indulgence in transitory moods. + +He was more at peace with himself at this moment than he had been since +his troubles had come upon him. He saw that the trouble about money had +loomed too large in his mind. There was enough money to have in the +quiet way in which life had been going at Hayslope Hall, now for some +time past. Cynthia was making herself happy in it; the children were +happy. Why shouldn't he be? For the first time he caught a glimpse of a +life lived more closely to the soil than it had come to be lived in such +houses as his before the war. In the time of his great-grandfather, +before a rich marriage had brought more money into the family, when a +London house had been added to the country one, and the country house +keyed up to a more elaborate style, Hayslope had been occupied for by +far the greater part of the year, with a rare visit to London or Bath, +or to the country houses of friends or relations. There were old letters +and diaries in the library which told of the life that had centred at +Hayslope in those days. It was far simpler than the life that he and his +had lived there before the war, but it seemed to have contented those +who lived it. + +They saw the seasons in and out, and each had its duties as well as +pleasures. Guests would be entertained for weeks together, and live the +daily life of their hosts; they seemed to see even more of their country +neighbours, who lived in the same way as they did, with their recognized +indoor and outdoor pursuits to fill the days, and their merry-makings in +company, more eagerly looked forward to than the more frequent and +elaborate amusements of to-day. The great charm of those days seemed in +part actually to rest upon the difficulty of communication with the +world outside, which concentrated the sweets of life upon the country +home. And where the home was of the spacious and well-provided kind of +Hayslope Hall, it must have been more cherished than if it were only +resorted to for periods in the year, and even those periods broken up by +frequent departures elsewhere. + +Perhaps that old stay-at-home life of the country house would come back +of compulsion, now that so many people were straitened in circumstances. +It would be a good thing in many ways if it did; if the men who owned +the land lived more closely to it, and identified themselves with those +who were bound to it. That was a larger question; but there was no doubt +that it could be made a satisfying life, if the necessary changes were +squarely faced and accepted, and the life was arranged on a new basis. +It came to his mind, with a gratifying sense of discovery, that for him +and his family that basis had already been found. It only remained to +cease always casting back towards what had been before and could now be +no longer. The best part remained, and life for him and his at Hayslope +might be happy as it had ever been. + +And the other deeper trouble was clearing too. He was glad that it had +been mentioned between him and his old friend, whom for a time it had +parted. At the last, as they had gone down the drive together, Lord +Crowborough had said to him, quite simply: "We fell out about your poor +boy, Edmund. I don't want to go away and leave him as something that +must never be mentioned between us. It was a sad business, but for him +it was wiped out when he fought well and was killed. He was your only +son, and you've lost him. I've been more lucky in keeping mine." + +That had put the finishing touch to their reconciliation. Hugo's lapses +could be forgotten now, as they had been forgiven. They had been bad. +For a long time after his death one trouble after another had come +because of him, one revelation after another had been made. He had kept +them nearly all to himself. Only his brother knew something of them, and +he knew by no means all. His wife knew nothing. But an end seemed to +have come to it at last. The burden on his mind was lifting, though it +still lay heavy upon his purse, and would mean rigid economy for years +to come. + +How good William had been about it all! A real consolation and support +in his troubles, and willing, as he was able, to lift even the money +burden of them from him. He blamed himself for having shown the +irritability that had grown upon him, under the stress he had gone +through, towards his brother. It was a poor return for what he had been +so ready to do for him, to make a mountain out of that little molehill +of irritation over Barton's Close. But William would not make too much +of that. Perhaps the very best way to show him that it had been only a +surface irritation, which did not affect the permanent tie of affection +between them, would be to accept the help that he had so freely offered. +Only pride had held him back, and that had prevented him from even +acknowledging the generosity of the offer. He had simply put it aside. +With that burden removed, scarcely any trouble would remain to him at +all. He had already everything that was necessary to his own life for +the remainder of his years. It was only upon Cynthia and the children +that the economies which now had to be practised bore hardly. With this +relief, which it was open to him to take at any time, he could give them +more--if not all that he would have been able to give them but for the +war. And he knew that William would be pleased if he were to go to him +and say that he would accept his help. It would bind them together still +more closely, for it would mean the merging of pride in affection. + +He saw it all in that moment of enlightenment and softer feeling, and +lingered on his way back to the house to taste the serener air which his +vision brought him. His well-loved home would be a source of delight to +him once more, and no longer a source of anxiety, if he were to take the +freedom that he could have at any time by a word of surrender. He looked +about him before he entered the house, and the sunshine that steeped the +wide spaces of the park seemed brighter and lovelier than before. There +had lain a veil over the beauties of his home. But it only needed a +gesture of his to have it removed altogether. + +The parlour-maid met him as he went into the hall. "Mr. Coombe, Sir +William's gardener, would like to see you, sir." + +He went into his business room, where the man was waiting for him. + +"I've had this telegram from Sir William, sir." + +He handed over the pink sheet, and stood respectfully, cap in hand, +while Colonel Eldridge read it. But his eyes rested upon him with an +expression that had nothing pleasant in it. + +"Stop work on new garden at once; pay outside labourers week's wages and +dismiss them." + +Colonel Eldridge's eyes, resting upon the paper, remained there longer +than it required to take in its meaning. Coming immediately upon the +thoughts with which his mind had been full, they gave him an unpleasant +shock, the effect of which he could not entirely hide from the man who +had administered it to him. + +"There's a mistake," he said shortly. "I never intended that the work +should be stopped." + +Coombe did not take this up. "I've come to ask, sir," he said, "if +anything can be done about the men I got in to help with the work. I +had a good deal of difficulty in finding them, and I told them it was +likely to be at least a two months' job. Sir William said I could count +it as that. They're mostly men who've been in the army--unemployed. +There's dissatisfaction among them, and I--" + +Colonel Eldridge had allowed him to go on because he wanted time to +collect himself; but he now interrupted brusquely: "There's no need to +make trouble at all. You can tell them there's been a mistake, and they +can go on." + +Coombe's eyes dropped. He was a youngish man, with a self-confident air, +but with something secretive in his appearance and demeanour which +seemed to contradict his quiet respectful manner. "I've given them +notice, sir, on that telegram," he said. "I couldn't do anything else." + +"You ought to have come and seen me first. It seems to me that you've +been glad of the opportunity to make trouble." + +It was a relief to him to speak like this. He disliked the man who stood +before him with his sleek, respectful air, which he suspected to hide +hostility that would show itself in insolence if it dared. + +"I didn't come to see you about that, sir. My instructions are plain +enough from that telegram, and I'd only got to carry them out." + +"Then why do you come to me at all?" + +"Because I thought you might be able to do something to keep these men +from making trouble, sir, as Sir William isn't here. Only two of them +belong to Hayslope--Jackson and Pegg. The others are lodging here. I've +paid them their wages, as instructed, and with no work to do they're +likely to get drinking and--" + +"Oh, it's out of consideration for the good behaviour of the village +you've come to me, is it?" + +"Yes, sir. And because Sir William isn't here to deal with it." + +Colonel Eldridge was getting more and more annoyed with him. But his +training prevented his showing more annoyance with men of this class +than he could make effectual. "Sir William is your master," he said, +"and you are quite right to take your orders from him. But you know +perfectly well that it's for me as a magistrate to deal with anything of +that sort, whether he is here or not." + +"Yes, sir, that's why I have come to you. I only meant that as the men +are upset-like at Sir William's turning them off, he might have done +something to quiet them." + +There was no offence apparent in this. Colonel Eldridge thought for a +moment. "The best thing to do is to tell them that there has been a +mistake," he said. "They can go back to their work. You can tell them +that on my authority, and I'll make it right with Sir William." + +Coombe hesitated, and then came plump out with a refusal. "I can't do +that, sir, without instructions from Sir William himself." + +There was a moment's pause. Coombe kept his eyes on the ground, but his +face became a shade paler. Colonel Eldridge looked at him as if he would +have annihilated him, and then turned away, and said quietly: "Very +well, then. You can go." + +Coombe threw a glance at him, seemed as if he were going to say +something further, but went out without a word. + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +A QUESTION OF LABOUR + + +So that was how William had taken his protest! No word to him, but +this--it seemed like ill-tempered--order to put an end to the work. His +anger was hot against Coombe, whom he accused in his mind of putting him +in a hole for the sake of doing so, and then coming to see how he would +take it. But towards William his feeling was more one of sorrow. + +He had been giving him credit for generosity and kindly feeling. Surely +it was unworthy of him to behave in that way, even if he had allowed +himself to be unduly annoyed over the tone of the protest made to him. +What must have been his attitude when he sent that telegram to his +servant, and sent no word to his brother? He must have known that to +dismiss his labourers in that way at a moment's notice would make +trouble--trouble that would affect his brother who was on the spot. Yet +he had left him to find out the high-handed action he had taken for +himself. Why couldn't he have given him an opportunity of withdrawing, +if he really thought that he had vetoed the undertaking, which had been +in hand for a week? He _couldn't_ have thought that; the letter written +to him was not a prohibition. + +What was to be done now? If that confounded fellow Coombe had come to +him before dismissing the men, he would have wired to William and put +it all right. Yes, he would have done that, pocketing the hurt to his +dignity; for he did recognize that he had given some cause for offence, +though William had been in the wrong to take it in the way he had. + +Was it too late to do it even now? It was he who had induced the word to +be given that had stopped the work, and it was for him to give the word +for it to go on. It was simply Coombe's insolence that had refused to +take it from him. Coombe would find that he had overstepped the bounds; +for he had for the time made it impossible to take the course that his +master must wish to have taken. If matters were to be put right, it +could only be by sending a long telegram to William. He began to +formulate it in his mind. He must say that his letter had not meant that +he wished the work to be stopped; he must make it plain that he wanted +it to go on; he must say that Coombe had already dismissed the outside +labour before telling him of the orders he had received, and had refused +to take orders from him to re-engage the men. It would be best to get +William to wire to Coombe to act upon Colonel Eldridge's authority until +he came to Hayslope himself. + +It would be a complete surrender on his part; but he was ready to make +it. The mood in which he had entered the house still influenced him; if +William chose to act in this way towards him, he would not accept it as +an offence without giving him a chance to alter his attitude. They could +have it out together when they met; that would be better than writing +letters, which were apt to be misunderstood. + +He had sat down at his writing-table to compose his message, when the +maid came in and said that some men had called to see him. Who were +they? One was Jackson, from the Brookside cottages, and another was +Pegg, from Crouch Lane. There were two more whom she didn't know. She +was told to show them in. + +Jackson was an elderly man of good character well known to Colonel +Eldridge, who had employed him himself for some years, until he had been +obliged to reduce his labour bill. Pegg was a younger man, who had +worked on various farms, and since the war, in which he had been +wounded, had never remained long in one place, because his small +pension, and the greatly increased wages for agricultural labour, had +enabled him to indulge his taste for occasional spells of leisure. The +other two men were younger still, and one of them wore a discoloured +khaki tunic. Colonel Eldridge did not know either of them, but a shrewd +glance told him that they were of the agricultural labourer class, +probably smartened up a bit by their military service. They stood before +him, Jackson slightly in advance. + +"Well, Jackson! Well, Pegg! Hope your leg hasn't been giving you any +more trouble. Who are these two?" + +The man in the khaki tunic answered for himself, smartly. "Thomas Dell, +Colonel, late of Second Battalion Downshire Regiment." The other +followed suit. "Albert Chambers, Colonel, late of Army Service Corps." + +He asked them a few questions about themselves. They had served their +country; the soldier in him must pay tribute to that first of all. They +could be seen expanding in modest pride, as they exercised the mode of +address they had learnt in the orderly room, standing before their +officers as they now stood before him. He approved of them. Men who had +served unwillingly in the army and taken their discharge would not have +answered him in that way. + +"Well, what is it you want? Jackson!" + +"We were took on at Mr. William's, beg your pardon, Sir William's, sir, +and now we're turned off. It don't seem hardly fair, and we thought we'd +come to you about it." + +"How were you taken on? By the week?" + +"Yes, sir. But--" + +"Coombe has just been here, and told me that you've had a week's wages +instead of notice. So there's nothing unfair in it." + +"Well, sir, we were told that it would be a two month's job. That's what +Coombe told us." + +"Coombe took you on, I suppose; not Sir William?" + +"Yes, sir. It was like this--" + +"I've just heard all about it from Coombe. There has been a mistake. +When you came in, I was just about to telegraph to Sir William. What +you'd better do is to wait till I get an answer, and I've no doubt that +to-morrow you'll be going on where you left off. You'll have had a day's +holiday at full pay, and you won't have anything to grumble at, eh?" + +He said this with a smile. He liked old Jackson, and had often stopped +to have a word with him, when he had been employed on estate work, +mending a fence, clearing a drain, or whatever job it might be that had +to do with the land on which he had worked since boyhood. He was full of +homely wisdom; a true son of the soil, with few desires that were not +connected with it. Such men appeal to the fatherly instinct that is born +in the best type of landowner towards those dependent on him. Their +simplicity must be respected; their reliance upon the justice of their +"betters" must be met by the most careful consideration of their +troubles. + +Old Jackson hesitated. "Well, sir," he said, "begging your pardon, we're +not wishful to take on work again under Coombe. Sir William, he'd always +treat us right, same as you would, if he wasn't too occupied to look +after things himself, as I've told these others who've been working +along of us. Pegg'll bear me out there." + +Pegg bore him out, with a mumble of acquiescence, and Colonel Eldridge +waited for him to go on. + +"Coombe don't come from these parts," said old Jackson, and came to a +stop. + +"That's nothing against him, if he acts as he should. What's the +complaint against him?" + +But Jackson had come to the end of his powers of expression. He could +only repeat: "He don't come from these parts." + +Dell, in the khaki jacket, took up the tale. "He's desirous of making +mischief, sir. We were told, after you came down the other morning, that +there'd be trouble about the work we were doing, and if we were turned +off of a good job we'd better look to you for another one." + +Colonel Eldridge had not expected anything of this sort. But he was +sitting in the seat of justice now, and the bearing of such a statement +on himself must wait for consideration until later. + +"Who was that said to? Tell me the exact words that were said." + +Old Jackson found his tongue again. "That's how it was, sir," he said. +"There was me and Pegg heard it, and Dell, and another who ain't here. I +up and said myself that he'd no call to talk like that of you, and +whatever Mr. William done with his land you'd stand by." + +"You were quite right there, of course. Was there anything more said, or +only just that speech?" + +"He told me to go on with my work and not sauce him back, or I could lay +down my tools and take myself off. I ain't used to being talked to in +that way, sir; and Coombe don't belong to these parts." + +"He told Warner, one of the other men took on, sir, that you didn't like +Sir William having more money nor what you've got--begging your pardon +for reporting his true words--and that if you could stop the work what +we was engaged on, you'd do it." + +This was from Chambers, the other ex-soldier, and Dell added: "That's +right, sir. And he said we could see for ourselves that you were looking +ugly about it, and meant mischief." + +"That's enough. I don't want to hear any more insolent speeches. If +you've just come to repeat that sort of thing to me, I'd rather you had +let it alone. Jackson and Pegg are my tenants, though neither of them +work for me. I dare say they wouldn't like to stand by and let that go +on without speaking up. But it would have been better to report it to +Sir William, instead of to me. I don't see what it has to do with you +two at all." + +They showed some surprise at that, for his anger was plain to see, and +his gaze was directed straight at them. "I've told you," he said to +Jackson, "that I was on the point of wiring to Sir William to ask him to +give instructions to Coombe to proceed with the work. That would have +meant taking you all on again. If you don't want to be taken on, I can't +do anything more for you." + +Old Jackson seemed to have nothing further to say, and the two +ex-soldiers were still under the influence of the rebuke administered to +them. It was Pegg who spoke, with a preparatory clearing of the throat. +"Jackson said you was thinking of mending the road through the park, +sir." + +"Mending the road!" + +"It wants doing," said Jackson, speaking now in quite a different tone, +as an expert, whose word carries weight. "It wants doing bad. Put it off +any longer and 'twill mean laying a new foundation here and there, and +steam-rolling and all, when take it in time and a bit of metal will +serve. There's a hole by the three oaks that never ought to been allowed +to get so. You can maybe patch it up to-day, but I wouldn't answer for +what you could do with it to-morrow. Nothing's been done to the road for +a matter of five years or more." + +"You may call it six," said Colonel Eldridge. "It was mended last in the +winter before the war, and it was mostly your doing, Jackson." + +"Yes, sir. And there was a tidy bit of metal got out of the lower quarry +what we didn't use all of. You'd only have to break it up and lead it; +and lead some gravel to put on it. 'Tis true that I did say to Pegg and +these two that us four 'ud make a good job of it in four weeks, maybe +five--I wouldn't undertake not to make a tidy job of it in less. Put it +off and it'll take longer." + +Colonel Eldridge sat considering, his eyes on the papers in front of +him. "What about the other two who were taken on at the Grange?" he +asked. + +"They've gone off, sir," said Dell. "They didn't like the job, and +wouldn't have stayed anyhow." + +"They _have_ gone off? They're not hanging about the village?" + +"No, sir. They took their money, and went off by train to Southampton +where they belong to the docks." + +"Where are you two lodging?" + +They told him, and he made no comment, except to say: "If I take you on, +you'll have to work under Jackson, and you'll have to keep quiet in the +village. A glass or two at the inn I don't mind, but we never have any +trouble with drink at Hayslope, and I wouldn't put up with it." + +Chambers looked scandalized, and asserted himself to be a teetotaller. +Dell said: "I'm a respectable man, Colonel, and if anybody's been +putting it about that I'm otherwise that man's a liar, begging your +pardon for the language." + +"Very well. I accept what you say. I'll take the four of you on from +to-morrow, by the week. What wages were you getting at the Grange?" + +They told him, and he said they were too high. "You know that, Jackson. +Wages have gone up enormously. I don't grudge them to men like you, who +do your work as it ought to be done. But I'm not going to pay more than +the current rate. If Coombe took you on at the Grange at the rate you +say, he ought not to have done it." + +They expressed themselves in their various ways as satisfied with what +he offered them, and old Jackson said: "Who am I to take my orders from, +sir, now Bridger has gone?" + +"You'll take them from me. I'm my own bailiff now. Meet me in half an +hour at the three oaks, and I'll settle with you what's to be done." + +He wanted a little time for consideration, and when the men had filed +out of the room and left him alone, he rose and walked up and down, as +his habit was when he had to think anything out. + +He wanted to be quite sure that he had done right. The cost of these +repairs would be heavy, but the state of the drive would not admit of +much further delay, as old Jackson had said, unless it were to become +almost impassable here and there, and involve a larger expenditure later +on. He had been ashamed of it only half an hour before, when Lord +Crowborough had turned off on to the grass of the park to escape the +worst place, and shown, by making no comment on it, that he knew why it +had been left as it was. He was rather relieved at having had his hand +forced about it, for it didn't do to shirk making necessary repairs out +of unwillingness to spend money on them at the right time. Only bad +landlords did that, and they suffered for it in the long run. The cost +would be inconvenient at this moment, but it could be met. Jackson would +do the work thoroughly, and he was glad to have the old fellow back in +his employ. It might even be worth while to keep him on, for now that he +had got rid of his bailiff there was nobody to whom he could delegate +any overseeing, and he was more tied than he wanted to be. Pegg was a +bit of a rolling stone, but would keep up to the mark as long as the job +lasted. The other two seemed good sort of men, and would probably do as +well as any. + +All that was satisfactory enough; but it wanted thinking about as it +affected his relations with William. + +The idea of wiring to him in the terms he had intended must be given up. +That had settled itself, for the extra labour he had employed was no +longer available. Two of the men had gone off, and the other four had +refused to continue with it. That was Coombe's fault, without any +question. He had always suspected that fellow of being a mischief-maker, +and now he stood revealed. The report with which he had come to him had +been immediately proved to be absolutely groundless. Of the men of whom +he had professed to be so suspicious that it was necessary to come and +give a warning--for the good name of the village--two belonged to +it--which he didn't--and were well known, two had already left it, and +from the other two there was nothing to fear. The impudent readiness +with which he had turned the few questions of the other morning into a +mischievous attack showed him for what he was. Colonel Eldridge hardly +felt indignation on account of it. The man had given himself away, and +was as good as done with. Whatever their differences, William would +never keep in his employ a man who had misbehaved in that way. + +Coombe was so patently the fount and origin of the break-up that had +come upon William's plans that it was a little difficult to go back to +what had given him his handle. When he turned his mind to it, he +experienced a droop of spirit. It was his protest that had started the +trouble, and he had no inclination to shirk that fact, though it was +also true that if William had not received it in the spirit he had, no +harm would have been done. He had some effort to put himself in +William's place, and did arrive at the conclusion that he had probably +not received his letter until his return from his visit that morning, +and that he _had_ probably written in answer to it, which answer he +would receive the next morning. That softened the effect of his +peremptory order, but by no means justified it; for unless he had +intended to show his annoyance by it, he would surely have sent him a +wire at the same time. + +The result of his cogitations was that nothing could be done then to +mend the matter. He must wait to see if there was a letter from William, +and, whether there was or not, it would be better to write no more +letters, but to wait further until William came down on Friday evening, +which he usually did. The garden should be made somehow, with another +than Coombe to direct it. He wanted to see the garden made now, almost +as much as William did. + +He went out and made the arrangements with old Jackson, and then again +returned to the house, slowly, and with very different thoughts from +those which had borne him company on the same road an hour before. He +did not want to think any more about the unpleasantness that had come +upon him. No doubt it would work itself out, but he did not feel that he +was free of it yet. And the vision of the larger freedom that had come +to him had faded. He was in no mind now to go to William and ask him for +the money that would settle all his difficulties. + +After supper, which had taken the place of dinner at Hayslope Hall on +these long summer evenings, he walked with his wife in the garden, and +told her of what had happened. + +She was more disturbed than he had been over William's telegram to +Coombe, and his failure to communicate at the same time with him. +"You're _sure_ you didn't actually forbid him to go on?" she asked. + +Yes, he was quite sure; but in answer to a further question he could not +declare with such certainty that he had not written in a way that could +arouse annoyance. "I'm afraid I did express myself rather strongly," he +admitted. "But I always have said straight out what I meant to William, +and he has never taken it like this. Besides, my impression is that I +showed him, in what I wrote afterwards, that I didn't mean it +seriously--or not so seriously as all that. I intended to, anyhow." + +"Ah!" she sighed. "You ought to have shown me the letter before you sent +it. I could have told you whether it was right or not. I wonder if +Eleanor saw this telegram before William sent it! I'm sure to hear from +her to-morrow, and I think you are sure to hear from William." + +"William ought not to have done it," he said, in a tone of finality. "I +can't think that he would have behaved like this a few years ago." + +"Oh, my dear, of course he wouldn't." + +"Why do you say that?" he asked in some surprise. + +"It's quite plain, isn't it? William was nobody much then, compared to +you. Now he is a notable, and expects to be treated as such." + +"He has never shown that he expected us to treat him any differently." + +"Oh, as long as we keep our places, and don't presume." + +He did not smile at this. "I didn't know you felt like that about him," +he said. "You don't about Eleanor, do you?" + +"No. Eleanor has a more level head. I haven't really much fault to find +with William either. I was only laughing at him. One does laugh at +people who go up in the world, and show themselves so delighted with it, +doesn't one? It's the best way to take them, especially if you're not +going up in the world yourself. Or perhaps it isn't the best way. I'm +not sure. Perhaps it shows you're a little jealous of them. But I'm +certainly not jealous of Eleanor, and I'm sure you're not jealous of +William. Poor William! I'm a little sorry for him." + +"Sorry for him!" + +"Ye--es. His success hasn't improved him. I don't like him as well as I +did, and of course I'm sorry for the people I don't like, just as I'm +rather inclined to envy the people I do like. I'll tell you what I think +about all this bother. I don't believe William has the slightest +intention of giving up his garden. He'll expect you to be overcome with +remorse at having rebuked him, and beg him to go on. What does it matter +to him, paying six men a week's wages, with no work done for it? Add +there's no hurry, you know. They weren't going to plant in any case +until October. There will be plenty of time to get new men to work at +it, and get it finished in time." + +"Do you really think that is what he has in his mind? Something of the +same sort occurred to me, but I don't want to think such a thing." + +"Well, dear, you had much better follow your own ideas about it than +mine. You can't expect a woman to take the broad view of something that +touches her that a man can. I dare say you're more likely to be right +about William than I am. You have always treated him with great +forbearance, and until now you have kept good friends with him." + +"You do think that--that I've treated him with forbearance?" + +She stopped, and with a light laugh, looking up at him, put her hands on +his shoulders. "My dear kind-hearted conscientious old man!" she said. +"I'll tell you what I think. If you don't make a stand now, William will +very soon be everything at Hayslope, and you will be nothing." + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +NEW IDEAS + + +Summer rain was falling heavily, and a little party was gathered +together in the schoolroom at Hayslope Hall. This was a large room on +the second floor, with windows looking two ways, one on to the park, two +on to the garden and the woods beyond. There was a glimpse from these +windows, through the trees, of some of the roofs and chimneys of the +Grange on its opposite hill; and across the park the tower of the church +and part of the village could be seen, with a wide stretch of country +beyond, and Pershore Castle some miles away, to give accent to a +characteristic scene of wooded undulating country, not yet tainted with +the blight of industrialism. It was sometimes said that this old +nursery, now the schoolroom, was the nicest room in the house. There +were no such views to be obtained from those of the lower floors, but +the views did not make up the whole of its charm. It had that of all +rooms in an old house that have been devoted to the use of children. +Changes in furniture or decoration come to them slowly. Everything that +they contain has made its indelible impression upon the minds of those +who have occupied them in the most receptive years of their lives, and +are woven into the texture of their memories. They have witnessed the +troubles of childhood; but these fade away and are forgotten, or +remembered only as part of the immensely significant and varied +experiences of that age, merging into the rest and carry no sting. They +do not associate themselves with graver troubles, and to those who came +back to them they seem to be a refuge from all the ills of life, so +innocent are the pursuits with which they are connected, so free are +they from the cares and forebodings associated with other familiar +rooms. + +This note of freedom and innocence was grateful to Fred Comfrey, who had +been welcomed to this room by Alice and Isabelle, its present occupants, +Miss Baldwin acquiescing. Fred had "taken notice" of Alice and Isabelle, +for reasons not difficult to gauge. He had never cared much for +children, and one would have said that he had no power to interest or +attract them. But his absence of art probably recommended him to these +two, who would not have liked him so well if he had been either jocular +or condescending with them. He treated them in the same way as he +treated Judith, who was grown up. Judith did not like him, but they did, +and presently began to make use of him. + +On this wet Saturday morning, when there were no lessons to be done, +they were engaged in restoring an old toy theatre, which had once +belonged to Hugo. Alice had composed a play, which was to be acted by +figures designed by Isabelle. These had been cut out with a fretsaw, and +coloured; and together they had glued them on to their stands. But the +theatre itself, after having lain hidden for years in a lumber room, +needed more serious repair than came within their scope. Fred was a +godsend in this predicament, and was doing all that was necessary, with +a capable hand. Pamela and the children were helping, arrayed all three +in blue overalls, which as worn by Pamela seemed to Fred to be the most +attractive costume that a girl could wear. Miss Baldwin sat apart, busy +with needlework on her own account. Her presence had no effect upon the +flow of chatter. She hardly came into the children's lives except as a +reminder and concomitant of duty, and they were well accustomed to +ignore her when amusement was on foot. Judith also sat apart, curled up +on the deep shabby old sofa with a book, and oblivious to everything +around her. Her enjoyment probably was enhanced by the sense of being in +company, or she would have betaken herself elsewhere. + +Miss Baldwin, however, was far more alive to what was going on than +anybody there could have imagined. Unnoticed, she marked every look and +every word. For romance was going on, here under her very eyes, and she +could fit it all in to her ideas of how a story of romance should run. + +There was the sweet young girl brought up in the seclusion of her +country home, untouched as yet by the wand of love; there were two men +eager to break the spell that held her; and one of them was a lord. +Pamela had no idea how much Miss Baldwin, prim and plain and scholastic, +admired her. Judith she had taught for a year, and Judith was just a +schoolgirl to her, like any other, although she was now grown up, and as +beautiful in her way as Pamela. Pamela seemed to her the very type of +well-born maidenhood, beautiful and gay, and kind and gentle in her +speech and in her ways. She could weave stories around her, and longed +for the time when the suitors should come thronging. Upon Norman's first +appearance she had cast him for the part of hero, and well he would have +filled it but for the fact of his cousinhood. He was young and gay and +handsome too, and a soldier. But she soon saw him as taking the place +towards the girls of their brother, who had been killed. He might come +into the story later, but not as a suitor. + +Two suitors had now appeared on the field, almost at the same time. It +might have been thought that Miss Baldwin would have favoured the lord, +who, upon his first appearance at Hayslope, had actually ridden over on +a horse, from his battlemented castle--or rather from his father's, +which came to the same thing. But Horsham did not conform to her ideas +of a lord, in spite of the horse and the castle. His looks were not on a +level with Pamela's, and though he had youth on his side, she could not +describe it to herself as gallant youth. He had addressed himself to her +when he had first lunched at Hayslope, and with courtesy; but it had +been to ask her whether she thought Edinburgh or Liverpool had the more +easterly aspect. Suspecting some sort of catch, she had replied coldly +in favour of Edinburgh, and it had appeared that she was wrong. That +didn't matter; but the question seemed unworthy of one of his rank. She +would rather that he had ignored her, as the meek silent drudge, in the +family but not of it, and beneath the notice of such as he. He seemed to +be well-meaning and well-educated--his conversation had been largely +geographical. But Miss Baldwin was not content in a lord with qualities +that would have graced a schoolmaster. + +Did she then favour the suit of Fred Comfrey, whose desires lay open to +her? She did. He was a son of the vicarage, who had gone out into the +world at an early age to carve his own way in it; and from what she had +heard, he seemed to some extent already to have carved it. He had given +up everything to fight in the war, had fought like a hero--as far as she +knew--and received honourable wounds, from which he had not yet entirely +recovered. His square ugly face and his broad frame spelt POWER. If he +was not quite the strong silent man--for he talked a good deal, and +rather nervously--he might become so, under trial. He was still young, +though he had done so much. He paid attention to her, and rather +embarrassed her by so doing; for she did not wish to be talked to in +company, having little to say in reply. But his reasons for doing so +were obvious, and she approved of them. If she could have brought +herself to tell him that she saw everything and wished him well, her +tongue might have been unloosed in a way to surprise him. But that, of +course, was impossible, though she sometimes played with the idea of the +unconsidered governess putting everything right by a bashfully whispered +word to the ever-after-grateful hero. + +She did more than play with the idea of things going wrong. She expected +and longed for it, but only as a preliminary to their eventually going +right. Nobody but herself seemed yet to have awakened to what was going +on. When they did, who could doubt that it would be the lord who would +be preferred by the parents, and the other who would be sent about his +business--perhaps with contumely? She rather hoped with contumely, for +then he would have an opportunity of showing what stuff he was made of, +and it would be so much more interesting. Oh, if only Pamela could have +her eyes opened before the discovery came! If he had made no impression +on her, she would, of course, accept his dismissal at the hands of her +parents with complete equanimity, and the story would simply fizzle out. + +That was why Miss Baldwin watched the pair of them so closely, as with +their heads almost touching they bent over their common task, and the +talk flowed, with never a ripple that she could discern to disturb it, +and give it a deeper meaning. There were signs in _his_ speech and looks +of what she wanted to see, but she had got used to that by this time. It +was like carrying on for too long with a chapter that had already told +its tale. She wanted the next one, in which Pamela was to show the +signs. Sometimes she thought it might be beginning; but it never did. +Pamela had not even seen yet what had become so plain. Her friendliness +could not be misunderstood. There was no hint of self-consciousness in +it; or if Miss Baldwin sometimes thought that she caught a hint of her +awakening, it soon died away again. She was forced to believe that +Pamela was as yet fancy-free. + +But here, unexpectedly, was a factor introduced into the story of which +she had lost sight. Sitting at the window, and looking up just at the +right moment, she saw Norman come out into the garden, from the wood +which lay between the Hall and the Grange. He was buttoned up at neck +and sleeves in a rain-coat, and the brim of his soft felt hat was pulled +down over his face. He carried an ash sapling, which he was swishing +about as if he were conducting an orchestra. In imagination he may have +been, for he was a musical enthusiast. He was walking very fast, and +there was something in his appearance that appealed to Miss Baldwin's +imagination, which within its limits had the same artistic enthusiasm as +his. For a moment he presented himself to her as the third suitor, whose +success--after vicissitudes to be undergone--was finally to be hoped +for. But the idea was rejected as soon as formulated. There was no story +in it, for it was difficult to see where the vicissitudes were to come +from. Besides, the cousinship held. She could not see Norman and Pamela +as lovers. + +There was material for Miss Baldwin in Norman's first meeting with Fred. +He came into the room with a breezy, high-spirited air, which changed +completely as he caught sight of Fred sitting at the table, intent upon +his task, with Pamela's head very near to his, and Isabelle's still +nearer. Only she saw this; for he had burst into the room unannounced, +and by the time heads were raised his expression had changed again, +though not to that of eager pleasure with which he had entered. He shook +hands with Fred, if not cordially, with no marked hostility, and said a +few words to him before answering the inquiries that were showered upon +him by the others. + +No, they had not meant to come down to the Grange this week. His father +had gone to stay with some old duffer who wanted to talk politics with +him. His mother had been going too, but wasn't very fit. He had turned +up the night before in London, and persuaded her to let him motor her +down. He had come to ask if Aunt Cynthia and Pamela would come to +luncheon. + +Miss Baldwin's eyes were on the strong silent man-to-be during this +passage. He did not quite fulfil her expectations, for he looked almost +as if he were ashamed at having been caught. This might mean that he +knew he would have to face opposition from Pamela's cousin, which Miss +Baldwin would not have expected him to divine at so early a stage. But +she would have liked him to hold up his head higher, while for the +moment he was apart from the centre of the scene. The silence was there, +but not the strength; he looked merely awkward. + +She waited until attention was upon him again. Norman's first look of +dislike had impressed her, and contained promise of drama. It looked as +if these two had crossed each others' path before; but that could hardly +be, for she knew by this time that Fred had been carving his way to +fortune in foreign climes and had not for years visited the home-land. +They had met in boyhood; but any differences of opinion they might have +had then would not have amounted to crossing each other's path. She +came, somewhat reluctantly, to the conclusion that there was nothing +more in it than what she expected; dislike on the part of Pamela's +relations to the idea of her being wooed by the vicar's self-made son, +when once they woke up to the possibility of such a thing. Norman had +apparently woke up to it instantly. Of that she gained assurance, as he +talked to Fred about his experiences in the war, and other matters, in a +way unlike his usual open sociable manner of speech, which showed +plainly, to her at least, that dislike was behind it all. It seemed to +her that Pamela was aware of the hostility, and deprecated it. She +helped Fred, and pointed for him the modesty of some of his replies. She +even seemed to suggest that he should be included in the invitation to +luncheon; but Norman did not respond to the suggestion, and when she +went off to find her mother he went with her, as if he did not want to +be left with Fred; and when he said good-bye to him he made no proposal +of their meeting again. His attitude, indeed, was so significant that +even the children noticed it. For Alice said: "Norman seems to have +something on his mind. I don't think he's liking us as much as usual." +And Isabelle added: "Perhaps he's in love. It takes them like that, +doesn't it, Miss Baldwin?" + +Miss Baldwin made a suitable reply, to the effect that Isabelle should +go on with what she was doing, and not ask silly questions. The +children, of course, knew of her taste for fiction, but were not enough +interested in her to make it the subject of more than an occasional +allusion of this sort, with which she could cope by assuming her rôle of +instructress. Fred took his departure soon afterwards. Perhaps he had +some hope of coming across Pamela in another part of the house. Perhaps +he was too dispirited to go on with what he was doing with Pamela gone. +There was a marked drop in his air of contentment during the short time +he remained, and he did not respond to the chatter of the children with +his usual complacency. Oh, no doubt the affair was in train of +development now, and a new chapter might fairly be said to have begun. + +It was not until after luncheon that Norman and Pamela were alone +together. Rain was still falling, and they went into the billiard-room, +but did not immediately begin the game which they usually played on such +occasions. Norman had recovered his spirits, never for very long +obscured, but his first words, as he shut the door behind him, were: "I +say, old girl, it was rather a shock to find that fellow making himself +at home with you this morning. I don't think you ought to accept him +into the bosom of the family in that way. Really, he's a most awful +outsider." + +Perhaps Pamela had been giving the subject some consideration, in +preparation for some such attack. She affected no surprise at it, but +said: "I know you don't like him. I'm not particularly anxious that you +should, or I might have been annoyed at the way you treated him this +morning. But do leave us alone about him. We're going to be nice to him +as long as he stays here. Father and mother want us to, for one thing. +Anyhow, it's nothing to do with you. Now tell me about Margaret." + +"Oh, I'll tell you all about Margaret when the time comes. It's partly +what I came down for. But, Pam dear, do take a word of warning about +that fellow. It's easy enough to see that he's trying to worm himself +in. It isn't exactly his technique, you know, to play the kind elder to +children. Of course it's you he's after. Excuse my speaking plainly, but +I do know about these things. It's calculated to make one sick--the idea +of a creature like that making up to you." + +She replied, with slightly heightened colour, but in the same level +kindly tone: "It's awfully sweet of you to be so careful about me, +Norman dear; but your vivid imagination is running away with you. +There's nothing of that sort going on, and if there were I could deal +with it perfectly well myself." + +"No, you couldn't," he said firmly. "You think you know a lot, but you +know very little. You don't know anything at all about a man of that +sort, thank goodness! Of course I know that you're ratty at my talking +about it at all, although you pretend not to be. So I won't go on. I've +given you my warning, and if you're wise you'll pay attention to it." + +"It's very sweet of you, as I said before; and I'm not in the least +ratty. And if I don't know something about all that sort of thing by +this time, I ought to, for you never talk about anything else. Now talk +about it in connection with Margaret." + +"Ah! You _are_ ratty. But you can't make _me_. If my wisdom and +self-control weren't equal to my perceptions, supported by a life-time +experience, I should reiterate my warnings. As it is, I stop short--like +that!" + +He gave a snap of his fingers, and stood staring at her, his hand +lifted, until she was obliged to laugh. "You're a donkey," she said. +"Now tell me about Margaret." + +"Ah! Margaret!" he said. "You observe that I speak with a lingering +intonation, Pam. It represents the tender emotion which stirs my bosom +whenever I utter that sweet name. But unfortunately, I haven't seen her +again; I have only been feeding on her memory--her sweet and ducal +memory." + +"Oh, then that means that you have seen somebody else. I did think that +it meant something at last--not a great deal, but still something. Who +has cut her out?" + +"Pam dear, how crude you are! I should say coarse if it were anyone +else. Cut her out! As if anybody could cut her out! No, she remains the +one and only. Margaret! Her very name is music. But I told you, didn't +I, that her father was a Duke?" + +"Oh, yes, you told me that. It is one of the few things I know about +her--and that she's a sort of highbrow, though not devoid of good +looks." + +"A highbrow! Sometimes I think you've no soul, Pam. Margaret is _not_ a +highbrow, any more than you are. But she is the daughter of a Duke; and +it has occurred to me that in pursuing the daughter of a Duke I may be +laying myself open to misconceptions." + +"Yes, I see. But I wish you'd come to the point and tell me who the +other girl is." + +They had been standing by the window. Norman turned away, and said in a +different voice: "Let's sit down. I want to tell you something." + +They sat on a sofa by the fireplace. Norman lit a pipe. "I say, Pam," he +said, "did you ever think of Dad as a sort of millionaire?" + +"What a funny question! What is a _sort_ of millionaire? I suppose I've +always known that he has plenty of money. What is the bearing of the +question?" + +"You know I've been having a week's sail on the Broads, with a couple of +pals. We've had a topping time. I'll tell you about it later on. One of +the fellows was Dick Baskerville, a son of Lord Ledbury, who's Minister +for something or other--I've forgotten what--and the other was Eric +Blundell, one of those blokes who seems to know everybody and everything +that's going on. They were both at Eton with me, and both in the +regiment. Dick's in it still, and Eric's at Cambridge. We'd always +chaffed each other about our respective anginas, and...." + +"What do you mean--anginas?" + +"Heart troubles. Both of them had tumbled to Margaret, and brought her +up against me. I didn't deny the soft impeachers; in fact I was rather +pleased at it. When your time comes, you'll see how that works out. But +by and by they began to talk about it as if it were something quite +serious." + +"Sweet youths!" interpolated Pam. + +"Oh, there was nothing wrong with them. I mean that they began to talk +about marriage, and the right sort of match, and all that sort of +thing." + +"I should have thought you'd have been rather pleased with that." + +"Why? Because she's the daughter of a Duke? I shouldn't have thought +_you_ would have taken that line." + +He looked pained. "I don't, really," said Pam soothingly. "Did they?" + +"Oh, not in any way that you could object to. I mean they wouldn't have +thought I was making up to her because of that. But--well, the long and +the short of it is that I seemed to present myself to their minds as the +son of a man who's so rich that I can afford to make up to anybody. +That's what's disturbing me." + +She bent her mind to it. "Really, I don't quite see," she said, with +sympathy. "If it does come to that--that you want to marry her--wouldn't +it make it easier?" + +"I suppose I should be glad that money didn't stand in the way. But I +don't quite like it, all the same. Dad seems to be quite well known, as +a man who has made pots of money, and may be made a peer himself, or +anything he likes--not because of his money--I don't mean that +exactly--but because he has made himself so useful to them. What I +didn't like was the sort of suggestion that he made a pot during the +war. I know he didn't, and I told them so. Of course they said that they +had never imagined anything of that kind--seemed shocked at the very +idea. But I'm pretty certain that the idea is going about, and I don't +like it a bit. Anyhow, _I'm_ not going to exhibit myself as a joyous +young bounder who thinks he can do anything he likes because he's the +son of a rich man. I don't believe Dad _is_ as rich as all that, and I +told them so. I said I supposed they were leading up to asking me to +back bills for them. We left it on that note. But it's rather +disturbing, isn't it?" + +"Not very, Norman dear. I shouldn't let it worry you. _I_ know perfectly +well that you'd be just the same if Uncle Bill were as poor as a church +mouse; and everybody would be just as pleased to see you." + +"Dear old girl! _You_ know that I shouldn't found myself on money; but +everybody doesn't. I shall have to be a bit careful, if it's really like +that. I think I shall put it to Dad myself. He's not like that, either. +He likes work, and he's made a big success of it because he's so clever, +and sound. It's hard luck if people have got hold of a wrong idea of +him." + +"You're always telling me that I know nothing; but I do know as much as +that--that rich people are apt to be misunderstood. Still, _we_ know +him, so what does it matter? What is the bearing of it all upon +Margaret?" + +"The bearing of it on Margaret--name that melts my very +heart-strings--is that I shall go slow for a time, and see how things +turn out. If she weren't a Duke's daughter, I should let myself rip. As +it is, I'm not so sure." + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +DISCUSSION + + +Lady Eldridge was as direct in her speech and her ways as any woman +could be. Yet it did not seem possible to her to embark directly upon +the subject of which her mind was full, when Norman and Pamela had gone +off, and she and her sister-in-law were left alone together. Clothes +were the topic which Mrs. Eldridge seemed eager to discuss, and as if it +were the one upon which she had only been waiting to unburden herself. +Lady Eldridge allowed herself to drift with the stream, until some +landing-place should appear upon which she could set her foot. She was +used to humouring Cynthia in this way, who was not easily diverted from +any subject in which she was interested, though she would pursue it with +many amusing twists and turns, and never made her longest speeches +tiresome to listen to. She seemed to be full of spirit this afternoon, +and made Lady Eldridge laugh more than once, though she was increasingly +anxious to come to terms with her upon the question which must surely be +disturbing them both equally. + +For nothing had been heard from Hayslope in answer to William's letter. +Coombe had written to say that he had paid off the labour, according to +instructions, and that was all. She had summoned him that morning on her +arrival at the Grange, about plants and flowers for the house, and he +had volunteered the information that most of the men who had been +working at the garden had been taken on by Colonel Eldridge. This had +given her an unpleasant shock, but she had made no comment upon it to +him, nor encouraged him to any further disclosures. She had divined from +his manner that he was hostile to her brother-in-law, and did not want +to hear about what had been happening from him first; nor to let him see +that she knew nothing. + +At last she found an opening. "Cynthia dear," she said, "I must talk to +you about the garden. You must remember that I know nothing yet of what +has happened since William wrote." + +Mrs. Eldridge did not lay aside the light manner in which she had been +carrying on the conversation. "Well, dear," she said, "if you must talk +about it I suppose you must. But it's such a tiresome business +altogether that I should have thought it would have been better to leave +it to the two men. If they are going to fall out about such a thing, I'm +sure you and I needn't; and of course they will come together again." + +Lady Eldridge thought for a moment. "Of _course_ you and I shan't fall +out about it," she said with decision. "But it must have gone a good +deal farther than it ought to have done for you to think of such a +thing. Why didn't Edmund answer William's letter?" + +"Well, there's no difficulty in answering that. His first letter to +William seemed to have been so misunderstood that he thought it better +not to write any more, but to wait till he came down. Of course he +didn't know that he wasn't coming down this week, or perhaps he _would_ +have written. I think he was quite right, you know. I advised him +myself, when he wrote first of all, not to show irritation. I'm afraid +the poor old darling must have done so, and unfortunately he didn't show +me what he had written before he sent it. Oh, I think it's so much +better _not_ to write letters which may be misunderstood. I didn't +answer yours for the same reason, though I know _you_ wouldn't +misunderstand. Well, perhaps that wasn't _quite_ the reason. I didn't +want to mix myself up in it." + +Lady Eldridge's spirits had lightened during the course of this speech. +"I'm so glad it was like that," she said. "I thought it must have been +something of the sort. But do you mean that Edmund didn't want William +to give up making the garden?" + +"Of course he didn't. He only thought he ought to have been consulted +first. I'm bound to say I thought he had been, and I told him so. I was +as much in it as you were, in a sort of way. I was interested in the +scheme, as you know. _I_ certainly didn't want it given up, and I was +disappointed when William threw it all over." + +"But--Edmund did object, you know; and pretty strongly. I saw his +letter. William felt that he couldn't go on, in the face of that." + +"Ye--es. But Edmund would have told him that he hadn't meant him to +stop, if he had been given the chance. Men do act hastily when they are +a little upset with one another; but it was a pity that William took up +the attitude he did, I think. With just a _little_ consideration for +Edmund's feelings the trouble would have blown over entirely. Now I'm +afraid there is quite a lot to put straight, and it has tried Edmund +very much." + +"I don't understand it, Cynthia. William wired at once to have the work +stopped, according to what he thought were Edmund's wishes. It was a +good deal to do under the circumstances, and what could he have done +more? Surely, Edmund could easily have put it all straight by firing +back that William had misunderstood him, and then--" + +"Wiring back, dear! William didn't wire to Edmund. He took no notice of +Edmund at all. The first Edmund knew was that Coombe came to tell him +that he had dismissed the men. After that what _could_ he do?" + +"What he seems to have done was to take the men on himself." + +"I'm rather sorry he did do that, because of course he can't afford it, +and it will only add to his worries, poor dear! Still, there they were +dismissed at a moment's notice, in a fit of temper, you might say, +and--" + +"Oh, _no_, Cynthia. It wasn't so. You mustn't say that." + +"My dear child, we must be reasonable on both sides if we are to talk it +over at all. I've admitted quite frankly on my part that Edmund was +hasty in what he first wrote to William, and you ought to admit on yours +that William acted in the same way." + +"But, Cynthia dear, I _know_. William _was_ annoyed, but after he had +talked it all over he got rid of his annoyance. I _know_ that it had +passed when he wrote." + +"Very well, then. But if that is so you must admit that he took an +unfortunate way of showing it. To dismiss the men off-hand by wire, to +let Edmund hear of it first from Coombe, and then--" + +"I do admit that that was unfortunate. I'm quite sure that it never +occurred to him--it didn't to me--that it would look as if--" + +"And then his letter the next morning! That put Edmund's back up more +than anything." + +Lady Eldridge threw out her hands in a gesture of despair. "Oh, I give +it up," she said. "Everything seems to have been taken in the wrong way. +I did think that two brothers who have been so much to each other as +Edmund and William ought to be able to settle an absurd dispute of this +sort without all this misunderstanding." + +"That's exactly what I think. And if you and I are to mix ourselves up +in it at all, we ought to try to clear up the misunderstandings." + +"Yes, I want to do that. Tell me _why_ William's letter should have put +Edmund's back up more than anything." + +"It's rather difficult, you see. You mustn't be impatient with me. You +know that I am very fond of William, but you can't expect me to see him +in quite the same light as you do, any more than you can see Edmund in +the same light as I do. And you must remember that I'm trying to make +peace all the time. Still, I see things with Edmund's eyes to some +extent, and after what had happened the day before I don't think it was +unreasonable of him to object to being told in so many words that +William couldn't be expected to take seriously things that _he_ thought +so important, especially Hayslope, which was only a very small corner of +the world." + +"Oh, Cynthia, what an absurd coil it all is! William _can't_ have +written that. I know the mood he was in when he went away to write." + +"Well, dear, he did write it, and you must forgive me for saying that +that attitude in him is continually coming out. This bother about the +garden is only a symptom of it. It is the attitude itself that so annoys +Edmund. I know that William is much higher up in the world now than my +poor old man. But he ought not to want to rub it in, Eleanor. After all, +Edmund _is_ the older brother, and the head of the family. You can't +defend William telling _him_ that Hayslope is of very little importance. +It's all he has in the world. Poor dear, he did his duty as a soldier +during the war. I'm not saying he did _more_ than William; but just look +at the difference in the rewards they have got! Edmund will be a poor +man for the rest of his life, because of the war, while William is rich +and honoured." + +"He isn't rich _because_ of the war." + +"Oh, no! I don't mean that at all. I should never say such a thing, or +think it. And as for his knighthood, one knows that honours are given to +the men who do the sort of work that he did, while a soldier's work is +just taken as a matter of course. _You_ know that it would never occur +to me to feel jealousy on that score, which is why I can put it quite +plainly. Edmund doesn't feel it either, and he is proud of William's +success; he has often said so. But still, _here_, Edmund ought not to be +considered of less account than William. There! I have said it quite +plainly, and you mustn't be offended." + +"No, I'm not offended; though it makes me rather sad that all that +should have to be said, because it is practically the same as William +says himself, and tries to act upon. He did so in this very matter of +the garden; but see how it has turned out! Edmund takes it as an offence +that he should instantly have carried out what he thought were his +wishes." + +"But did he really mean to give up the garden, Eleanor? I will tell you +frankly now, as we have gone so far, that Edmund's idea is that he hoped +he would beg him not to. _You_ wrote to me, you know, asking me to +influence Edmund to do that." + +"Not quite, Cynthia. At least--well--" + +"You did, dear; and I should have tried to make the peace in that way, +if it hadn't gone so far. I'm afraid you must admit that William acted +hastily--I don't say more than that--and if he _did_ expect Edmund to +climb down, as Edmund believes--well, that's just exactly the spirit +that I've been trying to point out to you is so objectionable to +Edmund." + +"Oh, it's all so different, Cynthia, from what happened on our side. +Climb down! There was no such idea in William's mind. _Can't_ we get it +straight? Supposing William apologizes to Edmund for anything that may +have displeased him! I believe he would be ready to do that. And you +mustn't forget Edmund's first letter to him, which you have acknowledged +yourself--and I saw--was very dictatorial, and even offensive, though +perhaps it was not meant to be so." + +"Offensive! No, I shouldn't quite admit that." + +"You say you didn't see it, dear. Among other things, he accused William +of vulgarity." + +"Vulgarity!" Mrs. Eldridge showed some surprise. "Well, of course that +would be rather strong. But--" + +"William is careless about Edmund's position here, you say. Very well. +He doesn't mean to be, and perhaps Edmund doesn't mean to be +dictatorial. But he is, you know, towards William; and considering the +high estimation in which William is held, and the kind of people he +mixes with, upon equal terms, it _is_ sometimes rather difficult to put +up with." + +"Isn't all that rather apt to be pressed home upon us, dear? Not by +you--I don't mean that. Naturally you are proud of the estimation in +which William is held. I should be myself if I were in your place. But +Edmund feels, I think, that he might be spared some of William's +reminders on that point. In the very letter he wrote about the garden, +in which he said that Hayslope couldn't be expected to be of such +importance to him as it was to Edmund, he prepared the way by telling +him of all the great people he was consorting with--as you say, upon +equal terms." + +"Which is exactly what I did, when I wrote to you after we had come back +from Wellsbury. We _were_ there on equal terms, you know; we didn't dine +in the servants' hall." + +"Oh, my dear, you mustn't take it in that way, or we may as well leave +off talking about it altogether. _I_ didn't show annoyance when you +accused Edmund just now of being dictatorial and offensive. Don't let +_us_ fall out with one another, or _every_thing is lost." + +Lady Eldridge sat more erect in her chair. "We _must_ end it all," she +said. "Neither you nor I want it to go on. Let us leave off finding +faults in the other side, and admit that both sides have made mistakes. +It _was_ unfortunate that William should have wired to Coombe, and sent +no message to Edmund at the same time. It's easy enough to see that now; +but at the time it didn't occur to me, who was very anxious that offence +should not be given, and I'm sure it didn't occur to William. I have +told you, anyhow, that his resentment over Edmund's letter had passed +over; so _that_ can be cleared out of the way. Edmund need think no more +about it. Now let us get William's mistake cleared out of the way. Tell +Edmund that it was only carelessness on William's part that led to this +new trouble, that _I_ much regret it, now it has been pointed out to me, +and that I'm sure William will when he knows the effect it had. Will you +do that, Cynthia?" + +"Yes, dear, of course I will. Don't let us have any more letters. Let us +wait until you come down again next week, and then Edmund and William +can talk it all over together, and I'm sure at the end of it they will +be as good friends as before." + +Lady Eldridge breathed an audible sigh of relief, and smiled. "_We_ have +talked pretty plainly to one another," she said. "I am so glad that we +can. What a lot of trouble that unfortunate garden plan of ours has +made! And it looked as if we were all going to amuse ourselves so much +with it." + +"Oh, and I hope we shall. Do you know, I think Edmund is as much +disappointed at the idea of its being given up as anybody. I haven't +told you yet--we seem to have been talking about all sorts of outside +things--that he _was_ going to send a long telegram to William asking +him to go on with it, even _after_ Coombe had come to him and refused to +take his orders." + +Lady Eldridge seemed quite at a loss. She stared at her and said +quietly: "No, you never told me that. I didn't know that Coombe had been +to Edmund at all." + +"How did you think he knew, then, that the men had been paid off? You +haven't done my poor old Edmund quite justice, you know, Eleanor--but I +don't want to begin on that again. He was naturally upset at hearing of +it first from Coombe, and _yet_ he was going to wire to William. In +fact, he was going to climb down." + +Lady Eldridge passed this by with a slight contraction of the brows. +"What prevented him from writing?" she asked. + +"Oh, I haven't told you that. The labourers who had been dismissed came +to him, and said they wouldn't go on working under Coombe. I'm afraid +William will have to get rid of that man, Eleanor. The way he has +behaved is perfectly outrageous. In fact, but for him, the garden might +have been half finished by this time." + +There was a moment's pause. Then Lady Eldridge said: "This is something +quite new again. You must tell me everything, please, Cynthia." + +"I don't know that there's much more to tell, dear. Coombe quite +obviously came to Edmund to crow over him, though of course he +_pretended_ to be respectful. But when Edmund told him that there had +been a mistake and that the work was to go on, he said he had had his +orders and must abide by them. So what else could he have come for?" + +"What did he say he had come for? I'm not defending him, but this is +serious. I want to know exactly what happened." + +"Oh, he pretended that the men who had been dismissed might make a +disturbance in the village. So ridiculous! Two of them are Edmund's own +tenants, and the other two are most respectable men, and one of them is +a teetotaller. Edmund says he has seldom had work better done than they +are doing it now." + +"I wish William were here. Coombe has never given us any cause for +dissatisfaction, and this is quite a new light on him." + +"And afterwards it came out that he had spoken in the most impertinent +way about Edmund to these very men; so much so, that old Jackson +wouldn't put up with it, and _all_ of them would have refused to go on +working under him if he _had_ been told to go on--by William, I mean, +for he had been told to go on by Edmund and had refused to do so. The +fact is, I suppose he had got into a mess with his men, and thought he +could shift the blame on to Edmund. You see, dear,--take it all +round--it was really impossible that the work should be taken up again. +Still, I quite hope that it may be, later, and be finished in time for +the autumn planting. There isn't any violent hurry, is there?" + +"No. But whether the garden is made or not seems so unimportant now in +the face of all these complications. I think I won't say anything to +Coombe myself, but will wait until William comes down. What was it +actually that he said to the men about Edmund?" + +"Oh, it was outrageous; but it shows the sort of feeling that has grown +up with regard to Edmund and William. He told them that Edmund was +desperately jealous of William on account of his title and his money, +and that if this work they were doing was stopped they would have him to +thank for it, for he hated William doing anything at Hayslope. Then of +course he had been paying them more than the current rate of wages--I +suppose William didn't know that--which made it difficult for Edmund +when it came to employing them himself. But there they are, working for +us at less than they were paid here, and refusing to go on under Coombe +at the higher rate. So you see that Edmund _is_ still respected by the +villagers and work-people, in spite of all the difficulties that have +been made." + +Lady Eldridge arose somewhat abruptly. "We seem to have got back to +general criticism," she said, "which I thought we had put behind us. I +am not going on with that, Cynthia. I think we had better leave it alone +altogether until William comes down. See, the rain has stopped. Let us +go out." + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +CHURCH AND AFTER + + +There was nothing remarkable about Hayslope Church, unless it was its +tower, which was large enough to make it a landmark for miles around, +and its bells, whose full and mellow peal ringing out across the summer +woods and fields, or in winter time over a landscape muffled white in +snow, brought that sense of peaceful festivity which belongs especially +to rural England, so many centuries old. The tower was of perpendicular +architecture, the main body of the church, conceived with less largeness +of aim, of an earlier date. But most of its character had been finally +lost in the restoration to which it had been subjected in the latter +half of the nineteenth century. Colonel Eldridge's grandfather had +supplied the money for this work, as a thank-offering for the safe +return of his son, who had been in the thick of the Indian Mutiny. The +taste, which had seemed to him of the best, had been supplied by one or +other of the ecclesiological malefactors of the time, whose baneful +activities, carried on by their immediate successors, have left scarcely +an old church in all England in which it is possible to feel the quiet +and grateful influences of tradition. There were seats of pitch pine, +varnished, a chancel paved with encaustic tiles, thinly lacquered metal +work of a mean design, and a little triple reredos of oak underneath +the distressing colours of the East window. + +And yet it was possible sometimes to catch the sense of the long past, +which the restorers had done their mischievous best to destroy. Lady +Eldridge, somewhat troubled in her mind, and anxious to lay hold of +whatever composing influence the morning service could bring her, looked +here and there during the progress of the sermon, and it came home to +her--that soothing impression of age and use and wont, which is the +rightful heritage of old churches, and especially of old country +churches. + +The seats belonging to the Hall and the Grange were in what had once +been the South Chapel, and were slightly raised above the rest. The side +view of the altar, the choir-boys and handful of choirmen, backed by the +garishly patterned organ pipes, held nothing for the eye to rest on with +pleasure. But the high pulpit, of Jacobean oak, from which Mr. Comfrey +was engaged in directing his flock, was consecrated by some centuries of +use to that weekly exercise. Behind him, in a line from where she was +sitting, was a window of little diamond panes of clear glass, through +which the trees could be seen, and the birds flying to and fro. Perhaps +it was this which first brought the sense of peace to her mind; for that +outlook into the happy world of birds and trees had often freed her +thoughts from the slight oppression caused by Mr. Comfrey's dialectics, +which were concerned with nothing that seemed to bear upon the life that +was all about him. But this morning it set her thinking of the past, as +it hung about the familiar church, in which once or twice before she +had caught at the skirts of time, and held them for a little. + +Underneath the tower, from the wooden ceiling behind the high-pointed +arch, the stout bell-ropes hung down, thickened with worsted where the +ringers held them. Behind them were the ponderous oak doors, from a +chink between which streamed a thin plate of golden light, that fell +upon the sombre tables of the law, which the renovators had banished +from over the altar; and above the arch was a large square panel painted +with the Royal Coat of Arms. Somehow, the sight of these things, which +had nothing to do with the long-ago history of the church, was grateful +to her. Her imagination, and her knowledge, were equal to reviving some +vision of the church as it had been before the Reformation, when the +same kind of country-folk as now resorted to it fixed their stolid gaze +upon the priest before the altar, and knew him in his outside comings +and goings as the villagers of to-day knew their Mr. Comfrey. But it was +a life nearer to her own, and yet established for some generations past, +of which the voice of the old church whispered to her this morning. By +turning her head to the right she could see a large mural monument of +white marble, filling the space of a blocked-up window, which +commemorated the virtues of an early eighteenth century Eldridge, and +those, less enlarged upon but possibly as exemplary, of his wife. Those +were the times of which she liked to think, and the years that came +after them, when her husband's forbears lived in the Hall, much as it +was now, and came here every Sunday, to take part in the same prayers +and psalms, and to listen, or otherwise, to sermons from the same +pulpit. Some of them had lived through troublous times, but none, +surely, in such a time of unrest as this, with the great catastrophe +only just lifted, and its ultimate results not yet in any power to +foresee. She herself had been less affected by it than many. She had +lost no near relations; she had not to rearrange her life to meet +reduced opportunities. But the weight of it hung over her all the same. +It was a comfort to feel that here was something that went on, that came +from a past not too remote, and was joined to her life by special ties. + +In the two seats in front of her sat the family from the Hall. They had +not come unscathed out of the catastrophe. Yet the same sense of +something stable and supporting in this Sunday habit of churchgoing hung +about them. More even than herself they belonged here. Almost more than +the house they inhabited, this place seemed to stand for continuity and +settlement in the lives of such as they. For life in the house must +alter from time to time, and might alter much; but what went on in the +church altered little. + +Such a life as theirs seemed to her preferable to her own life, even +with the restrictions that diminished means had brought them. Such +restrictions would not have troubled her for herself, as long as the +quiet round of daily duty and pleasure remained. She would have enjoyed +it more than the life she led, chiefly in London. The days she spent at +the Grange were the best days, but the Grange too seemed to echo the +busy London life, so bound up in all its aspects with the spending of +money. There was some restful feeling about it, surrounded as it was by +the woods and fields, but it was not to compare with the restfulness of +the Hall, which reflected only the life of the country, as it had been +lived there for generations. It seemed to her that if she had been in +Cynthia's place she would have been glad that the London house had had +to be given up, for all her interests then would have been concentrated +upon the house which was really the home. Cynthia did love her country +home, she knew, and had accepted the change in her lot with admirable +absence of complaint. But they were not made alike; Cynthia would have +been completely happy if their positions in life had been changed. + +Colonel Eldridge sat upright in his seat, his closely-cropped grey head +held erect, the brown skin of his neck and shaven cheek contrasting with +the clean polished white of his stiff collar, his flat back and square +shoulders clothed in dark creaseless serge. The rigid neatness of his +appearance and attire went with his straight confined mind, in which +there was little room for the leniencies that gave her the sense of +something large and responsive in her husband. Her gaze rested on him, +and she tried to imagine something of what he was thinking, as he sat so +unmoved, his eyes bent down, and his ears, she was sure, not responsive +to Mr. Comfrey's well-intentioned hair-splittings. + +It was probably this effort to put herself in his place that brought to +her a rush of pity for him, so strong that moisture came to her eyes, +and she looked away to the ribbons and daisies in Isabelle's hat, +immediately in front of her. + +She had been hard to him in her thoughts, although she had worked upon +her husband's more easily moved sensibilities to put aside the offence +he had caused, and to treat him with generosity. She had even felt great +impatience with Cynthia, though she hoped she had refrained from showing +it. It had been difficult, the day before, to treat her with the +customary affection, when they had laid aside their discussion, which +was leading to no understanding, and spent an hour together out of +doors. She believed Cynthia to be as anxious as she was that this +unseemly dispute in which they had found themselves involved should end; +but Cynthia had allowed herself to say many things that she would not +have allowed to be said to her without taking great offence. She had +been right to let them go by, but she was not so sure that she had not +kept a spark of resentment over them alive in her mind. If so, she must +put it out. Cynthia was her friend of many years, and did love her; of +that she was assured. Friends ought to be able to speak plainly to one +another, and if they did not agree upon a given subject, they must fall +back upon the deeper agreement to which their friendship had brought +them, tested by time and welded by affection. + +In this dispute there seemed to be nothing that could be done by +discussing the rights and wrongs of it. Discussion seemed only to add +new causes of complaint, which were already so numerous as to be +swamping the original one. But the deeper tie was there, for all of +them. She made up her mind definitely that she, for her part, would lean +all her weight upon it, and not allow herself to be turned aside by any +accidents of the moment. And she knew that William would be ready to act +the large generosity that was his, even to the extent of accepting +blame, where blame was not rightly due to him. + +What was it that really lay at the bottom of the feeling that seemed to +be growing up to separate them? Not the question of the garden, which +had been complicated by all sorts of little mistakes, or it would have +been amicably settled long ago. Cynthia had been right when she had said +that that was only a symptom, though she had applied it only to one +side. Edmund complained of William overshadowing him at Hayslope. That +was what it came to in the last resort. Well, William was a man of mark, +and Edmund was not. And it was impossible for William to put the same +value upon what was of most importance to Edmund, which was also a cause +of complaint. Hayslope wasn't and couldn't be always in the forefront of +his mind, with all the varied and thronging interests that were his. +Edmund ought to be able to see that; but if he couldn't, or wouldn't, +then it only remained for William to be more careful than ever not to +upset his dignity, which should not be very difficult for him, with the +affection that he had for Edmund. As for the dictatorial methods that +Edmund was apt to adopt towards his younger brother, perhaps it had been +a mistake to bring them up at all. It would be small-minded to keep them +standing as a subject for resentment, and they meant nothing that +mattered. William had put up with them comfortably for the greater part +of his life, and she was sure he would go on putting up with them for +the sake of keeping the peace. + +Without a doubt, when the balance was struck, there had been more +offence against them than against Edmund. Very well, then; it was for +them to make light of it. They could well afford to do so. They had so +much more than Edmund now; they would even stand in Edmund's place some +day, if they survived him, and would have that in addition which he had +hoped to have handed on to his son. Poor Edmund; he had been very much +tried. It would not cost much to give way to him in this affair, and +carefully to avoid all occasions of offence in the future. + +The service came to an end, and the congregation streamed out into the +bright sunlight. It was composed of the households from the Hall, the +Grange, and the Vicarage, a few farmers and their families, villagers +and labouring people. It had not filled half the church, for the country +habit of churchgoing is lessening, along with the not so admirable habit +of Sabbatarianism. At Hayslope, perhaps more people went to church than +would be usual in a country village, because the gentry went regularly, +and, although Colonel Eldridge would not have put pressure on any of his +tenantry to follow his example, it was generally supposed that he liked +to see as full a congregation as possible. It was his custom to linger +in the churchyard after the service, to exchange salutations, and for a +few words with one and another. Lady Eldridge, whose eyes and ears were +open towards him, marked his pleasant courteous air with those to whom +he spoke. It was plain that they liked to be singled out by him. He was +an excellent Squire, of a kind that is fast disappearing. There was +nobody there that morning of whom he did not know something more than +their occupations about this estate. He could probably have put a name +to all the children, and they bobbed, and touched their caps to him, not +as if they had merely been taught to do so. It was not, after all, no +small a thing to hold the respect and esteem of some few hundreds of +people towards all of whom, directly or indirectly, he stood in a +special position not invariably easy to maintain. Money could not have +bought just that response; there were many rich landowners, generous +according to their lights, who would not have been liked and respected +in the way this one was, who might now be called poor. + +There was a gate leading from the churchyard to the Vicarage garden, but +Fred Comfrey joined himself on to the Eldridges, who crossed the road +and entered the park through the lodge gates, just opposite. He seemed +to Norman, who watched him with an unfavouring eye, to do this with a +hangdog air, as if he knew he was taking a liberty. At any rate, he +should not walk with Pamela, if that was his object. Norman fastened +upon her himself, and said: "Let's get away. I want to talk to you about +something." + +"Wait half a minute," she said, her head turned towards the group behind +her; and then she moved towards Fred, and said: "I've found that book at +last. If you'll come up now I'll give it to you." + +Fred visibly brightened, before Norman's offended eyes, and seized upon +her invitation as inclusive of her company during the walk home, for he +put himself instantly by her side. She threw a half-glance at Norman, +such as to absolve her in his mind from having intended this; but she +shouldn't have given the bounder the opportunity of joining her in that +way. Of course he would stick like a leech, if he got the smallest +encouragement. + +Pamela said to Norman, trying to bring him into a conversation of three: +"Do you remember that book, 'Jack o' the Mill' that Hugo used to be so +fond of when he was a boy? I remember him showing me the pictures in it, +when I was quite tiny. Fred reminded me of it, and I've found it for +him." + +"No," said Norman, who remembered the book perfectly well. But "no" was +the shortest word he could find. He wanted to hear Fred talk, and give +himself away. + +Fred seemed to be quite ready to talk, and he did not follow Pamela's +lead in trying to bring Norman into the conversation. He talked about +Hugo, in a way that aroused Norman's contemptuous disgust. Really, one +would have thought that the two of them together had been models of +sweet and innocent boyhood, and that the one who was dead lived +enshrined in the heart of the other as a tender memory that would never +fade. Poor little Pam liked it, of course, and there was no objection to +having Hugo turned into a plaster saint for her benefit. But the fellow +was obviously out to recommend himself through this beatification, and +to share the halo. He was trying now to bring Pamela herself into the +picture of the blameless past, representing the three of them as having +taken part in the sacred idyll. This afforded Norman food for sardonic +amusement, remembering as he did how little Pamela had been considered +by the hulking brute that Fred had been then, or even by Hugo, when he +had been in Fred's company. At the third or fourth "Do you remember?" he +could stand it no longer, and turned back to join the children and Miss +Baldwin, who were immediately behind them. This was intended as a +protest, but neither Pamela nor Fred, in the interest of their +conversation, seemed to notice it. + +Fred did not stay to luncheon, although Norman heard his aunt invite +him. He went off with his book, and Norman had his opportunity of +talking to Pamela. It had been in his mind to begin upon the subject of +Fred; but it was of no use just to repeat his warning of yesterday, and +anything he might say about the conversation from which he had just +retired in disgust would reflect upon Hugo. Hugo was becoming +increasingly a subject not to be mentioned between him and Pamela. +Besides, he _had_ something he wanted to say to her. + +She waited for him to speak first, as they turned towards the lawn, and +possibly expected a rebuke, as before. "I say, Pam," he said. "This is a +rotten business about the new garden." + +"What new garden?" she asked in surprise, for her parents were +old-fashioned in respect of not discussing all and everything before +their children, and no echo of what had been disturbing them had reached +her. + +He was surprised in his turn. "What, don't you know?" he said. "Father +had begun to make a garden in that field at the bottom of the wood, and +Uncle Edmund stopped it." + +Then he gave her the story, as it had been told him by Coombe that +morning, when he had gone down to Barton's Close, and found him in his +Sunday clothes, musing over the havoc he had wrought. The story had lost +nothing in the way of incrimination of Colonel Eldridge, and complete +exculpation of himself. + +"I don't believe it," said Pam shortly. "If anything has happened, it +wasn't like that." + +"Well, something _has_ happened, because the digging was stopped a week +ago, and the men who were doing it are working at the drive here." + +"Yes, Dad did say, now I remember, that he had taken on some men, who +had been working for Uncle Bill. What does Auntie Eleanor say about it?" + +"I haven't said anything to her. It seems to me, anyhow, as if our +respective, and respected, parents had fallen out, and I want to know +what line _we_ are going to take about it." + +"The line _I_ should take about it, if I had to take any, would be that +if Dad and Uncle Bill disagreed about something, Dad would be in the +right." + +"I say, Pam! Are you annoyed about anything?" + +"No." + +"Well, you're rather terse, aren't you? It's a pity, because you're +looking particularly seraphic this morning. I noticed it first in +church." + +"It was very sweet of you; and I believe it to be so. Everything seemed +to go on right this morning. There _are_ days like that. You don't +think that Dad and Uncle Bill have really quarrelled, do you? Of course +I know the garden _was_ to be made, and it seems odd that it should have +been left off like that." + +"Yes, it is odd. I don't like to think of their having a row. It would +be very unlike them. Still, according to Coombe--" + +"_What_, according to Coombe? If he said what you say he did about Dad, +you ought to have shut him up." + +"I did, as a matter of fact. But there must be _something_ in it." + +"I think we'd better wait and see what there is. If there's anything at +all, it will blow over. I suppose you can't expect them always to agree +about everything, and Uncle Bill is so much away, and so busy, that he +might not always think enough of Dad's point of view, who is always +here." + +"It might be something of that sort. Anyhow, _we_ needn't take sides." + +"Oh, _I_ should, if there was really a quarrel. I adore Uncle Bill, but +if it was a question between him and Dad I should take Dad's side +through thick and thin. And I should expect you to take Uncle Bill's. So +I expect we should quarrel worse than they would." + +He laughed lightly. "Not much fear of our quarrelling," he said. "I say, +Pam, have you seen Sunny Jim lately? I'm told that he is in residence at +Pershore Castle, the seat of his father, the Earl of Crowborough, and a +dull dog at that." + +"Yes, he has been over here once or twice. I should think he might +quite possibly come over this afternoon. Do you want to see him?" + +"I don't know that I particularly want to; but I shall, no doubt. How is +his affair progressing?" + +"What affair?" + +"His suit for the hand of Miss Eldridge, of Hayslope Hall. Is his ardour +still undiminished, and has he had any encouragement yet?" + +Pamela laughed. "I'll tell you something, if you'll promise to keep it +to yourself," she said. + +Norman promised. + +"Well, I don't think he knows it yet, but he is beginning to fall in +love with Judith. She doesn't know it either, of course; but it's the +greatest fun in the world to watch them." + +"Tell me about it. I shouldn't mind that at all. As a matter of fact, I +think Jim ought to be kept in the family, dull as he is. As long as it +isn't you!" + +"Judith doesn't find him dull. And you make a great deal too much of his +dulness. He isn't interested in the things that we like; but he does +know a lot, and I should think he was very sound in what he does know." + +"Let's hope he is. Oh, he's not a bad fellow, I like old Jim; and people +liked him at school. It's only that one gets in the way of labelling a +fellow. Judith's a funny bird; you never quite know how to take her. +She's extraordinarily pretty, though, and ought to be prettier still +when she's quite fledged. I don't wonder that Jim is beginning to see +it." + +"Oh, but I don't think he is yet. As the danger is passing, I don't mind +admitting now that I _was_ the attraction, and perhaps he still thinks +I am. He-- Well, he behaves like that. But it's Judith who really +interests him--I suppose because he interests her. They talk over all +sorts of things together, and he tells her everything about himself, and +what he is going to do. At _present_ he doesn't in the least mind a +third person assisting in their confabulations; and of course _she_ +doesn't, except that--you know--she hates giving herself away. I keep +quiet, and listen, putting in a word every now and then, so that I +shan't appear to be just taking notes of them. It's awfully funny; and +rather touching too, sometimes. I'm longing for the time to come when I +shall be found _de trop_. When that happens, something else will happen +very soon afterwards." + +"Rather exciting, isn't it? Have the parents tumbled to it yet, do you +think?" + +"Not to Judith. Oh, look! There he is! I said he would be over to-day. +Now, if you keep your mouth shut and your ears open you'll see that I'm +right." + +Lord Horsham advanced across the lawn towards them, a smile of +deprecation on his face. His apologies and explanations over having +invited himself to lunch, delivered with looks directed straight at +Pamela, seemed to furnish a contradiction to her late pronouncement. But +when he had made them, and addressed a few words to Norman, he drew from +under his arm a large Blue Book, and asked: "Where's Judith? I said I +would bring this over to show her. It's about Rural Housing. You know we +were talking about it the other day." + +"Yes," said Pam. "I know she wants to hear more about it. I think you'll +find her in the library, Jim. I won't come in just now, because Norman +and I have something to talk about." + +"Oh, I'm sorry I disturbed you. Yes, I'll go and find her. You're _sure_ +Mrs. Eldridge won't mind my inviting myself like this?" + +He was once more reassured, and went off. "You see!" said Pam, in a low +voice. "I took a bright part in that conversation, but it's with Judy he +wants to go on with it." + +"Oh, it's a cinch!" said Norman, with delight. "Dear old silly old +solemn old Jim, and Judith with her golden hair a hanging down her back! +What a lark, Pam! But I say, old girl, I don't quite like the idea of +you getting left in this way. If everything else had failed I did think +you could fall back upon the Viscountess Horsham. Are you sure you don't +mind? You're not hiding rampant jealousy under a mask of indifference, +are you? It is sometimes done, I know." + +"No, I'm not. It's an incubus lifted from me." + +"Well, it _would_ have been rather rotten. You're made for better +things. What I have thought of doing is to bring relays of bright young +fellows down to stay, and let you run your eye over them. What do you +think of that? I'm rather tired of running about, and I thought I'd stay +here for a bit, and do some work, and play with you." + +"Oh, I'm so glad, Norman. It is a little dull here sometimes without +you. As for the bright young fellows, I shall be pleased to inspect +them. I do enjoy a little male society occasionally." + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +THE RIFT + + +Dusk was beginning to fall as Colonel Eldridge took a last stroll round +the garden he loved, smoking the pipe to which he had taken when he had +decided that cigars were too expensive for him any longer. The rest of +the family were at the Grange, except the two children, who were +supposed to be in bed. Whether they actually were so or not their father +allowed himself to doubt, with a smile at the corners of his mouth. They +had been keeping him company until summoned by Miss Baldwin, and his +thoughts were still upon them. He had a great love for young children, +but some stiff reserved trait in his character prevented him from +showing it, even to his own, when there was anyone else by. What he +liked was to have them to himself, and listen to their prattle, which +was all music in his ears, though he affected to exercise some control +over it. He would rather stay at home with the children, he had said, +than dine at the Grange; but Mrs. Eldridge had understood that he would +not go there until the dispute between him and his brother was settled. +Sir William was coming down late that evening, dining on the train. + +The children actually were in bed; for Miss Baldwin, always eager to get +to her evening's reading, was strict in this matter. She was sitting by +the window that faced on to the drive. She liked best the other +windows, with their view across the lawn, but thought that Colonel +Eldridge might look up and see her there, and feel that he was being +watched. She did take an occasional surreptitious look at him. He was +interesting her at this time, for she thought that he must soon come +into the story which she was weaving around Pamela, and though she knew +how he ought to act in order to advance the interest of the story, she +was not sure that he would fulfil her expectations. It was more +interesting so. One did not always want to look at pages ahead in an +exciting story. + +Miss Baldwin was not so immersed in the printed story she was reading as +to be quite oblivious to the beauty of the scene before her, in the +fading light of the summer evening. She sometimes raised her eyes to it, +with a grateful sense of its increasing her enjoyment in the pleasant +hour that was all her own. The sky was an expanse of faint pulsing blue, +passing to a delicate rose above the horizon; the distant country was +losing its sharper details in the pale haze that enveloped it, but the +heavy mass of Pershore Castle could still be seen in the middle +distance, and kept alive in her mind that other story which she was +making for herself. + +It was this state of awareness, no doubt, that suggested to her that the +motor-car which she descried on the drive, upon one of her upward looks, +was bringing one of Pamela's suitors to interview Pamela's father. +Horsham had driven himself over a few evenings before, after dinner, +with the offer of a joy-ride. She rose hastily and looked out of the +other window. Colonel Eldridge was still there, looking at his roses +now, in the garden nearest the drive. He would be seen by whoever was in +the car, and it was probable that the ensuing conversation would take +place under her eyes. + +The car could be seen more plainly when she went back, and it was a +disappointment to recognize it as Sir William Eldridge's big touring +Rolls-Royce, instead of the more modest and slightly out-of-date Rénault +from Pershore Castle. It had purred up to the iron gate which divided +the gravelled square in front of the house from the park by the time she +had adjusted her mind to the disappointment, and while the chauffeur was +opening the gate she looked out again at Colonel Eldridge, who by this +time had heard it, and was moving towards where he could see who was +coming. She saw Sir William hitch himself out of the driving-seat, and +go across to his brother, with the light active step which she always +admired in him, and heard his hearty greeting. "Well, Edmund, old +fellow, I thought I'd come and have a word or two with you on my way +home, though I wasn't sure that you wouldn't be dining at the Grange. +Eleanor wrote that Cynthia and the girls were." + +It seemed to Miss Baldwin that Colonel Eldridge's reply to the greeting +was lacking in the warmth which it invited. But his manner was never so +free and open as Sir William's, who had the pleasantest way with him, +even when he addressed himself to a retiring but appreciative governess. +The words he used had no importance to impress themselves upon her, but +Sir William's next speech, delivered in his clear voice, which carried +them up to her, were: "I'm glad I've found you alone, then. Look here, +old boy, let's get this tiresome business that we've been writing about +out of the way." Here they moved off together on to the lawn. "The last +thing in the world I want is to get up against you, and if I've done or +written anything that has offended you, I'm sorry for it." + +There was a pause before Colonel Eldridge replied. His voice was in a +lower key, and by this time they were out of hearing. Miss Baldwin, who +had much delicacy of feeling, shut the two windows which looked on to +the lawn, softly, while their backs were turned to her; but she did not +forbid herself to conjecture what it was that had happened between them +or to taste her own surprise that anything should have happened to bring +forth that introductory speech. She did not connect it with the affair +in which she was so interested, for she had not given Sir William a part +in that story. Probably it was nothing of any consequence, and when they +had talked it over, walking up and down the lawn, Colonel Eldridge with +his pipe, Sir William with his cigar, they would go into the house, and +Sir William would take a little refreshment before driving himself home +to the Grange. The great car stood there below, its latent power ready +to be put in motion at a moment's notice, and the chauffeur stood by it, +as if he, at least, was not expecting to be kept there long. + +The two men walked up and down together for half an hour, until it +became too dark to see their faces. Sometimes they stopped in their walk +and stood still for a time, and then they would go on again. Sometimes +Sir William made a gesture, but Colonel Eldridge hardly moved his hands, +except to take his pipe out of his mouth, and once to fill and light it +again. It was impossible for Miss Baldwin, who now watched them, +fascinated by a sense of drama, and with no pretence to herself of not +doing so, to avoid the conviction that their dispute was serious, and +not easy of settlement. She thought she could tell from Sir William's +movements that he was coming to feel more and more annoyance, and that +Colonel Eldridge was also angry, though he was exercising control over +himself. + +But surely, it must end some time! It was so dark now that she could +only just see their forms in the shade of the trees, and Sir William's +cigar glowed with a red point of light; and still they went on. She +began to get alarmed lest Colonel Eldridge might look up at the windows +of the schoolroom and notice that they were unlit, and it would be +discovered that she had been watching them, sitting in the dark. But she +dared not draw the curtains now, for that would be to attract attention. + +The end came suddenly, and in a way to make her draw her breath. They +had been stationary for some time, and their voices had raised +themselves slightly. She could hear them through the other window, which +remained open, but not what they were saying. Sir William walked quickly +across the lawn, and through the gate to where his car was standing. He +got into his seat, and the twin lights in front of the car blazed out +blindingly. The chauffeur ran to open the gate into the park, and it +seemed to her that he hardly had time to jump on to the car as it went +through it, swinging to behind them. She watched the radiance that moved +with it, and the little point of red light behind it, until it +disappeared over a dip, and then went again to the other window. Colonel +Eldridge was lighting his pipe once more. When he had done so, he +resumed his slow pacing of the lawn. + + * * * * * + +They were playing Bridge at the Grange, Lady Eldridge and Pamela against +Mrs. Eldridge and Norman. Judith, who did not care for Bridge, was deep +in a big chair, reading a book. Her passion for facts, lately fostered +by her friendship with Lord Horsham, had not driven her to choose this +book, which was "Three Men in a Boat." She read it closely, turning over +the pages at regular intervals, and never smiled once. But when she came +to reproducing scraps of its wisdom after she had digested it and made +it her own, she would make others laugh over it. + +Her mother's eyes were often upon her in the intervals of the game, with +a sort of critical look, as if she were trying to see her in some new +light. She made a picture to fill the eye, in her white frock, with the +deep purple ribbons at her waist and in her dusky hair. The dark +covering of the chair framed her young form, and threw up the delicate +profile of her face, the long lashes veiling her eyes, the full red lips +a little apart. She was a very beautiful girl, but childhood seemed to +linger about her, emphasized by the way her hair was done, and the slim +crossed ankles beneath her skirt, shorter than she would presently come +to wear it. Was her mother trying to see her as already a woman? It +would not be surprising if others did, though it was doubtful if she +herself was yet ready to step out of the enchanted garden of her +girlhood. + +A rubber was just finished, and Pamela and Norman were endeavouring to +come to some agreement about the score, when sounds were heard outside +which caused Lady Eldridge to rise from her chair. "That must be +William," she said. "He's very late. I'll just go and see if he wants +anything." + +She went out, and did not return. Pamela and Norman finished their +calculations and leant back in their chairs. Mrs. Eldridge had already +moved to a more comfortable one, and was sitting there in silence, +looking out into the night, through the open French windows. + +Presently it became noticeable that they were left alone. Even Judith +looked up from her book inquiringly, but turned again to Montmorency, +relieved, perhaps, at having a few more minutes' respite. Norman said: +"I wonder what they're doing?" Then he and Pamela began to play +Patience, and so they all continued, but with expectancy. + +Ten minutes must have gone by before Lady Eldridge came in again. Her +sister-in-law threw a sharp glance at her, but she showed no traces of +anything having happened to disturb her, unless it was in an added +seriousness of expression. "William sends his love, and hopes you will +excuse his coming in," she said. "He has some letters to write before +he goes to bed." + +Mrs. Eldridge got up. "It is time we were going," she said, and Lady +Eldridge did not ask her to stay longer, though it was not later than +half-past ten, and their parties did not usually break up so early. +Norman looked quickly from one to the other, and said: "All right; I'll +go and get the car. I shall be ready by the time you've got your bonnet +and spencer on, Aunt Cynthia." + +Their light cloaks were in the hall. Pamela went out to get hers, and +Judith followed her, Mrs. Eldridge lingering behind. "William went to +see Edmund on his way home," Lady Eldridge said to her; "and they have +quarrelled. Oh, Cynthia, do put it right! I'll do all _I_ can. We +mustn't stay here now, or the girls will suspect something." + +She had spoken with great earnestness, though hurriedly, and immediately +went into the hall, where she talked to Pamela and Judith until Norman +came round with the car. Mrs. Eldridge said nothing; but when she kissed +her sister-in-law good-night, she gave her a pressure of the hand, which +was returned as warmly. + +Pamela sat in front with Norman. The car he was driving was half closed, +and the screen behind them allowed them to talk without being overheard +by Mrs. Eldridge and Judith. "Father has been with Uncle Edmund," he +said, "for nearly an hour. I'm afraid they've had a row." + +Pamela had not imagined anything of the sort, and was disagreeably +affected. "Oh, they can't have," she said. "Why do you think so?" + +"Well, it was odd, his not coming in. And why shouldn't mother have said +that he had been at the Hall? And why should she have stayed out with +him so long?" + +Depression seized upon Pamela. She was young enough to feel rather +shocked at the idea of her elders quarrelling, which had never happened +at home within her knowledge. The Hall and the Grange had been in such +close contact for years past that her uncle and aunt shared something of +the feeling that she had for her parents, who had not yet come to be +criticized by their children. It was unpleasant to think of them as +moved by temper, or more than on the surface by irritation, at least +against one another. A rift would affect them all. A disagreeable +impression had already been made by Uncle Bill not coming in to see +them, for he had always given them such a welcome, and hurried to greet +them as if they were a part of his own family, whom he was glad to see +again after an absence. + +"I suppose it's about that beastly garden," said Norman. "But mother +told me he had written to her about it, and said that he wasn't going on +with it now. If he went to see Uncle Edmund on his way home, it can only +have been to tell him so." + +The implied criticism of her father moved Pamela. "It's no use our +imagining what it is," she said. "Let's wait until we know." + +"Yes; we can't do anything. I suppose mother and Aunt Cynthia can, +though. _They_ don't want to quarrel." + +"Dad and Uncle William won't either. I should think Uncle Bill is more +easily upset than Dad. If he is annoyed with him now, he will have got +over it by to-morrow." + +There was a slight pause. "It's rather beastly, you know," Norman said. +"Already, in the few words we've had about it, I've been looking at it +from father's point of view and you from Uncle Edmund's. I suppose it's +natural; but what I think is that it can't be anything serious, and +there's no reason for us to take sides. I won't, anyhow. I dare say +you're right, and father is more quick-tempered than Uncle Edmund. +They're both jolly good sorts, and I don't think you'll often find two +brothers of their age who get on so well together as they do. I suppose +I'm rather like father myself. I've often said things you haven't liked, +but I've been sorry for them afterwards." + +This touched her. It was one of the things that she loved about +Norman--his quick reactions at the call of affection. She had sometimes +been guilty of arousing his annoyance, so that she might see him come +round to her again. "I'm sure we needn't worry ourselves," she said, +with more agreement in her tone than she had used before. "Uncle Bill +not coming in to see us was so unusual that we are making more of it +than it can possibly mean. Supposing they were both angry with one +another just now, it can't possibly last. Even if they didn't calm down +at once themselves, mother and Auntie Eleanor wouldn't let them go on +with it." + +Norman laughed at that. "And if they couldn't stop them, we should," he +said. "We're all like one family. Nothing could separate us for long." + +When they came to the iron gate where the park ended, it was to find it +open. "Oh, there's Dad!" said Pamela, and called out a greeting to him +as they passed through. "I'm so glad, Norman. _He_ isn't keeping out of +your way. He must have got over it already." + +She ran back to her father when the car stopped before the door, and put +her arm through his. "Have you been lonely without us, darling?" she +said. "I'll stay with you till Norman goes through again. I know he +isn't coming in." + +It was in his usual rather expressionless voice that he asked her: "Had +a good evening? The children and I practised archery, with some old bows +and arrows they found upstairs. I think we must set that up properly." + +It was a great relief to her to find him like this. When Norman came +back slowly through the gate, he thanked him for bringing them home, and +bid him good-night in his usual way. She could see that Norman was +relieved too. There had been if not an actual quarrel something very +like it, but this was the way in which such unfortunate occurrences +between elders should be treated, with nothing of it allowed to be seen +by those who looked up to them. She could not help comparing his +attitude with that of Uncle William, who had taken it in such different +fashion. Her father's dignity and self-control seemed to her to exhibit +itself plainly beside his unwillingness to show himself under his +annoyance. It was not difficult to judge which of the two was more +likely to have been in the right. + +They shut the gate and went back to the house. Colonel Eldridge kissed +her good-night. "I'll go and have a word with mother," he said. + +Yes, something had happened, and her father and mother would talk it +over together. And very soon it would all be put right. Uncle William +and Auntie Eleanor were also probably talking it over, and she would +certainly bring him to the right frame of mind. He was such a good +sport, though without the essential wisdom that showed up so plainly in +her father. He must have been in the wrong; but he was so generous and +so affectionate that it would not take him long to see it and to say so. + +As for Norman, his uncle's greeting had removed his discomfort entirely. +The best of friends were apt to fall out occasionally, and if that had +happened between his father and his uncle, it was nothing to worry +about. He dismissed them from his mind as he sped down the drive, until +he had to slow up for that part of the road which was under repair, when +it occurred to him that this was probably what the row was about. The +workmen who had been engaged for work at the Grange had been snooped for +work at the Hall. Really, that _was_ rather thick! There was no doubt +that Uncle Edmund had an arbitrary way with him; but he was a thoroughly +good old sort, all the same. Norman had many kindnesses to remember from +him, from his early boyhood, when country pursuits had not come to him +so readily as they did now, and during his visits to the Hall it had +always been thoughtfully arranged that he should have all possible +opportunities for enjoying himself. + +He did not accelerate to his former pace when he had passed over the +loose stones but leant back in his seat and crawled along, so as to give +himself up to the romance of the summer night, and all the moving +thoughts that his surrender to it would bring him. The young moon had +not long since risen, and bathed the undulating spaces of the park in a +soft, silvery sheen. The night coolness after the heat of the day +brought sweet, sharp scents to his nostrils. The still beauty of the +night seemed to be inviting him to something more than a solitary +appreciation of it. He wished he had suggested that they should go for a +longer drive. He and Pam both loved the beauty of the earth, and would +have expressed their love for this sweet aspect of it to one another, +heightening their own appreciations, as they did with every new +discovery they made about truth and beauty. Pam was a girl in a +thousand. His thoughts dwelt upon her, though he had thought of inviting +them to the contemplation of another figure. As an only child he was +lucky to have these girl cousins at the Hall, in place of sisters, and +especially Pam, whom he had loved since she was a tiny child, Pam, who +had grown up to take so many of her ideas and opinions from him, as a +girl should, with one much older, who had seen more of the world than +she had. Pam was grown up now; sometimes she expressed ideas of her own, +and was inclined to assert them, as she had not been wont to do. That +made her more interesting, for he would not have had her a mere echo of +himself; and he knew that, for all her little charming airs of +independence, she still looked up to him and admired him, which was +right too, for although there were many better fellows than himself, he +had taught her to accept the right pattern. Pam would be throwing +herself away if she chose from another one. He was glad that the danger +from Horsham's incipient suit seemed to be over. It was odd that he +should be coming to prefer Judith, who, in spite of her beauty, had none +of the bright charm and cleverness of dear Pam; but Horsham certainly +wasn't good enough for her, though he would do very well for Judith. As +for that outsider, Fred Comfrey...! + +Norman accelerated here, and did not slow down again until he had +reached the elaborate iron gates which gave access to the Grange. He had +had the idea of a long moonlight drive by himself, with his thoughts to +keep him company, but changed his mind now, and went in. + +As he entered the brightly lit hall, the remembrance of the occurrences +of half an hour before returned to him. He hadn't seen his father yet, +who would probably be in his room, for he never went to bed early. He +would go in and find out all about it. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +CRISIS + + +Mrs. Eldridge was waiting for her husband in his room, where he usually +sat for an hour or so after she had gone to bed. The lamps were lit and +the curtains drawn. She was standing by the fireplace, and still wore +her cloak over her evening gown. She looked amazingly young for her +years as she stood there in her graceful evening guise, with an +expression of almost childish alarm in her eyes, looking up at him +expectantly. + +"Did you see William?" he asked her shortly. + +"No," she said. "He wouldn't come in to us. We came away about a quarter +of an hour after he had come, without seeing him." + +"Ah!" + +He was very quiet in speech and manner, with an air as it struck her, of +great depression. She could not be sure, until he had spoken, of what +had happened, that he had not something deeply to regret upon his own +part. + +"Better sit down," he said, "and I'll tell you about it. Until William +apologizes to me for things he has said, and dismisses that man Coombe +for his insolence, I won't see him or have anything to do with him. But +I don't want you or the children to make any difference. Let's hope +Eleanor will bring him to reason; I know she has a good influence over +him. She may not want to meet me; I've thought of that. But I should +like you to go to the Grange as usual. I don't want you to quarrel with +William either. We'll leave the quarrelling to him, as he seems bent on +it." + +"Tell me what happened, dear," she said. "He came here on his way home, +didn't he?" + +"Oh, yes; with an air of coming to put everything right by making +handsome concessions over something he doesn't care a hang about. If I +was so unreasonable as to question anything he had done he would give it +up--of course. I wasn't to be allowed to have had any reason on my side; +it didn't matter even that he'd mistaken me, and that I hadn't wanted to +stop what he was doing, and had tried to get it carried on. He waved all +that aside--didn't want to talk about it. What he did want was very +plain. He wanted to show himself as the large-minded man who could make +all allowances for a narrow-minded fool of an elder brother always +standing on his own petty dignity. However, he'd be careful not to tread +on my corns in that way again. Let's forget all about it and begin +afresh. I would have swallowed all that--I did swallow it--for there was +some right feeling behind it; but...." + +"Edmund dear," she interrupted him, "before you go on--oughtn't we to +keep that in front of us as the thing that really matters? William is +fond of you, and you of him. When Eleanor and I have been talking it +over, we...." + +"It has got beyond that now," he interrupted her in his turn. "What +neither you nor Eleanor can see is that William is not the same man as +he used to be. What really matters, you say! What really matters is what +he founds himself upon; and what he founds himself upon now is his +money, and the place he has made for himself in the world. Fond of me? +Yes, I dare say he is. He'd like to do this or that to help me where +things are difficult; but it's to be on the understanding that I knuckle +under to him. I can't accept his help, or his--or his fondness on those +terms. I'm fond of him, you say? Yes--or of what he was before his +success spoilt him. When he returns to that, things shall be as they +were between us. Until then, I've got to take him as he is now; and +without loss of self-respect I can't do it and keep on terms with him." + +"What was it, then, that you quarrelled about?" + +He hesitated at the word. "William may call it quarrelling," he said. "I +suppose it is just a quarrel to him. I shouldn't admit that I +quarrelled. He got very excited, and I didn't. That's the plain truth. I +didn't feel excited; I felt very sad." + +"My poor old darling!" she said tenderly. "It's too bad of William, with +all the troubles you have had on you." + +He went on, in the same quiet, unemotional voice: "I accepted his good +will. Yes, I did that, though his way of expressing it was distasteful +to me. But I said that I didn't want the cause of complaint set aside +like that. I thought that the reasons I had given against the extra +garden-making were sound; but they didn't override other considerations +and I should prefer it to go on. That didn't seem to suit him. In the +mood he was in, I suppose he didn't want _me_ to be the one to make +concessions. But I rather think, from something he let fall, that he has +something new on hand to interest him, and the garden plan means nothing +to him now; or at any rate that he would rather give it up, on the +grounds of giving way to me, than go on with it because I have given way +to him. That's one of the ways in which his money has spoilt him. When a +man has a lot of money, and doesn't care for just piling it up, he's +always looking about for ways of spending it; and the last way he has +found is all important to him, until he finds another one; then his +interest in it goes. I'm sure that's how it is with William. But I was +firm about it. 'It may not interest you now as much as it did,' I said; +'but the way in which it has been thrown over will reflect upon me, if +it is given up altogether. For one thing, there's Barton's Close already +cut up, and you can't leave it like that. You must either go on with the +work or put it back as it was. It has been put about that I stopped the +work, unreasonably; and the men who were doing it are now working for +me. If you want to do justice to me, you'll remove all that talk, and +you can only do it by going on. When the road has been mended,' I said, +'you can take on that extra labour again, and get all the digging and so +on done in time to plant!'" + +"Did he make any fuss about the men being taken on for the drive?" + +"It was one of the things that he had put aside, with a wave of the +hand, as if I had done something that I ought not to have done, but he +would overlook it with the rest. That was why I mentioned it. I wasn't +going to justify myself about it, but I said: 'The men wouldn't have +gone straight back to work for you after being sent away; but they will +when the time comes, if I talk to them.' He didn't quite like that +either. He was gradually losing his position as being entirely in the +right, but giving way because it wasn't worth while to come up against +me in something that didn't matter. It does matter, and I was determined +not to close it up on those terms. + +"At last he agreed to go on, but by that time he had lost a good deal of +his--what shall I say?--expansive manner, and gave in grudgingly. Then +he was for going home, and if it could have been settled at that, there +would have been an end of the affair. I had left Coombe out of it until +then, for I didn't want it complicated by something that I thought would +probably be new to him altogether. I said: 'There's one thing, William, +that I must ask you to do and that is to send Coombe about his business. +If it hadn't been for him the work would have been going on now. You can +easily satisfy yourself about that,' I said, 'and I don't press it. But +Coombe spoke of me openly with the grossest impertinence, and in a way +that you would have resented just as much as if you had heard it. I've +held my hand,' I said; 'I left it till you came down. But something has +got to be done about it now.'" + +"You didn't tell me, dear, that you were going to say that Coombe must +be sent away." + +"I didn't talk to you much about Coombe, did I? I took it for granted +that William would dismiss him when he knew what sort of man he was. +Servants may talk about you behind your back, and I dare say most of +them do. But when it is brought to your notice you can't shut your eyes +to it. If I had heard one of mine speaking of William in the way that +fellow spoke of me, I should have sent him about his business in +double-quick time, however useful he was to me." + +"Did William refuse to do it?" + +"He haggled about it. He had always found Coombe perfectly respectful. +Surely I was mistaken. He couldn't have said what he was reported to +have said. If I showed annoyance at all perhaps I showed it then; but I +had myself in hand. I knew that if I got into the excited state that he +was beginning to get into then, it was all up. Besides, I was determined +that he should get rid of Coombe. For one thing, it will be a sort of +test of his sincerity, for I don't deny that it will be of some +inconvenience to him. Coombe is a good gardener, and they are not so +easy to get now. But it's a monstrous idea that a man who has openly +shown his hand in that way should be kept in the place. It would have a +bad effect all round. William ought to be able to see that, and I told +him so." + +"Did you tell him exactly what the man had said?" + +"I told him the worst of it. I said: 'One of the things that was +repeated to me was that I was jealous of your money and your title, and +I should stop you doing anything you wanted to do in Hayslope if I +possibly could. Are you going to keep in your service a man who has said +a thing like that about me?' I asked him. He said he didn't believe it +had been said; somebody was trying to stir up mischief. I said: 'I'm +afraid, William, that your money and your title have had an influence in +this place that isn't exactly what you think it to be. This man Coombe +has only let some of it out. Still,' I said, 'he's let it out in such a +way that it can't be passed over. The only way you can possibly put it +right is to show that _you_ are not going to stand that sort of talk, +and the only way you can do that is to send Mr. Coombe marching. And +that's what you'll do,' I said, 'if you mean what you have been saying +about wanting to put things straight between us, and to work in with me +here at Hayslope.'" + +"Yes," she said with a sigh, "I think you were right there." + +"I'm sorry to say that that was too much for him. It was the end of +anything like reasonable talk on his part. Every now and then he seemed +to be trying to pull himself together, as when he tried to get from me +who had heard those words said; but when I told him, he said that I had +only got them third-hand, and it wouldn't be fair on Coombe to sack him +without giving him a chance to defend himself. I said I shouldn't expect +him to do anything but deny it all. 'And with all respect to you, +William,' I said, 'I'm not going to make you a judge between me and your +servant. You can ask old Jackson, if you like, what happened; but even +by doing that you'll be appearing to doubt my word, and you won't want +to do it if you're ready to act rightly by me. As long as that man +remains in your service,' I said, 'I'm not going near the Grange. You +owe it to me to send him away.'" + +"Was that at the end of all?" + +"No. He wouldn't promise to do it without making inquiries for himself, +and I said: 'Very well, then; you are putting yourself definitely +against me here. I suppose you understand that. How do you propose that +we shall go on living next door to one another with this between us? It +will be known all over the place that Coombe has insulted me, that you +have been told of it, and don't think it necessary to take any steps. +It's an impossible position,' I said." + +"Surely he could see that, couldn't he?" + +"He had worked himself up into such a state then that he couldn't see +anything. After that, until he went away, he was simply offensive. He +justified everything that I have said about his attitude towards me and +more. Oh, I don't want to go over it all. I should think he'd be sorry +when some of the things he said come back to him. There was he, spending +his life in the service of his country, and here was I, consumed with +jealousy of him and thinking only how I could put spokes in his wheel. +It's that accusation of jealousy that I won't put up with. He must +withdraw it and apologize for it before I'll meet him again. It means a +break, Cynthia. I had time to think it all over before you came home. +I'm afraid it means a break. He brought Eleanor into it. He gave me to +understand that she was up against me for what he was pleased to call my +dictatorial ways; it wasn't only he who had suffered under them. If +that's so, she won't try to put it straight, and that's really the only +chance with what it has come to now." + +"Oh, my dear, she will. I know she will. She and I talked about it the +other day. I know what is in her mind. She only meant that first letter +you wrote, and she said that that was all wiped out now. I told you, +didn't I? She is longing for it to be put right. She will do all she +can, I know." + +"I hope so. It will be a very serious matter if it isn't put right. But +I stand upon those two points. William must take back that accusation of +jealousy. It's a wrong thing for one brother to say of another." + +"Oh, yes. If it was said in the heat of the moment...." + +"I'm afraid that what was said in the heat of the moment was only what +has been building itself up in his mind for a long time past. It's a +result of his deterioration. Because I don't treat him as I suppose +other people do who worship success--and he has come to want that--I'm +jealous of his success. He can't see straight any longer; he can't see +me as I've always been, and am still. _That_ is what is between us, and +it goes deeper than anything he has said or done. He isn't any longer +the brother I used to have." + +She saw that he was deeply moved and that it was no time now to say +anything to alter his mind. Besides, the one fact that she and Eleanor +had both insisted on as lying behind everything--the affection between +the brothers--seemed no longer to govern the situation. Their ways had +widely diverged, and it looked as if they had drifted apart in spirit +as well as in the interests they had once held in common. + +Her husband rose from his chair with a deep sigh, and said something +that she was unprepared for. "Thank God, that I've still got you and the +children left to me!" + +She broke down and shed tears, but dried them immediately, for she knew +how he disliked the expression of emotion, and that his own had been +wrung from him only by deep feeling. He kissed her good-night and said +kindly: "Don't take it too much to heart. And if you and Eleanor can +mend it between you, you won't find me implacable. I've gone a long way +in trying to put it straight, and I'll go further if it's necessary." + +"If William will apologize?" she said, making a last effort. + +"I'll do without an apology. After all, it isn't words that I want. Let +him dismiss Coombe, without any further to-do. I'll take that as +covering everything. I dare say I said things to him that offended him +as much as he offended me, though it is certain that I held myself more +in hand than he did. No, I don't want any apology. But he must dismiss +Coombe." + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +HONOURS + + +The difference between Colonel Eldridge's room at the Hall and his +brother's at the Grange was a good deal more than the difference between +a room in an old house and one devoted to like uses in a new. Indeed if +you had averaged the age of their contents, the room at the Grange would +have shown the earlier date. It had been one of the latest additions, +when furniture and decoration had become a source of keen interest to +its owner, and there had been no lack of money to carry out his tastes. + +There was no bright Turkey carpet or American desk here, as in Sir +William's room in London. He wrote his letters at a Queen Anne Bureau, +bought at Christie's for a sum that would have paid for everything in +his brother's room and left a substantial amount over. There was no +insistent colour, to detract from the rich subdued values of this and +other fine pieces of furniture. A few pictures of the early Dutch +school, which Sir William particularly affected, hung upon the walls, +panelled in dark oak. The electric light glowed and sparkled from a +lustre chandelier of Waterford glass. The few ornaments admitted were +also mostly of old glass, and as many of them as were suitable held +flowers. There was a beautiful soft-hued Persian carpet, and curtains of +heavy brocade of no determinate hue. Only the books in the +glass-fronted Sheraton bookcase were mostly new, many of them in rich +bindings; and the easy chairs and sofa were of the latest word in +comfort. + +The room was a success from first to last, and Sir William felt it to be +so every time he entered it. And yet he still gained, whenever he went +into his brother's room at the Hall, a sense of satisfaction for which +he would perhaps have exchanged the different sort of pleasure that he +took in his own creation. That room, with its old-fashioned furniture of +no special value; its faded and threadbare carpet, and shabby easy +chairs; the untidy books on the shelves; the paintings, prints and +photographs that crowded the walls; the medley of ornaments and +knicknacks on the mantelpiece and side-tables; the gun-cases, +cartridge-cases, game-bags, golf-clubs, and all the litter of a +sportsman's room; the very smell of it, compounded of tobacco smoke and +leather, slightly musty paper, and slightly damp dog, with a reminder of +ripe apples mysteriously underlying it all--it meant quiet and ease and +a thousand associations of indoor and outdoor life, hardly any of which +were represented in the room that was his. He had even been slightly +ashamed of his room when he had first shown it to his brother, who had +said: "It's very fine. I've never seen a finer, for a fellow who can +live up to it. It wouldn't do for me, because I couldn't keep that old +shooting-jacket of mine hanging up behind the door." That was it, Sir +William decided afterwards. It was really a room for a man who liked to +live in a drawing-room, and he didn't want, himself, to live always in a +drawing-room, even a man's drawing-room. Still, he liked to have +beautiful things about him, and with that taste you had to discriminate. +You couldn't get the two kinds of attraction into the same room. He had +the one, and must do without the other. + +It was this room that Norman entered when he returned from the Hall. He +had none of the doubts about it that his father sometimes expressed. His +appreciations were finer than his father's. Sir William had to possess a +treasure of art for it to give him the acme of pleasure. Norman loved it +for itself, and he loved the beautiful things in this room. His +appreciation of it even affected him now, as he went in, though he was +thinking of something else. His mother, in her evening gown, sitting +near a great bowl of flowers, seemed to him to add to its value; his +father, standing over her, in the light tweed suit in which he had been +travelling, seemed slightly out of place. It was a room in which, if you +occupied it in the evening, you ought to be dressed for the evening. + +This impression, however, was momentary, for a stronger one immediately +took its place. He had expected to see his father considerably +disturbed, and his mother disturbed too, but by this time less so than +his sharp eyes had made her out to be when she had said good-bye to his +aunt and cousins. For she was a queller of disturbance, in herself and +others, and might by this be expected to have made her mark upon his +father, though not perhaps to the extent of quieting him altogether. + +But there were no signs of disturbance upon their faces at all, nor in +their manner. His father was leaning up against the mantelpiece, +talking with some show of excitement, certainly, but with a smile upon +his face; and she was looking up at him, not smiling, but with interest +and sympathy. + +Sir William turned round, as he came into the room. "Ah, Norman!" he +said. "Here you are! I've been waiting for you. You come into this +little affair, as well as mother and me. You'll want to hear all about +it." + +Norman sat himself down, with his hands in his pockets. "I always want +to hear all about everything," he said. + +His father laughed. "It's rather exciting," he said. "I really hadn't +been expecting anything of the sort. They've offered me a peerage." + +"Good business!" said Norman warmly. + +Sir William laughed again. "It will come to you some day," he said. +"That's one reason why I feel pleased about it." + +"When the time comes," said Norman, "I shall grow a little tiny chin +beard, like the peers in 'Iolanthe.' But I thought you were going to be +a Member of Parliament, father." + +"Well, that is being a Member of Parliament--of the Upper House. Oh, it +isn't--I've been telling mother--just a mark of honour for what I did +during the war. They gave me a knighthood for that, which closed the +account. They want me for something else now--a new business altogether. +I won't go into the details of it now, but they want somebody in both +Houses for it. It was just a question in which one I should be of most +use, and it was decided finally that someone else--I won't mention his +name yet--should look after it in the Commons, and I in the Lords. It +will mean a lot of work, but I don't mind that. I like work, and I +really think I can do something in this job they've given me. I know I +did good work in the war, and I've had the feeling sometimes--though +I've kept it to myself--that enough notice wasn't taken of it. I don't +mean in the way of reward, for I didn't do it for reward; but I thought +they might have found me of such use that they would want to give me +something else to do, when there's so much that wants doing. Well, it +seems that they haven't lost sight of me at all; they have only been +waiting for an opportunity. And now it has come. Yes, I'm very well +pleased about it." + +"So am I," said Norman. "And I'm jolly glad it has come in that way. If +they had given you a peerage instead of making you a knight, people +might have said you had paid out cash for it. They wouldn't have said it +to you, but they might have said it to me. Fellows will say anything to +you nowadays; it's the modern technique. I shall be an Honourable, I +suppose. I shall have to put up with a lot because of that. But I shall +live it down in time. When is it coming off, father?" + +Sir William did not smile at this speech. "There's a lot of nonsense +talk about buying peerages," he said. "I've been saying to mother, only +just now, that I doubt whether there has ever been a single instance of +a man putting down so much money and getting a peerage for it, or even a +baronetcy. Or, if things were ever done in that way, they're certainly +not now. As far as I'm concerned, I'd just as soon have done what I'm +going to do in the Commons as in the Lords. For many things I would much +rather have been in the Commons. But it would have meant fighting an +election, with a lot of time and energy wasted; and _that_ would have +cost money. On the whole, I am glad it was settled as it has been. +You're pleased too, Nell, aren't you? I wouldn't have taken it, you +know, Norman, without first consulting your mother--and telling you. I +haven't yet, as a matter of fact, though I promised to write, either +accepting or declining, to-morrow." + +"Oh, I hope you won't decline, father. I didn't gather there was any +chance of that. I've got rather keen on it now. Aren't you, Mum?" + +She smiled at him and then at her husband, looking up at him. "I'm very +glad," she said, "that they want you again. And I know that you will do +splendid work, as you did before. It will mean a lot more work for +father, you know, Norman; but it will be work that he will do well and +enjoy doing." + +"You never were a half-doer, were you, father?" said Norman. "I should +think you would wake up the old Lords a bit. The general idea seems to +be that they can do with it. What are you going to call yourself?" + +Sir William's face lost its brighter look. "There's a slight difficulty +about that," he said. "In the ordinary way I should take the title of +Hayslope. It would be the natural thing, as we've been here so long, +and--and--considering that Hayslope is coming to me some day. The +trouble is that it isn't mine yet, and I'm afraid the present owner +might object. He'd have no reason to; but...." + +Norman's ears were disagreeably affected by that phrase "the present +owner." The dispute, which he had forgotten until that moment, was +serious, then. + +Lady Eldridge spoke, in her quiet firm voice. "I think you ought to +know, Norman," she said, "that Uncle Edmund is showing himself hostile +to your father. Father went to the Hall to tell him, first of all, about +what has been happening, but there was a disagreement that had to be +cleared out of the way first, and he found it impossible to do it." + +Sir William shifted his position. "I've done all I can," he said. "The +dispute was about a twopenny halfpenny affair which I've been trying to +put right ever since. I've given way upon all points--more than I ought +to have done; but it's of no use. Nothing's of any use. He's determined +on quarrelling. I can't do any more." + +"I suppose it's about that garden," said Norman. "What does Uncle Edmund +want done about it?" + +"What does he want done about it? I wish to God you could find out. +First of all he makes himself offensive because I began it. Very well! I +overlook the offence and I stop it. But that doesn't do. I'm told I +shall be damaging his position in the place if I don't begin all over +again. Very well; I say I will, when he has finished with the men I took +on for the work, and he took from me for _his_ work. Then I'm told that +before I do anything else I've got to get rid of the man who has been +doing it all. Something has come to his ears that Coombe is supposed to +have said about him. A wise man would have shut his ears to that sort of +gossip; but because of it, I'm to dismiss a man who has served me well, +out of hand, and without giving him a chance of defending himself. I +said I'd look into it; but he wouldn't have that. To ask questions of +anybody would be to doubt his word, though all he has to go on is what +somebody told somebody else who told him. It's perfectly childish; but +I'm not going to bother about it any more. I've got far too much to do. +If he wants to break with me, he must. _I_ don't want it, and I've gone +all lengths to pacify him. But the fact is that he isn't a big enough +man to be able to see me going ahead in the world while he's standing +still. All his life he has considered himself my superior. He's my elder +brother, and I've given in to him. I've given in to him over this, up to +the limit. But now he asks too much. I shall just have to go on, and +leave him out of account." + +"If we weren't all living at Hayslope," Lady Eldridge said, "it would be +easy to keep apart for a time, and the friction would die down. What we +must do is to make the best of it until Uncle Edmund becomes more +reasonable. Neither you nor I, Norman, need take notice of it unless we +are forced to. Father wants us to treat it in that way." + +"Oh, yes," said Sir William. "He can't visit my sins upon you; and I +certainly don't want to visit his upon Cynthia and the girls. You must +go on as much as possible as before. He won't come here, and I shan't go +to the Hall. That's all the difference it need make, and when we have +gone on for some time like that, I dare say he will come round--see he's +been making a fool of himself." He paused for a moment. "I know you're +not used to hearing me talk of him like that, but I really can't help +myself. I've been sorry for him lately, and have done my best to help +him over the troubles and difficulties he has had. But none of that +seems to count for anything. He was so--so coldly and obstinately +determined to have his own way this evening that it thoroughly upset me. +He seems to have nothing in him to respond to the feeling I have always +had for him--no kindness, no generosity. I'm not used to losing my +temper, but I'm afraid I did lose it with him this evening--his +arrogance worked me up to such an extent. No doubt that will all be +brought up against me. Actually, I came away without telling him what I +had gone there to tell him. That will be brought up against me too. I +really can't cope with it any longer. It's an infernal nuisance that +this place, which would be more than ever a recreation to me now, should +only be turned into a worry. But I won't have it so. I'm not coming down +here to be plunged into little local bothers, which take more settling +than any of the big things I have to deal with. For the present he and I +had better keep apart." + +"I'm afraid it's the only way--for the present," said Lady Eldridge. +"But it is a very unhappy state of things." + +Norman had listened to his father's speech not without discomfort, which +was increased by his mother's acceptance of it. "You and Uncle Edmund +have always been good pals," he said. "I should have thought mother and +Aunt Cynthia might do something together to put him right. I expect he +would want to behave decently, if he saw the way." + +"I'm quite ready to leave it to them," said Sir William. "If they can +bring him to reason I'll put it all aside--any time. It's all I want to +do. But there's one thing I won't do, and that's to dismiss Coombe +off-hand on his orders. I shall have him up to-morrow, and hear _his_ +story. And I shall ask that old Jackson what happened. I'm kindly +permitted to do that. If I find Coombe has gone altogether too far, I +shall consider what to do next. But I'm not going to be hectored and +pressed to act hastily on a one-sided second or third hand statement. +I've a pretty good idea of what did happen. Edmund goes down to find the +men working at the garden; he examines Coombe about it in an arrogant +sort of way, and shows him plainly that he's annoyed with _me_--he +wouldn't mind that, though it's _lése majesté_ to breathe a word of +criticism against _him_. Then when he's gone, Coombe, who after all owes +loyalty to me and not to him, lets something drop before men who take it +up and make mischief of it to score off him--perhaps because he was +getting rid of them, though he was acting under orders there. Oh, it +isn't worth while going into it all. I'm sick to death of the whole +business. Here we are now, going over and over it, when there's +something of real interest to ourselves to talk over. We'd better go to +bed, I think. I'm afraid I've worked myself up again. To-morrow I dare +say I shall be able to see it all more calmly. I can't to-night." + +When Norman went to his room he did not immediately get ready to go to +bed. The window attracted him, open to all the loveliness of the summer +night, and he went and leant out of it, taking into his nostrils the +scent of the dew-steeped earth, and into his ears the little noises that +a nature-lover can perceive and distinguish, where to others there is +only silence. + +The world was so beautiful, and life was so full and interesting, that +it was impossible for him to be affected overmuch by either of the +factors that had just been introduced into it. The honour that was +coming to his father he thought a very proper one, and he had seen that +he was pleased about it, not only because of the work that it would +enable him to do. Norman had no fault to find with that. It would be +rather fun to call yourself Lord Something-or-other, though the thrill +would probably pass off sooner than you expected. It would even be +rather fun to be called "the Honourable" though that would no doubt pass +off too--rather more quickly. That seemed to be about all there was to +it; but there had been so many peerages created of late years that there +had even come to be something to deprecate about such handles to your +name. You were always coming across fellows you had never heard of +before who called themselves, quite legitimately, "the Honourable." He +would be one of them now, and he grinned to himself as he imagined the +chaff to which he would be subjected on that account, and formulated a +few of the replies he would make to it. + +But he had soon exhausted the subject, and his smile faded as that other +troublesome affair took its place in his mind. + +He didn't like that at all. It seemed to contradict all the jolly things +that were connected in his mind with his uncle, who was stiffer in +manner than his father, but so kind-hearted underneath it all. He had +never thought of him as he had been reflected in his father's speech, +and it was difficult to think about him like that now, though he +certainly seemed to be behaving in a way that could scarcely be +defended. + +His window overlooked the wooded valley that lay between the two houses, +and the opposite hill. A corner of the Hall could be seen from it. His +thoughts went out to his cousins, asleep there, and especially to Pam, +whom he loved more than the others. He and Pam were as close friends as +they had always been. He couldn't do without Pam. He always wanted to +tell her everything that had happened to him, as he supposed fellows who +had favourite sisters did. But he was not quite so sure now of her +always adopting his views. She was getting together a collection of +views of her own. How would she take this? + +It was not necessary to accept seriously what she had said this evening +about their backing up their respective parents in any dispute between +them, and quarrelling with each other because of their quarrel. Her +mother and his wouldn't do that. They would try to get at the rights of +the case. There must be a right and a wrong somewhere, and it was +probable that there was some of each on both sides. He had only heard +his father's story so far, and Pam would only hear _her_ father's. They +ought to put their heads together and balance the two. + +He thought over this for some time, and came to the conclusion that they +were not likely to agree, which somewhat depressed him. Then he thought +it over further still, and it seemed to him that the only thing to say +to Pam was: "You and I can't get at the rights of it, so let's leave it +alone altogether, and by and by it will right itself. And above all, +don't let it make any difference to us." + +Would Pam accept that, as the course laid down by his superior wisdom? A +year or two ago, she certainly would have done so. If she didn't now, it +would seem as if he had lost some of his influence over her. + +Hoping that she would, but a little doubtful of it, Norman presently +went to bed. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +FRED COMFREY + + +"Sir William Eldridge, who was recently raised to the peerage, has taken +the title Lord Eldridge of Hayslope." + +Mr. Comfrey read out this item of information from his newspaper, as he +sat at breakfast with his wife and his son, and expressed his +satisfaction over it. "I'm glad it has been settled like that," he said. +"He will simply be called Lord Eldridge, and there can't possibly be any +objection to it. Lord Hayslope would have made a good title, but under +the circumstances it would hardly have done." + +"I don't see why not," said Mrs. Comfrey. "It would be ridiculous of +Colonel Eldridge to object, and he'd have no grounds for it either." + +Mr. Comfrey was a mild-mannered man, who took his opinions upon worldly +affairs very much on his wife's recommendation; but as she took hers +upon ecclesiastical affairs chiefly on his, he never felt his +self-respect wounded by her somewhat peremptory methods. She was a +short, broad woman with a somewhat masculine type of countenance, which, +indeed, had been reproduced with surprising fidelity in her son. She +might have been expected, from her appearance, to be immovable in +whatever opinions she did hold, in face of whatever opposition. But she +was very apt to weaken on them if they proved unwelcome to those with +whom she wished to stand well. Perhaps if her husband had ever tried to +controvert them he might have secured an occasional option upon views of +his own; but he would have had to do so long before this, for by now she +had established her ascendancy. Fred seemed to pay no respect to them at +all, with the consequence that she often wavered before him. But they +remained good friends. She admired her son, built in her own image, and, +if he did not admire her, he liked her treatment of him since he had +returned home, which was very different from what it had been when he +was a boy. + +Fred's whole attitude towards his home had changed since his boyhood. +Hayslope was a college living, and a small one at the best of times. Mr. +Comfrey, who had gained no particular scholastic honour, would not have +been offered it if its emoluments had been enough to attract a bigger +gun. He had scarcely any money of his own to supplement them, but his +wife had brought him a few hundred a year, with which they had managed +to get along. There had never been enough for anything but a skimped +existence, and Fred had not enjoyed the same advantages as those of +other sons of the clergy in the parishes around Hayslope, still less of +the well-endowed laity. He had been glad enough to get away, at an early +age, and not for some years had had any desire to come back again. + +But after a time, his memories had softened. His home life had been dull +and meagre, but the inconvenient, sparsely-furnished old house with its +shady garden gradually grew upon him during his hard exile; and all +around it was the country in which he had tasted some of the delights +which better-endowed youth enjoyed so fully. When he did come back he +had money of his own. His mother made no difficulty about accepting a +substantial payment from him for his board, which removed the effect of +scraping from the Vicarage household arrangements; and he did pretty +well as he liked at home, which he had never been allowed to do before. +It was pleasant enough to idle there during the months of his +convalescence, and to feel that he need not hurry them. + +And there was the Hall, which had always provided him with an outlet +into the kind of life denied to one of his parentage. If it had been a +place of desire to him in his youth, it was a thousand times more so +now, for it enshrined Pamela, who threw her sweet radiance upon +everything about her. + +For one who had lived roughly, as he had, and mostly with men for years +past, it was a revelation of quietness and happiness to be taken in upon +intimate terms to such a life as was led at the Hall. It was happiness +of a sort that he had never imagined for himself. It was not entirely +because of Pamela that he hugged himself upon the memory of those hours +he had spent in the schoolroom, helping the children with their games, +or of other hours in other rooms of the quiet, spacious house and in the +summer playground of the garden. Love had softened this young man, not +cut out by nature, it would have seemed, to tread the gentler ways of +life. Love had transformed for him even the shabby rooms and overshaded +surroundings of his own home, since Pamela had enlightened them with her +presence. He had thought of himself as staying there only so long as his +health required it, and then leaving it again to plunge into the +excitements of the career that he had marked out for himself. But still +he lingered on, though now he was nearly strong again, and would soon be +ready for the fray. He did not suppose that he would have any chance in +the pursuit upon which his mind was set until he had something more +definite than at present to lay before Pamela's parents; nor did he +suppose himself as yet to have made any impression upon Pamela herself +in the way he was determined upon. It would be better for him to go away +for a time, and to come back every now and then with something done to +recommend himself further to her and to her parents. But he could not +bring himself to make plans to go away yet. + +"Colonel Eldridge has never been consulted on the matter," said Fred, in +answer to his mother's speech. "To my mind he has every right to object +to the way in which he has been treated." + +"It is difficult to get at the rights of the quarrel," said Mrs. +Comfrey. "But we all know that Lord Eldridge, as I suppose we can call +him now, isn't a quarrelsome man, and I'm sure nobody could call Lady +Eldridge a quarrelsome woman." + +Mr. Comfrey chipped in before Fred could speak. "I think it's a pity," +he said, "to talk about a quarrel at all. There has been an unfortunate +misunderstanding which I'm very sure will soon be cleared up." + +"There _has_ been a quarrel," Mrs. Comfrey pronounced, "and a pretty +serious one. The two brothers are not on speaking terms. It's no good +shutting your eyes to facts. I suppose we shall keep out of it as long +as we can, but I think we shall have to take sides in it sooner or +later, and I must say I'm inclined to take Lord Eldridge's side." + +"Oh, my dear," expostulated the Vicar. "Don't talk about taking sides. +I'm _sure_ it isn't necessary. We've always been good friends with both +families. Do let us remain so, I beg of you." + +"I agree with mother," said Fred, at which she brightened visibly, but +drooped somewhat when he added: "There's enough to go on, and I'm on the +side of the family at the Hall, all the way and all the time." + +"Well, of course," said Mrs. Comfrey, "you have had the Hall almost as +your second home all your life, and I suppose it's natural that you +should think more of it than of the Grange, which is new since you went +away. But there's no doubt that the Grange is a more important house now +than the Hall, which isn't what it used to be and won't be again until +Lord Eldridge succeeds his brother there." + +Mr. Comfrey made a deprecatory gesture, and Fred said, rather roughly: +"What do I care about all that?" + +"What I mean," Mrs. Comfrey hastened to explain herself, "is that with +your way to make in business, Lord Eldridge may be very useful to you, +and it would be a pity to go against him. Of course, if Hugo hadn't +died...! What I mean is that Colonel Eldridge isn't the chief man in +Hayslope any longer, and...." + +She tailed off ineffectively, but picked herself up to add: "Norman has +taken the place that used to be Hugo's. You used to be great friends +with Norman." + +"I hate Norman," said Fred, "and always did. I dare say Sir William may +be of use to me when I get started. I haven't lost sight of that. But +I'm not going to pay too high a price for his help. The people at the +Hall are my friends, and I'm not going back on them." + +He was not offended by his mother's crudities, having nurtured himself +on crudities and practised them, all his life. Nor was he going to make +her partaker of his secret hopes, or even, if he could help it, give her +cause for suspecting his desires. "Sir William was quite decent to me, +when I saw him," he said, "and Lady Eldridge has asked me--once--to the +Grange since I've been home. But look at the welcome they've given me at +the Hall! I don't care much for female society; it's never been in my +line. But as long as I'm living quietly here, I like to have the Hall to +go to; and I believe Colonel Eldridge likes to see me there. I find +plenty to talk to him about. No, I'm not going back on them." + +Mrs. Comfrey expressed her appreciation of the nobility of this +attitude. It had occurred to her once or twice that Fred might be +attracted by Pamela, but the idea had taken no firm hold of her mind. +She knew that he was not a lady's man, as he would have expressed it, +and besides, the difference in social status between the Eldridges and +themselves had always been accepted by her, although she liked to make +use of such phrases as, for instance, that the Hall had always been a +second house to Fred. The Eldridges, living now in a far more restricted +way than before, had come to have less value in her eyes; but they were +still a good way above the level upon which Fred would be likely to look +when thoughts of matrimony engaged him. His reference now to talks with +Colonel Eldridge confirmed her view that he went to the Hall for the +reasons that he said he did, and not for the sake of Pamela in +particular. But she brought in Pamela's name, just to see how he would +take it. + +"Pamela being so thick with Norman," she said, "I dare say they will do +more to keep the peace than even Lady Eldridge and Mrs. Eldridge." + +"I shouldn't count too much on that if I were you," said Fred. "Pamela +takes her father's side, and she's quite right too. I don't pretend to +know what she thinks about it all, because I haven't asked her, but it's +my opinion that she's getting a bit sick of Norman's swank. He's always +been a sort of tin god to those girls, and now they're older they're +getting tired of taking all their opinions from him. At least that's how +it seems to me with Pam." + +Mr. Comfrey arose apologetically from the table. "I think I'll leave +you, if you don't mind," he said, and as they did not mind, he left +them. + +Fred's speech had been unconcerned enough until it had come to that last +word. He had not been used to calling Pamela "Pam," and there was just a +something in his voice to lead Mrs. Comfrey a little farther in her +investigations. "Pamela has grown into a very pretty girl," she said. "I +wonder if there is anything in what they say about her and Lord +Horsham." + +"It's not at all unlikely," said Fred, in such a tone as to remove the +last traces of suspicion from her, though for his own comfort he allowed +himself to add: "I don't think _she_ has any idea of it yet though." + +"It would be a good match for her," said Mrs. Comfrey; which ended the +conversation. + +Half an hour later, Fred made his way to the Hall. It had been hard work +for him to conduct himself thus unconcernedly with his parents, for +something exciting was before him, on which all his mind had been +working ever since he had last seen Pamela the evening before. + +It was not true that he had not talked over the current affair with her. +He had borne himself in such a way, with a mixture of reticence and +sympathy, that she had first of all mentioned openly to him the fact of +the dispute, which she had not intended to do, and had then discussed it +with him in all its bearings. What he had told his mother of his being +on the side of the Hall was entirely true, for he had shown himself such +an ardent partisan that Pamela preferred him as a receptacle for her +confidences to anybody else. So far, Colonel and Mrs. Eldridge had held +to their custom of keeping their children out of such discussions. Their +hold on it was already weakening, for it was becoming impossible to +ignore the dispute altogether. Pamela and her mother had talked about +it, but not yet without many reticences on Mrs. Eldridge's side. Pamela +and Judith had agreed that it was a nuisance. The children were supposed +to know nothing. Miss Baldwin didn't count. + +There remained Norman. Norman had behaved well about it, Pamela thought. +At the very outset he had said to her that it was impossible for him and +her to get at the rights of it, and that he didn't particularly want to. +He looked up to his uncle almost as much as to his own father, and hated +to think of either of them being discovered in the wrong. They, too, had +better leave it out of account, and go on being pals as before. Then +Norman had gone away on a visit, and had written to Pam, a long letter +from a country house in which Lady Margaret Joliffe was also staying. He +had written a good deal about her, but the most important of his +statements was that there was another fellow there whose attritions she +seemed to prefer to his. "My proud spirit won't brook rivalry," was his +comment upon the situation. "I must be all or nothing. By the time I +come home I shall be able to tell you whether I'm all or nothing." He +had come home two days before, and had told her with a grin that his +fate still hung in the balance; and she divined that that affair had +passed its zenith, and would soon fade away like the rest. + +Oh, if only this unhappy cleavage could have been mended, how pleased +she would have been to have Norman back at Hayslope for the full month +he now intended to stay there! His letter had been very grateful to her. +No mention had been made of the trouble at home. He had written with his +old-time affection, as if she were the one person in the world to whom +he could go with everything, and to whom he wanted to go with +everything. At that distance away, what he omitted from his letters may +have seemed of small importance, but when he returned it could not be +so. It was bound to come up between them sooner or later, and when it +did come up they could no longer be absolutely frank and outspoken +together. Each of them must be very careful not to say anything that +could arouse opposition in the other. + +For a fortnight had passed since the brothers had met and quarrelled, +and nothing had been mended yet, though attempts had been made. + +Sir William had written to Colonel Eldridge the next day, telling him +first of all of the honour that was to be conferred on him, which he +said he had intended to do the evening before. He regretted exceedingly +what had passed between them, and if he had said anything in the heat of +the moment that had offended his brother he regretted that too, and +apologized for it. He had given careful consideration to his brother's +demand that he should dismiss his head gardener, and, as he understood +the demand, without giving the man the chance of defending himself +against the accusation brought against him, and had decided not to act +in a way that he thought would be arbitrary and unjust. But he had +examined Coombe upon what he was reported to have said and had no doubt +that it had been much exaggerated. Something Coombe had admitted to have +said that was not respectful to Colonel Eldridge, after he had come down +to where he was working and expressed his annoyance at what was being +done. Sir William hoped very much that his brother would take into +consideration the fact, of which he seemed to have lost sight, that the +slight put upon him, Sir William, in this expression of annoyance at +what he was doing was considerable. He had not allowed Coombe to repeat +to him what had actually been said to him, but had given him a pretty +stiff rebuke for the disrespect he had admitted to. Might not this be +allowed now to close the account? It was a most disagreeable thing for +them to be at loggerheads in this way, after all the years of close +intimacy that had existed between them and their families. For his part +he was ready to forget all about it, the moment his brother gave him the +chance. + +To which Colonel Eldridge had replied shortly that he congratulated his +brother upon the honour he was about to receive, and that he must abide +by the stipulation he had made before they could return to their old +terms with one another. + +Then Lady Eldridge had gone to the Hall, and had a long conversation +with him and his sister-in-law. Cynthia had seemed to want him to give +way, but he had refused to do so, firmly though not with the slightest +show of temper. He had, in fact, treated Lady Eldridge with the most +courteous consideration, but he had put her in somewhat of a difficulty. +"I don't think William sees the situation very clearly," he had said. "I +haven't so many outside matters to occupy my thoughts as he has, and I +do see it clearly. Have either of you ever expressed to one another this +idea that I am jealous of William's success in life, which has been so +much greater than mine?" + +She had cast down her eyes and there had been an awkward pause, which he +had cut short by saying: "That feeling has never existed in my mind, and +therefore I can't have shown it. That's what's between us, Eleanor--that +unjust and damaging accusation. William sees nothing more than +disrespect in what his servant said to me, but I see that accusation +defended in him, and as long as he's here, allowed to spread unchecked. +William can only put that right by dismissing Coombe. It's no good +writing any more or talking any more until that's done." + +So Coombe remained the obstacle to at least a formal reconciliation. For +he did remain, and it may be supposed that his tongue was not idle in +the village, where, however, he was not liked. Colonel Eldridge was; far +more liked than his brother, in spite of Sir William's open-handed ways. +He was stiff, but he was kind. He lived among his people, and they knew +that he was interested in all of them, though he was never +hail-fellow-well-met with anybody. There was growing up a strong body of +support for him, in a controversy into which the village folk had a far +clearer insight than might have been supposed. If he had escaped the +jealousy that had been laid to his charge, they had not, on his account. +It was hard lines that the Squire at the Hall should have to give up +this and that that he'd always been accustomed to, and Sir William at +the Grange should be rolling in money. It didn't seem right somehow. And +the Colonel had been out and fought in the war, and lost his only son +too, while Sir William had stopped at home and made money. No, it didn't +seem right, did it? And now they'd gone and made him lord and all; and +when the Colonel died he would step into the Hall, and Mrs. Eldridge and +the young ladies would be turned out. And so he'd have everything, which +didn't hardly seem fair, whichever way you looked at it. + +That was the way the majority of opinion went, and when the affair at +Barton's Close came to give point to it, crystallized into still sharper +criticism. No wonder the Colonel had objected to that--money chucked +away in cutting up good pasture, and more labour wanted for a garden +that wouldn't be no use to anybody, while the garden at the Hall was run +with two men short now, and the road through the park was getting into a +dreadful state. It was generally supposed, and approved of, that Colonel +Eldridge had peremptorily stopped the garden-making at Barton's Close. +Quite right too! Time he stopped something! He hadn't thought of the men +who'd lose their jobs by it; but see how he'd put that right! He hadn't +wanted to spend the money on the road, but he wasn't one to see a man +out of a job if he'd got one to give him. They'd work for him too, and +at less wages than they could get working under a man like Coombe. +Coombe ought to have been sent off for what he'd let out about the +Colonel. It wasn't the way to talk, for a man who'd been brought into +the place when there were other men there who could have done his job +just as well as he could. Sir William would have sacked him too, if +he'd done what he ought. They did say that he'd quarrelled with the +Colonel for stopping him cutting up Barton's Close. Sir William was +getting a bit too big for his boots. That was about the size of it, and +it wouldn't do him any harm to be told so. + +Thus the commonalty of Hayslope, not knowing everything that had passed, +and splitting no hairs, but ready to endorse in their Squire a more +unreasoned attitude than he had actually yet taken. It was not +suspected, either at the Hall or the Grange how keen was the interest in +the dispute, or even that it was known that the brothers were keeping +apart; for there was still coming and going between the two houses as +before, and a great carefulness that no significant word should be +dropped before the servants. But Pamela, going about in the village, had +sensed the feeling of expectation. Coombe, she felt sure, was still +making mischief. If only Uncle William would send him away, there might +be a chance of their all settling down again. + +Treading very delicately, she put it to Norman. Couldn't they do +something to find out what was going on? Uncle William wouldn't believe +that Coombe had made mischief. But if it was proved to him that he had! + +Norman took refuge in their compact, but in defence of it made it plain +that he thought her father's demand unreasonable. This warned her that +she mustn't look to him for any help now. He was on his father's side, +as she was on hers. She couldn't blame him, but it was good-bye, for the +present, to the freedom and confidence that had always existed between +them. She felt sad, when he had left her, but a little hurt with him +too, because he had failed her. + +Fred wouldn't fail her. He showed himself eager to help her in any way +that she might suggest. What they were going to do this morning was to +see old Jackson together, and get from him exactly what had happened at +first, and what was happening now. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +INVESTIGATION + + +Old Jackson was in the gravel-pit, half a mile up the road from the +lodge gates, which made a walk long enough for Fred to have thought over +with fluttering anticipations, ever since Pamela had asked him to see +Jackson with her. It was she who had suggested that it would be better +to talk to him there rather than in the openness of the park, when the +carts had brought down their loads. + +They started off across the park by a footpath which led to the road +higher up the hill. It was not the first time that Fred had been alone +with her, but they had not been for a walk together before, as this +ostensibly was. "We're going for a little walk," Pamela said, her stick +in her hand, as they met her father coming along that very path, and he +seemed to see nothing to remark in the thrilling fact. "Come back to +lunch," he said to Fred. "There's something I want to consult you +about." + +Colonel Eldridge had treated Fred with a courtesy; that had gratified +him exceedingly, and such an invitation would have given him food for +pleasurable conjecture if his mind had not been full of something else. +"Poor old Dad," said Pamela, when they left him and went on. "I suppose +it's this horrid quarrel he wants to talk about. There's nobody he can +unburden himself to about it. I shall be glad if he does to you. You +must encourage him to talk quite freely." + +Yes, Fred would do that. Things were going extraordinarily well for him. +It was a great deal to have Pamela confiding in him. He would hardly +have been undergoing this moving intimate experience of a country walk +with her, but for the disturbance in which Hayslope was involved. If +they were also to bring him into close personal touch with her father, +they would be doing him very good service. + +Pamela moved along beside him in the active grace of her young girlhood, +talking to him quietly and confidentially. He answered her in the same +tone, alert to make the response that she would have him make; but only +a part of his mind was upon the subject that alone held hers. The rest +of it was in a ferment of incredulous wonder and self-gratulation. He +stole a glance at her every now and then and wondered afresh at finding +himself in this sort of companionship. Everything about her was fresh +and sweet and virginal. In all his mean experience of sex he had never +thought to have been so moved by the mere proximity of such a girl as +this; in all his selfish, uninspired experience of life he had never +thought to have been thrilled by a pure emotion. She made him hate the +thought of evil, and turn away with disgust from his baser self. If he +was ready to plot and scheme to get her, and would not be too particular +what weapons he used if it came to a fight, once having made her his +own, he would tend the spiritual flame that she had lighted in him. +Already he was a better man because of her. He knew it and rejoiced in +it, who had not previously desired to be anything better than he was. + +They left the park and went for a short distance up the shady road, to +where a track ran off among the trees to the shallow pit at the end of +it. The rich red gravel lay in ruled banks and mounds where it had been +dug out, and the men who were working at it were filling the two carts +which were to carry it down to the park. Old Jackson was working as hard +as anyone, as well as directing it all. He was a fine figure of a man, +with his upright sinewy frame kept supple by use. His face had that +delicacy of line and feature which is to be found among the true sons of +the soil, perhaps as often as the result of generations of blue blood. +His eyes were clear and keen, with a look in them not far removed from +the innocent look of a child. Such men as he may take orders from others +all their lives, but they never lose their dignity of manhood. + +The carts were nearly filled. Fred and Pamela waited until they were +ready to be moved, and then Fred told Jackson that they wanted to speak +to him. Would he send the carts on and stay behind for a few minutes? + +He gave the orders and returned to them, putting on his coat. "Have you +got a pipe?" asked Fred, offering him his opened tobacco pouch; but with +a glance at Pamela he refused. Fred put the pouch back into his pocket, +and his own pipe with it, and began rather hurriedly: "Miss Eldridge +wants to ask you a few questions. Perhaps you know that there's some +misunderstanding between Colonel Eldridge and Sir William about Coombe, +Sir William's gardener. If you can tell her exactly what happened when +Colonel Eldridge came down to Barton's Close, she thinks she may be able +to do something to straighten it all out. She'll see you don't suffer +from anything you tell her." + +Some such opening had been agreed upon between them, but Pamela's brows +came slightly together at the last sentence. "I do want to know exactly +what Coombe did say," she added. "I know you didn't like his talking as +he did about father, so I thought you'd help us about it if you could." + +The old man looked away. There was something pathetic in his expression +of patience and slight puzzlement. "I told the Colonel," he said slowly. +"He's always been a kind master to me, and I'm glad to be took on by him +again." + +"Yes, you wouldn't like to hear him spoken against," said Fred. "Sir +William wouldn't either, if he knew of it. But Coombe seems to be a +clever sort of man in the mischief he makes, and he's persuaded Sir +William that he didn't say anything that could be objected to. But you +heard him, didn't you?" + +The blue eyes came slowly round to Fred and rested on him again, and did +not leave him this time. "I don't know as I want to make that known to +all and sundry," said old Jackson. "There's a many asks me, but I say to +them as I say to you, that the Colonel's been a good master to me, and I +don't like such things said." + +Pamela understood him and said quickly, before Fred could speak: "You +don't want to repeat it, do you? I'm glad you don't. But...." + +"But there are others who heard it," said Fred. "And it must have been +put about all over the place. You won't do Colonel Eldridge any harm by +telling us." + +The old man's face changed slightly as he looked at Pamela. "Don't you +go for to mix yourself up in it, Missy," he said. "Nobody scarcely don't +pay attention to what that there Coombe says about the Colonel. He don't +come from these parts, and we knows the Colonel." He turned to Fred +again. He seemed to have found his speech now. "'Tain't for the likes of +Miss Pamela to be mixed up in it. What comes to your ears here and there +you keep to yourself, or say to others, and not to her. None of us who +belongs to Hayslope don't want the young ladies mixed up in this." + +Fred ignored the rebuke, which struck him unpleasantly. "Well, I belong +to Hayslope too, you know," he said, "though I've been away from it for +a good many years." + +"What's for the likes of us ain't for the likes of her," returned the +old man, looking full at him. Then he looked again at Pamela. "Don't you +mix yourself up in it, Missy," he said, in the almost caressing tone +which he had used towards her before. "I'll get along down to the road +now." + +He took a step away from them and then turned round again. "I said to +young Norman yesterday," he said, "'if you want to hear the rights of +it,' I said, 'you can ask Dell or Chambers,' I said. _He'll_ tell you, +Missy. 'I won't have nothing more to do with it,' I said. 'You can ask +Dell or Chambers.'" + +Fred's face wore a disagreeable look as he frowned after the old man's +broad back. As a boy he had played with the village lads, and held a +sort of leadership among them, but more because of his athletic prowess +than from any recognition on their part of his superior station. The +elders of the village, recognizing his rough clay, had paid him hardly +more respect than if he were one of their own sons. It was plain that +Jackson considered that no more was owing to him now. If not quite one +of themselves, he was not for a moment to be counted as of the elect. + +Had Pamela understood the snub that the old man had given him? He +smoothed away the frown and turned quickly to her. But she was looking +down, and on her face there was a frown too of perplexity. + +"Norman has been asking him questions," she said. + +"Norman," he said. "I wonder why. And I suppose he went to those other +two men. Of course they'll tell him anything he wants to hear." + +She did not quite like this. She started to walk along the track, Fred +at her side, his brain working quickly. "I think the old man is right," +he said. "You ought not to be mixed up in this--not in the way of asking +questions yourself, I mean. Let me ask them for you. Very likely, if I'd +had old Jackson alone, I could have got something out of him. I'm quite +sure I can out of those other two, and it's important I should, now that +the enemy has got to work." + +She looked at him with an expression that he had not seen on her face +before, and instantly regretted having called up. "Norman isn't an +enemy," she said. "If he has been asking questions, it is because he +wants to get it all cleared up, as much as we do." + +"Oh, yes," he said evenly. "I didn't mean anything else. But it would be +only natural that he should want to see his father justified. Much +better get at it from another side. I'll tell you what I'll do. I'll see +these men in their dinner hour. I don't suppose it will take very long +to get it out of them. Then I'll come straight up to the Hall, and I +shall be able to tell you before lunch." + +"I'm not sure I wouldn't rather see Norman first," she said; but she +said it rather doubtfully. Norman might have told her that he was going +to make inquiries on his own account, instead of saying that neither he +nor she could do anything. Fred had offended her in calling him the +enemy, but he was probably right in attributing some bias to Norman. She +did not disguise from herself her own bias, and when Fred said again +that it would be better to get the story for themselves, she acquiesced. + +"I'll go now," he said, when they came to the gate that led into the +park. "It's nearly a quarter to twelve, and I shall catch them coming +back. I want to go home first." + +It cost him something to leave her; there would have been plenty of time +to walk with her to the Hall and back to the village by twelve o'clock. +But he knew he could not trust himself to hide his antagonism to Norman, +if she were to discuss his intervention further. He did not want to +arouse that defensive and offended look in her face again. When he next +met her he expected to have firmer ground under his feet. She was +already a little doubtful of Norman. He wasn't in the least doubtful. Of +course Norman was gathering material for his side; if not he would have +told Pamela what he was going to do. Probably he would tell her, when he +had done it; but Fred would have told her first. He had a score to wipe +off against Norman. + +He did not go to the Vicarage, but to the Hayslope Arms, where he was +quite accustomed to making himself at home. On his first arrival at +Hayslope he had frequented it, picking up old acquaintances there, and +establishing himself as one who had made his way in the world but had +not become proud on that account. The men who had been boys with him +liked him well enough, and he was free with his money. When all his +thoughts had become centred on Pamela, he had left off going there; the +contrast between what had satisfied him in the way of company and what +was open to him at the Hall was too great. He felt some slight +repugnance now as he entered the sanded bar; but he was keen in spite of +it, for he realized that the book of the village gossip was open to him +whenever he liked to dip into it, and that if he had not of late cut +himself off from his old associates he might have had much material to +manipulate. But it would be easy to pick it all up, and Norman had no +such chances, though those who came in contact with him liked him. + +Pamela took a book into the garden, to a seat which commanded a view of +the drive, and waited with what patience she could muster. She felt a +little guilty, but allowed no patience with herself over that. It +seemed to be she alone who could straighten out this tangle, which was +making her father so sad that it wrung her heart to see him. His +dejected look when he thought himself unobserved, still more his forced +cheerfulness with his children--oh, it was sad to see! And she loved +him; she thought she loved him better than anybody in the world, better +even than her mother, over whom she was rather puzzled at this time. Her +mother never allowed herself to be unduly perturbed about anything, and +met her own troubles with a whimsical philosophy which Pamela had +admired greatly, since she had been old enough to see that they were +such as many women would have made themselves miserable over. Certainly +she had lightened the burdens that her husband had had to bear, by +showing herself happy with what was left to her, and encouraging her +children to do the same. She and Pam had often talked that over +together. They were never to let him see that they missed anything, and +her mother would never acknowledge to her that she did miss anything. + +But in this new trouble that admirable spirit of cheerfulness hardly +seemed adequate, or even suitable. Pam knew that her mother and her aunt +had essayed to put it right, but not having been able to do so they +seemed to accept it, and to want as much to be together as before. Pam +was beginning to think that such an intimacy could only be possible if +it was agreed that neither side was more worthy of blame than the other. +Did her mother take that view? Pamela couldn't. There might be two sides +to the quarrel, but what mattered was that it bore far more hardly upon +the one than upon the other. She had seen that quite plainly for +herself. Her father was depressed and saddened by it. Her uncle seemed +to have put it aside altogether. He had been more than usually kind and +affectionate to her on the one occasion on which she had been to the +Grange since the split, obviously with the intention of showing himself +so. But he had also been in more than usual high spirits. Of course he +was pleased about his peerage and all that! And it was nice of +him--perhaps--to want to show her that the quarrel had made no +difference in his feelings towards any of them, except one. But she, at +least, could not dissociate herself from that one; it seemed a +disloyalty to go to the Grange and to be treated by Uncle William as if +nothing had happened, while he stayed at home, alone and sad, because so +much had happened. Uncle William was far more free with his expressions +of affection than her father had ever been. His manner to his brother +had always seemed to show great affection, and she had never doubted +that he felt it towards him. But it was he who was showing himself +almost unaffected by the estrangement, while her father was feeling it +deeply. + +The decision was growing up in her mind to talk to her uncle herself. +That was why she wanted to find out more than she knew already of what +had actually happened. She knew that her father made a point of Coombe's +dismissal. If she could go to him and tell him why she thought he ought +to give way...! It would be greatly daring, on the ground she had always +occupied with him, when apparently her mother, who must have made some +appeal, had failed to move him. But she knew that her mother had taken +no steps to find justification for her father's attitude. Nobody seemed +to have thought of doing that except herself--unless it was Norman. But +she could not be sure of Norman, yet, though she was quite unwilling to +take Fred's view of his investigations. + +She saw Fred's figure top the little rise in the drive which hid the +lodge from where she was sitting, and her eyes rested upon it as it +approached and grew larger, with a gaze of inquiry, almost of +exploration. She had not been unaffected by Norman's freely expressed +dislike of Fred; but in a matter of this sort she must abide by her own +knowledge and observation. Fred had been rather a horrid sort of boy, +but that ought not to tell against him if he had turned himself into +rather a good sort of man. She thought he had, though there seemed to be +a common streak in him which slightly offended her sometimes. But surely +a man who was not "nice," after all the hard experiences he had +undergone, would not have shown himself so appreciative of the quiet +domestic life that they lived at the Hall. She knew, of course, that he +admired her, and probably frequented the Hall largely on her account. +But his liking had never shown itself in a way to make her take counsel +of herself; and that was another point in his favour. Her father liked +him, and evidently trusted him, or he would not have wanted to consult +him about something, as he was about to do. And he was whole-hearted in +his defence of her father. That was more in his favour than anything +else. It was enough, at any rate, for the present. She rose and went to +meet him, not without eagerness. + +They went back to her seat and he told her what he had discovered, but +not how or where he had discovered it. + +The gist of it--very carefully imparted, so that at no point could she +take umbrage at it--was that Norman had been making his inquiries with +the quite obvious intention of proving that nothing had been said that +it was worth making such a fuss about. The two men, indeed, who did not +belong to the village, now denied stoutly that Coombe had gone beyond a +very mild protest at the work being stopped. They seemed to be in with +Coombe again and it was quite likely that they were expecting well-paid +work from him, when they had got through with their present job. Their +denials had been so obviously insincere that it was scarcely worth while +wasting time with them. Fred would not suggest who had primed them, but +it was quite plain that they were saying only what they were expected to +say, and would stick to it. + +"If it is so," Pam said, "it must be Coombe who is priming them. Of +course he would want as little made of it as possible." + +Fred thought this very likely--with a reluctant air that seemed to +indicate that he knew better, but didn't want to say so. + +"Pegg, the other man, tells a different story," he said, and repeated to +her some of the things that had been said by Coombe about her father, +which made her blush hot with resentment. "Did Norman talk to him?" she +asked. + +"Yes." + +"And did he tell him that?" + +"Well, no, he didn't." + +"Why not? Do tell me everything." She was becoming impatient over his +hesitations. + +He plumped it out: "Because he saw that it wouldn't be well received. +These men know on which side their bread's buttered, and they are not +going to give themselves away. Even Old Jackson--he's working for your +father now, and hopes to be kept on, but he doesn't want to offend Sir +William. None of them do. Pegg hopes to be kept on here too, I think, +and he doesn't mind giving Coombe away, but he isn't going to give him +away to Norman. That's how it is, and it's no good hiding it. I don't +know what Norman really wants, but it's quite plain what these men +_think_ he wants, and that's to back up his side of the quarrel. +Everybody knows there is a quarrel now, and nearly everybody is on our +side. I've found that out. I think you must leave Norman out of it, if +you're to do any good." + +She thought this over, but made no reply. "Is Coombe still making +mischief?" she asked. + +"He's rather frightened, I think, and has kept his mouth shut lately; +but everybody knows that he would do Colonel Eldridge any injury that he +could. They think he ought to be got rid of. He's a bad influence in the +place." + +Pamela rose. "It's nearly lunch time," she said. "Thank you very much +for helping me. I must think what to do." + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +A QUESTION OF FINANCE + + +"I wanted to ask your advice." + +Colonel Eldridge stood in front of the empty fireplace, filling his +pipe; Fred was in one of the shabby leather easy chairs, smoking a +cigarette. The room was very quiet and retired, looking on to a corner +of lawn surrounded by banked rhododendrons, under the shade of a great +hornbeam. + +Colonel Eldridge seemed to have some difficulty in coming to the point. +He put the lid carefully on his old lead tobacco box, and lit his pipe +from a box of matches on the mantelpiece before he spoke again. + +"You and Hugo were friends together as boys," he said. + +"Oh, yes. And we wrote to one another once or twice after I went abroad. +I only just missed him once when we were on the Somme. I wish I'd seen +him before he was killed." + +"Well, I don't suppose you know that he gave us a lot of trouble, poor +fellow. At least, you may have heard something. I needn't go into it +all; it was mostly about money. He was very extravagant, and raced and +gambled and all that. He was young; he'd have got over it in time, and +settled down, I've no doubt. He did his job well enough; I've got a +letter from his Colonel, which I was very glad to have." + +He went on for a time, again apparently finding it difficult to come to +the point. He did so suddenly, and it was not exactly the point that +Fred had anticipated, from his introduction. + +"The fact is, I want to raise some money," he said, "four hundred +pounds." + +"Yes," said Fred, at random. "That ought to be easy enough." + +"Well, it isn't so easy in these days." He sat down in the chair +opposite to Fred's, and spoke with more freedom now. "I've paid a good +deal on Hugo's account," he said. "Claims have kept coming in, and I +thought we had come to the end of them. But I had another a few days +ago. I've been puzzling my head how I was to meet it. I've got to meet +it, in fact I've undertaken to do so early next week. I don't want to go +to my lawyers." + +He came to a stop again. Fred's thoughts were very busy. What was going +to be asked of him? Why couldn't Colonel Eldridge go to his lawyers +about a sum so small as this for a man of his property? He had no words +at his command for the moment. His business instincts and habits were +too strong for him not to feel slightly, though unwillingly, on the +defensive. + +But fortunately none were required of him just yet. "I don't know what +to tell you first," Colonel Eldridge said. "Perhaps I'd better tell you +everything, though I'll keep back names." + +He took a letter out of his pocket, and opened it. Fred cast +surreptitious glances, but the letter was held so that he could not see +it. + +"This is from the mother of a brother officer of Hugo's, who was +killed--some time after he was. She has found among his papers an +I. O. U. of Hugo's for four hundred pounds; she encloses it. She writes +quite nicely. She has kept it some time, not knowing quite what to do +about it. She doesn't want the money; but she thinks it ought to be +paid. She would give it to some charity in her son's name." + +"An I. O. U.?" said Fred. "I suppose you've satisfied yourself--" + +Colonel Eldridge cut him short. "Oh, I quite agree with her," he said. +"I don't know her, by the by, and I suppose Hugo didn't either, or she +would have said something about him--not only in connection with this, I +mean. There's no need to ask what the transaction was. Very likely, I'm +afraid, it was a card debt, or something of that sort. Anyhow, the money +was owing from him, and is owing from me now. Her way of dealing with it +is the best. I've promised to send her a cheque next week." + +It seemed to Fred foolish to have done so, but it was no good saying +that. "There's nothing, I suppose, to come out to Hugo's detriment," he +said. "If you pay it without question it ought to be understood that it +isn't talked about." + +"As far as she is concerned, I should think she'd want it talked about +as little as I should. If they were gambling together it might just as +well have been her son who had owed it. But you've put your finger on +the trouble, as it happens. _I_ don't want it talked about, outside this +room. The fact is that poor Hugo's delinquencies have brought about a +state of feeling towards him that gives me great pain. He did some very +foolish things--bad things, you may say, if you like--and they've been +exaggerated into things that he never would have done. I quarrelled with +one of my oldest friends about it. He took back what he said, and we've +come together again, I'm glad to say. I've got Hugo's good name to +consider. My brother William has known everything so far, and he has +been very good about it. I've had to raise money to pay off what has +been owing--it's a very large sum in all--and I couldn't have done it +without his co-operation, now that he's in remainder to this property. +But I know quite well that he takes a worse view of Hugo than I think +he's justified in taking. I can't--I simply can't go to him about this, +though it's a mere flea-bite compared to what has had to be paid +already." + +He seemed to have forgotten for the moment that he had cut himself off +from going to his brother about anything. And he had not told Fred that +the date upon the claim he had to meet was that same black date as had +seen the transaction over which Lord Crowborough had brought his +disgraceful accusations against Hugo--accusations which he had been +forced to withdraw. The hornet's nest must not be stirred again. "No, he +mustn't know of this," he said. "And my lawyers mustn't know of it, for +if they did, he would." + +"You couldn't--?" + +"My dear Fred, I've been so confoundedly hit by the war, and all this +coming on the top of it, that I simply couldn't raise a hundred pounds +at this moment, let alone four hundred, without some sort of property +adjustment. And that would mean disclosing everything, which I won't do +if I can possibly help it. But I've thought of this. I'm always getting +money-lender's circulars. You know the sort of things, of course. I'm +not such a fool as to suppose that I can borrow money in that way on +anything like an ordinary rate of interest. But I'd pay very heavily to +get this money at once, with no security but my word for repayment. Have +you ever had any dealings with these people? I know young fellows do. I +might quite well have done it myself, but as a matter of fact I never +did. Hugo did, and they fleeced him unmercifully. I don't want to be +fleeced; but I can do what they always seem to want, and that is pay by +regular instalments. My income is pretty well fixed now for some time to +come. It's a tight fit already, and this will make it tighter, but what +I can do is to pay two hundred a year until I've cleared it off, with +the interest." + +Fred was ready with his answer. His brain worked quickly in questions of +this kind, and he knew his man--or thought he did. + +"Don't go to those sharks," he said. "It's perfectly easy. I can find +you the money at once. The interest would have to be ten per cent, I +think, but--" + +"I don't want _you_ to lend me the money, you know." + +Fred had thought that he did, and thought so still. But, of course, a +man in his position would want the decencies observed. "I hadn't thought +of that," he said. "But as a matter of fact it would suit me very well +to do it. I've got rather more than that lying idle--gratuities, and so +on--and I couldn't get ten per cent on it without taking some trouble, +and even then it would be more risky than this. Really, it would be the +easiest way, sir, and I should be glad of the opportunity." + +"Oh, you could get more than ten per cent, lending money without +security. I shouldn't offer security, you know. To do that, I should +have to go to my lawyers." + +"Your word is security enough for me, sir. I couldn't have a better +wherever I went, and I've been meaning to go somewhere for the last +month or more. I'm a business man. I don't like having money doing +nothing. This would be a business deal for me, and at ten per cent a +good one. I say nothing about obliging you. It would give me great +pleasure to do it, but I should think it rather cheek to offer it on +that account." + +Under all the circumstances, known to Fred but unknown to Colonel +Eldridge, it was considerable cheek as it was. One of the circumstances +was that Fred hadn't got four hundred pounds lying idle, or even forty. +He wasn't that kind of man. + +"It's kind of you to say that," said Colonel Eldridge. "Let me think it +over for a moment." + +He sat upright in his chair, which was not a deep one like Fred's, and +looked into the empty grate, with no expression on his face that could +be interpreted. Fred's opinion of him lowered itself somewhat. What was +the good of keeping up this farce? Of course he would accept. He was +lucky to have such a chance offered him. And Fred was lucky to be able +to offer it, to Pamela's father. + +Colonel Eldridge turned his quiet direct eyes upon him. "It's a very +kind offer on your part," he said. "For which I'm grateful. But I don't +see my way to accepting it." + +Fred did not understand in the least, but knew somehow that it would be +waste of time to press his offer. + +"I'm sorry," he said. "But tell me how I can help you in any way." + +Again he looked away, considering. "I'm afraid," he said, with a little +wry smile at Fred, "that I hadn't thought it out very clearly. You knew +my poor Hugo. There's no one I can talk to about him quite plainly." + +Fred didn't understand the bearings of this either, but he recognized a +call upon his sympathy, to which he made haste to respond. His feelings +were cold towards the memory of Hugo; and he was stirred to no generous +impulse towards the man who had given him a glimpse of his loneliness +and come to him, of all people, to relieve it. But he had done well for +himself, with Pamela, in taking her father's side, and was being given +an opportunity of doing still better for himself with him. + +He said some nice things about Hugo in his boyhood, and laid stress upon +the sacrifice he had made, which had wiped out all his errors. Colonel +Eldridge accepted it all, but perhaps it wasn't quite what he wanted, +for lack of the feeling behind it, which, if it had been true, would +have brought balm to him. "Well, I don't want to throw his name into +discussion again," he said. "Perhaps I shall have to. I don't think I +could go to one of these people and bargain with him. I should make a +poor hand of it. And I wouldn't pay the preposterous terms that they +seem to demand when you do go to them. It wouldn't be right. I'd had +some idea that as you know about business, and all that, you might be +able to suggest something. But I hadn't thought of your offering to find +the money. I couldn't--" + +"I won't press it," said Fred. "What I could do would be to find +somebody who would advance it, on suitable terms. That wouldn't be +difficult. You might have to pay a bit more than ten per cent, but I +should try to get a loan for that, and I know I could get it for +twelve." + +He had absolved him from having angled for the offer he had made, and +thought that it had been refused because it did not consort with Colonel +Eldridge's dignity to accept a loan from him. He "knew about business, +and all that." He recognized the attitude of a man to whom all +transactions outside those of which he had personal knowledge were a +mystery known to the elect, of whom he was considered one. In face of +that child-like ignorance it would be easy enough to arrange this +affair. + +"I should consider myself lucky in getting a loan at twelve per cent, or +even more. Do you mean that you really could make it a purely business +transaction--get me an introduction, or something of that sort? I +appreciate your very kind offer, of course; but it couldn't be purely a +business transaction between you and me. Supposing I were to die, before +it was paid off--one has to think of that--the claim would come upon my +estate, and--well, you see it wouldn't do." + +Fred did see that, from Colonel Eldridge's point of view. It would be +necessary, but not difficult, to hide his tracks. "All you would owe to +me would be the recommendation," he said. "And I could put it through +more quickly and easily than you could yourself. If you'll say the word +I'll go up to-morrow and arrange it. I shall bring you down a paper to +sign, and then you can deal straight with the man I shall introduce the +business to. I shan't have anything more to do with it after that, and I +needn't say I shall keep my mouth shut about it." + +Colonel Eldridge showed his relief. "I didn't think you'd lift the +weight off my mind as readily as that," he said, smiling at Fred. "I'm +very deeply grateful to you. Poor Hugo! It's the last trouble we shall +have from him, I hope. It's odd, you know, that it doesn't make me love +the boy less. It's as if he'd come to me himself and asked me to get him +out of a mess. I should have wanted to keep it to myself then. I don't +mind telling you, as you've been so kind, that there was one trouble I +had to deal with that looked bad against him, and this last claim might +have turned out to have some connection with that. He had got in with a +wild lot--I dare say most of them are killed now, poor boys! It's right +to keep their faults to oneself, if it's possible. I'm glad I can settle +this matter promptly, and get it out of the way--thanks to you. I'm very +grateful to you, Fred." + +He shook hands with him, and Fred left him, feeling rather ashamed of +himself. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +PERSHORE CASTLE + + +What was Norman doing? He did not come to the Hall on that day, nor on +the next, and it was not until the third day that Pamela heard he had +gone away the afternoon before. The close intercourse between the Hall +and the Grange was lessening. Lady Eldridge had been left alone at the +Grange, and she had not proposed herself to dine at the Hall, or asked +any of them to keep her company. Pamela felt unhappy about it all. They +seemed to be drifting apart, and nobody was doing anything to prevent +it. If Fred was right about Norman, he was even acting in such a way as +to make the breach wider. She had decided to say something to him about +the inquiries he had been making, but he had kept away from her. That +was very unlike him, and it was not in the bargain he had made with her. +They two were to ignore the quarrel altogether, and be just as they had +been before. He was not ignoring the quarrel, but apparently taking a +hand in it, and he had gone away without a word to her, which she could +not remember his ever having done. Perhaps he was annoyed with her for +having admitted Fred into so much intimacy. Well, she had her own +reasons for that, and to stand aloof from her himself wasn't the way to +recommend his opinion to her. It was rather a relief to her that Fred +had also gone away for a couple of days, for she had not decided yet +what she should do with the information he had brought her, and she had +no inclination to discuss her course of action with him. + +She went over to the Grange in the morning to see her aunt. She still +had faith in her, and knew from her mother how troubled she was about +the estrangement. But she had not talked with her about it herself. She +thought she might, this morning, if she were given a chance. + +But Lady Eldridge did not give her a chance. She was in her pretty room, +busy with a water-colour drawing of flowers. She was pleased to see Pam, +and kept her to lunch with her. They played the piano together and sang, +and cut flowers from the garden and arranged them. It was just such a +quiet happy morning as Pam had often spent with her, except that it was +not very happy. There was the shadow over both of them. Pamela could see +that her aunt was sad about it, but also that she did not want it +mentioned. The terms they were on did not permit of her breaking through +the implied prohibition unless she had had a firmly fixed purpose in +doing so. But no purpose was yet fixed in her. + +She learnt that Norman was coming back the next day, bringing two +Cambridge friends with him, who were going to stay for a fortnight and +read hard; also that her uncle was not coming down for the week-end. It +was the third he had missed in a few weeks, and it was the time of year +when he generally stayed at Hayslope altogether. It looked as if he were +keeping away on purpose, and she thought that her aunt had mentioned +his not being expected as an intimation that nobody need stay away from +the Grange because of him. It was a sad pass for them to have come to, +and Pamela was not encouraged, as she walked home, by the thought that +her aunt seemed to accept it, though not without distress. + +The next day Colonel and Mrs. Eldridge, Pamela and Judith went over to +lunch at Pershore Castle. There was a niece staying in the house, for +whom the society of other young girls was desired. Pamela found her +uninteresting. She was just a niece--of the sort who is to be found in +most country houses, and unless deflected by matrimony develops in +course of time into a cousin, of the sort who is to be found in most +country houses. Some bright life was wanted for the benefit of the +niece, who was bright herself in a niece-like way, and indeed seemed to +possess all the attributes and attainments of a country-house niecehood. + +They lunched in a vaulted stone hall, decorated with armour and ancient +weapons, but Lord and Lady Crowborough, though both descended from +ancestors who might have worn the armour and wielded the weapons, made +it appear rather commonplace. Lord Crowborough was genial, and rather +heavily playful with the girls, and especially with the niece, who +responded to him in the way required, and Lady Crowborough, who had +begun by being stately, soon thawed into almost profuse friendship +towards Colonel Eldridge on her right and Judith on her left. Horsham +sat next to Judith, who was inclined to be silent. Pam was on the other +side of the table, next to the niece, and his eyes were frequently +attracted to her. He might possibly have told the niece how it was with +him, for she made efforts to include them both in conversation. But it +is more likely that, guided by some subtle instinct, she was, unknown to +herself, preparing for the years of cousinship ahead, when Horsham would +sit where his father sat now, and his wife, whoever she might be, would +invite her to pay long visits to them. + +She took Judith off somewhere after lunch, and left Pamela with Horsham. +This was not to Pamela's liking, but she soon discovered that it was to +his. She did not pay much attention to his conversation, feeling a +trifle drowsy after the half glass of Moselle which Lord Crowborough had +insisted upon her drinking, until she woke up to the fact that he was +endeavouring in a tentative and rather clumsy way to make love to her. +She was inclined to be flattered, because she had now made up her mind +that he liked Judith better than he liked her, though he might not be +fully aware of it yet himself. But she did not want to be made love to +for the moment, however tentatively. It was too hot, for one thing, and +even half a glass of Moselle induces a disinclination to mental effort +when your preference in fluids is for plain water. + +She staved off the pressure for a time by asking him exactly how far he +thought it was from Hayslope to Pershore, and expressing doubt at his +answer. If she had thought of it she would have asked him to fetch a +map, and he would have done so willingly and proved that he was right. +But he ended that discussion by saying: "Whatever the distance is, I +wish it was less. Then I should see you oftener." + +This was no longer tentative, though it might be lacking in finesse. It +was too much trouble to fence with it, only to have it pressed home. +"Oh, my dear old Jim," she said, "I don't want you to say that sort of +thing. Let's talk sensibly, if we must talk. But to tell you the truth, +I feel rather sleepy. Couldn't we both drop off for a few minutes? These +chairs are very comfortable." + +Horsham was sitting up in his. They were on a terrace edged with a +battlemented wall, from which there was a fine spreading view of the +country that this ancient castle had once dominated. Men at arms had +paced up and down the flags upon which the wicker chairs and tables were +now so invitingly displayed, and if a fair lady had ever been wooed +there by the inheritor of all the power and wealth that had been +represented by Pershore Castle, it would have been in very different +terms from those now being used by his descendant. + +Nevertheless, Lord Horsham possessed, in addition to his quite modern +tastes, habits and appearance, some sense, not to be confounded with +vanity, of the dignities he had inherited, or would inherit, and a +certain direct simplicity of purpose such as had probably had a good +deal to do with advancing his ancestors to the summit of their desires. +He passed over completely Pamela's very modern expression of humour, and +said: "I hadn't thought of saying anything to you now because it's just +a chance that we are here alone, and I don't know how much time there'll +be. But there's no sense in keeping back what's there, and I know my +own mind by this time. It's quite simple. You're the only girl I've ever +seen that I should like to marry--I don't mean yet; but is there any +chance of it?" + +This had been said, not altogether without intimations of nervousness, +but with a weight that forbade the response of raillery. Pamela +corrected herself, and replied: "I'm afraid not, Jim. I like you very +much indeed. I always have and I always shall; but I don't want to marry +you." + +"I suppose you mean that you don't love me." + +"Well--I suppose I do; at least not in that way." + +"I didn't think you did, you know," he said, not showing nervousness +now. "But don't you think it would come? I don't know much about how +these things work, because I've never gone about trying to fall in love, +as some fellows seem to do. But I did read in a book somewhere that +women often fell in love with men after they were married, though men +didn't." + +Pamela allowed herself some relaxation in her attitude of seriousness +and laughed. "I don't think it does to go by books in that sort of +thing," she said. "Aren't you making a mistake in your feelings about +me, Jim? I know you like me, and I'm very glad you do. I like you too. +But we don't seem to be exactly cut out for one another. Really, you get +on much better with Judith than you do with me. There's much more in +common between you." + +"Oh, I know what you think about me and Judith," he said, surprisingly. +"I do get on very well with Judith, but it isn't the same thing at all. +You've often sent me off with Judith when I've wanted to be with you, +and I've gone because I didn't want to worry you, before I'd said what +I've said just now, which I've been meaning to say for some time. It's +you I love, not Judith." + +This touched her a little. "I'm awfully grateful to you, Jim," she said. +"But I can't say what you want. And I'm still not sure that you really +do want it. Perhaps I ought not to say it--but we are such good friends, +aren't we? And as we've mentioned Judith--I'm sure _she_ has no idea of +such a thing, and of course she and I have never talked about you in +that way--I really do believe that you like her much better than you +think you do. She's a darling, and ever so much prettier than I am, and +much more suited to you too. If you could once get me out of your head!" + +He listened gravely, and seemed to be weighing what she said. "I've +never thought about Judith in that way at all," he said. "She's too +young for one thing." + +"Oh, yes," she said hurriedly, blushing a little. "Perhaps it's rather +horrid of me to talk of her like that. And of course I don't mean now. +You're quite young too--not old enough to want to be married yet." + +"I shouldn't _aim_ at getting married yet," he confessed, "in the +ordinary way, perhaps not for a few years. But there's no reason against +it. When I've left Oxford, which will be in another year, I shall be +settling down to work, and it has lately seemed to me that I could work +much better if I was married--to somebody I love, as I love you, who +would help me in everything I did." + +"Dear old Jim," she said affectionately. "Somehow, I think you've got +hold of the right idea of marriage. With the right girl you would be +happy, and I think you would make her happy too. But I'm sure _I'm_ not +the right girl for you. We'll go on being friends, though, all the +same." + +He heaved a sigh. "Well, I can see it's no good going on about it," he +said. "All the same, I shan't give up the idea. I suppose there's nobody +else you do want to marry, is there?" + +"No," she said shortly. + +"Well, then, I shall ask you again--when I've left Oxford, and am ready +to start. Until then, I shan't bother you--not at all, and I shall be +glad to go on being friends, as you say you will be. You won't tell +anyone what I've asked you, will you?" + +She hesitated. "I'd rather you didn't tell Norman," he said. "I like +Norman, and I don't mind his chaff a bit. But I'd rather not be chaffed +about this, because I feel seriously about it." + +"No, Jim, I won't," she said. "I won't tell anybody until you say that I +may." + +Lady Crowborough and Mrs. Eldridge had retired together after luncheon, +into an upstairs drawing-room, which had a still finer view of the +surrounding dappled country than the terrace below. + +Mrs. Eldridge was in a mood slightly mischievous. She had seen Lady +Crowborough thaw towards her husband, whom she had probably designed to +keep at arm's length. She had not yet thawed towards herself, and this +retirement to a room not often used, instead of to one with a more +intimate significance, seemed to mean that she would be treated with all +courtesy and consideration due to her, but not admitted to any +heart-felt intercourse. + +She talked politely, on the surface of things, and Lady Crowborough +responded in the same tone, and as if this was exactly what she wished. +She even appeared to be taking the stand of a great, but still affable, +lady towards a country neighbour of less exalted position, which Mrs. +Eldridge encouraged by due submission. But presently she seemed to be +getting uneasy at the absence of the intimacy that had existed for years +between her and this particular neighbour, and to be inviting a change +in the tone of the conversation. Mrs. Eldridge did not respond to the +invitation, but became rather more colourlessly polite than before. + +"I always think that you have such lovely views from here," she said, +looking out of the window. "We have beautiful views from some of our +windows at Hayslope--not all--and the Castle shows up so well from +there. But of course you can't live in it and have it to look at too." + +"No," Lady Crowborough agreed, and added with a smile, as of one who was +saying something rather clever: "Sometimes I wish we had it to look at +instead of to live in. There seems no end to the expenses of living in a +house as large as this, even when you live as simply as we do. +_Everything_ has gone up since the war. _Everything._ Don't you find it +so?" + +"Yes," said Mrs. Eldridge. "In our small way we do." + +"Even clothes," said Lady Crowborough. "I'm really glad not to be in +London so much as we used to be. In the country one can wear old +clothes, and it doesn't matter." + +"It wouldn't matter, of course, what _you_ wore," said Mrs. Eldridge, +and wished Pamela had been there to hear the way she said it. "In our +position we have to be more careful. I find it difficult to dress myself +and the girls nicely without spending too much on it." + +"Oh, but you always look so _beautifully_ dressed," said Lady +Crowborough. "And as for girls, I was only thinking at lunch how +perfectly charming they looked. They really are the _sweetest_ looking +girls, both of them; and so clever and taking too. Of course I always +admired them as little girls; but pretty little girls don't always grow +up so pretty. Both Pamela and Judith have. I'm not sure that Judith +won't be even prettier than Pamela by and by." + +"Yes, I think they are pretty, both of them," said Mrs. Eldridge +judicially. "And they are looking their best to-day. Excitement always +improves young girls, and they have been so looking forward to coming +here, ever since we had your kind note." + +Her artistic sense reproached her for having gone perhaps a trifle too +far, but Lady Crowborough by now was extremely anxious to cast away the +tiresome impediments of reserve. "Oh, you must bring them over more +often," she said, "especially now we have my niece staying with us. I +was saying to my husband only yesterday, we don't see _half_ enough of +the Eldridges, and we've always been such close friends. There was a +little trouble, I know, between my husband and yours, but that's all +over now, and it never affected us, did it? Couldn't we arrange a little +picnic together somewhere--just ourselves and your children? I should +like Patricia to know Alice and Isabelle. They're not so pretty as +Pamela and Judith, but they _are_ pretty, and they're such clever and +amusing children. I often wish I had a daughter of my own. I think +you're lucky in having four of them." + +Mrs. Eldridge allowed herself to relax. "Four daughters are rather a +responsibility in these days," she said. "We couldn't do without one of +ours, even Alice and Isabelle, who are perfectly hideous, but darlings +all the same. Still, it's far less anxiety to have an only son, as you +have; especially when he's so well-behaved, as Horsham." + +Lady Crowborough felt the change of atmosphere, and all her responsive +petals unfolded to it. "I don't mind saying to such an old friend as +you," she said confidentially, "that we were a little afraid of +Horsham's becoming rather wild at one time. But that's all over. He is +taking life quite seriously now, though I'm glad to say that it doesn't +prevent his being bright and gay in a way that a young man ought to be." + +"Oh, no!" exclaimed Mrs. Eldridge, and again wished that Pamela were +there to hear her--or if not Pamela, _somebody_ who could appreciate +her. + +"I should like Horsham to marry early and settle down," said Lady +Crowborough. "I don't approve of very early marriages as a rule, but in +his case I think it would turn out well." + +"I'm sure he would make a good husband," said Mrs. Eldridge. "His wife +would never have a moment's anxiety about him." + +"No, I don't think she would. And do you know, dear Mrs. Eldridge, I've +a fancy in my head that he is thinking about it already." + +"Really? That's very interesting. Is it your niece? She seems a very +nice girl." + +"Oh, no. Patricia and he get on very well together, but there's never +likely to be anything of that sort between them. Patricia is going in +for music; she has a very pretty little voice--you must hear her +sing--and though she _needn't_ do anything, you never know with a girl, +in these days. No, it isn't Patricia, dear. I wonder you haven't seen +something yourself; you must look much nearer home." + +"One of _my_ girls?" she laughed, naturally. "Which one?" she asked. + +"Why, Pamela, of course. Judith is hardly grown up yet." + +"And Alice and Isabelle are too ugly, besides being still less grown up. +Well, he does like coming over to us, and we're always very pleased to +see him. But really, I don't think it has got as far as that yet. If it +had I shouldn't have asked which of the girls you suspected. He seems to +like them both equally--all four equally, I might almost say. If it +_were_ Pamela, should you think she was quite good enough for him?" + +The artistic conscience approved of this question, as carrying over the +earlier tone of the conversation into the later. But Lady Crowborough +had quite done with that earlier tone. "Oh, my dear!" she said in +expostulation. "We're not _worldly_. You ought to know us better than +that by this time. Besides, Pamela might marry anybody. _You're_ not +worldly either, I'm sure; but you would expect her to make what is +called a good match, I should think. Besides--_your_ daughter!" + +Mrs. Eldridge forgave her everything. "It would be rather nice," she +said. "I shall hate to lose Pam. It seems such a little time ago that +she was a tiny child. I suppose she's a little more to me than the +others, because she was the first girl. Still, I've got to lose her some +time or other, and I should love it if she didn't go _very_ far away. At +the same time, you know, I don't think it's going to happen." + +Lady Crowborough looked disappointed. She had always shown herself very +much taken with Pamela, since her babyhood, and Mrs. Eldridge had known, +all the time she was amusing herself with her attempted stand-offishness +towards herself, that she had only to mention Pamela's name to turn it +into entire friendliness. "I _should_ like it," she said. "And I suppose +neither you nor Colonel Eldridge would object, would you?" + +"No, of course we shouldn't. One has to think of the sort of marriage +one's daughters are likely to make, and we couldn't expect a more +satisfactory one, for any of our girls." + +"Well, there is the position, of course," said Lady Crowborough, with a +slight return to her great lady manner. "But nobody would fill it better +than Pamela--as a _young_ wife, I mean." + +A glint appeared in Mrs. Eldridge's eyes. "You would be able to teach +her what she didn't know," she said. + +"Oh, yes. There's nothing so very difficult about it, if you're of the +right sort of birth to begin with. Well, there's no hurry. They're both +quite young still. But I _should_ like it to happen, I must say; and I'm +quite glad we've had a little talk about it. There'd be no harm in +trying to help it on, would there? If you and I are agreed, we might do +something, of course without showing our hands, you know." + +"Yes; you said something about a picnic just now." + +All Lady Crowborough's petals expanded to their utmost. "Ah!" she +exclaimed ecstatically. "A picnic. Now do let us arrange a picnic!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +A SUMMER AFTERNOON + + +Lord Crowborough and Colonel Eldridge had retired for their +after-luncheon cigars to another lower terrace overlooking the garden +slopes. Lord Crowborough felt it necessary to say something about Sir +William's elevation to the Order which he himself adorned, but was not +quite sure how his friend would take it. Vague rumours of a dispute had +reached Pershore Castle, though nothing was known there as to the +grounds of it. Perhaps Edmund Eldridge objected to his brother being +elevated above himself. His prejudices were not always reasonable. + +"I'm sure William will be very useful to us," said Lord Crowborough, +expansively. "He's made an extraordinary success of everything he has +done so far. A very capable fellow, William! We've plenty of room for +men like him. A man of family too! So many of the people they send to us +don't know who their grandfathers were." + +"Or else they do know, and keep it dark." + +Lord Crowborough laughed appreciatively. "That's very good," he said. +"Very good indeed! I must remember that. Or else they do know, and keep +it dark. Yes, you've just about hit it. There was a fellow I met a short +time ago--I forget his name, which I'd never heard of, or what he called +himself--impossible to keep all these new titles in your head--but he +told me himself that his grandfather had served behind the counter of a +grocer's shop. Well, _he_ didn't keep it dark, to do him justice, and I +think they'd only made him a baronet, now I come to think of it, and not +a peer. But 'pon my word with half of 'em it's just paying down money, +and up they go. Hardly any pretence of having _done_ anything to deserve +it. Of course William _has_ made himself useful. Nothing to complain of +there." + +"They wanted him either in the Lords or the Commons, as I understand. +There's no question of _his_ buying a title." + +"Eh? Oh, no! Besides, such things aren't done. Nobody really _buys_ a +title. There's always _some_ reason for it. With him there's a good +one." + +"Yes, but-- People aren't saying that he has paid money for it, are +they?" + +"Eh? Oh, I dare say he made a handsome subscription to Party funds, you +know. He can afford it. He's a rich fellow, William. _That_ wouldn't be +buying his title." + +"It wouldn't be far off. Is it the general opinion that he has done +that?" + +"General opinion? My dear fellow, what does general opinion matter? If +he's told you definitely that he hasn't--!" + +"Oh, he hasn't told me anything about it. I haven't seen him for a +month." + +"Eh? I'm sorry to hear that, Edmund. I did hear something about you +having fallen out. I hope it's nothing serious. You've always been such +good friends, you and William. You're not annoyed about his peerage, +are you?" + +"No. Why should I be annoyed about it? I should be if I thought he'd +bought it--directly or indirectly--as you seem to hint. But I don't +think he would do that." + +"Eh? No, I dare say not. I don't know anything about it. What are you +going to do about shooting this year? You haven't preserved at all since +the war, have you?" + +"No. William wanted to. We've run the shooting together for some years, +you know. He was ready to pay to get it all going again, but I didn't +care about that, and I can't afford to pay my share now. There'll be +enough birds for a few days now and then, which is all I want." + +"Ah, then I suppose that's why William is going off to Suffolk." + +"Going off to Suffolk?" + +"You didn't know? I thought perhaps that might have had something to do +with your falling out with him--cutting himself loose from Hayslope, now +that he's more interested in it--or ought to be." + +"What we've fallen out about is-- But I don't want to go into it; it's a +private affair. I've told you that I haven't seen him for weeks, and he +hasn't been here as much as usual. I don't know anything about his +movements." + +"Well, it came to me in rather a roundabout way, though as it happens I +can vouch for it as far as it goes. I don't know whether I'm letting out +any secrets; but a man I dined with at Brooks's the other night, +talking about how the old estates were getting into the hands of--I +mean, he happened to mention a place in Suffolk that belonged to a +relation of his, and I understood that William was in negotiation for +it. Of course I said I knew him, and he'd be all right as a neighbour; +but I said that he had a place here, and a property coming to him by and +by, and I was surprised to hear that he was thinking of buying another +one. However, he assured me that it was so, but perhaps he was mistaken. +He certainly said that William had been down to see the place, because +his cousin had told him so. Nevill Goring it was--no harm in mentioning +his name. I can't remember who he said his cousin was, or the name of +the place, though he did mention them both, and I understood him to say +it was practically fixed up. You see William is _known_. People talk +about him now, and if he does anything it's known about; often gets into +the papers too." + +"Yes, I suppose so. It's difficult to believe all the same, because he +would hardly buy a big place without consulting his wife, and she's been +down here for the last two or three weeks, without going away. We've +seen her constantly, and she's never mentioned such a thing." + +"Oh, you still see her?" + +"Yes. There's no quarrel with her! There'd be no quarrel with William if +he were what he used to be. However, I don't want to talk about it. +He'll go his own way, I suppose. If it's really true that he's thinking +of buying another place, I suppose his way and mine will diverge more +than ever." + +"Well now, my dear Edmund, can't I do something about it? You're both +friends of mine. You're more my friend than William is, but still you're +both friends, of very long standing. I don't _like_ to see you at +loggerheads, and I don't see any reason for it. Besides, it's an +exceptionally bad thing in this case, because there's your property, +very much reduced now I'm sure, like everybody's property, and there's +William with a great deal of money--really a _great_ deal of money he +must have made, or he wouldn't have been able to--well, he wouldn't be +able to buy another big landed property, as apparently he's thinking of +doing. You _ought_ to be working in together, you two, not drifting +apart like this." + +"Yes; I know." He spoke rather sadly. "But as for William's money, I'm +sick of his money, Crowborough. It seems to stand for everything. What +we've actually quarrelled about is a very small thing. I know that, and +I'm not going over it with you. No, you can't do anything; thank you, +all the same. It began by William using his money in what I thought was +an unjustifiable way. All the way through, at Hayslope, there am I +adjusting things to the new conditions, as all landowners must nowadays, +spending my life there, and doing more work than I've ever had to do for +myself; and there's William just coming down now and then, and +complicating everything with his money, throwing labour out of gear, not +even consulting me in matters where I ought to be consulted, doing just +what he pleases. He gets a peerage, and you tell me that the general +idea is that _that's_ owing to his money. He's quarrelled with me, so +Hayslope isn't agreeable to him any longer, I suppose, and he's got +enough money to go and buy another big place, just to get away from it, +though it will all be his some day. His money has altered William +entirely. Now he's Lord Eldridge, and I'm just a nobody of a poor +country gentleman, hard hit by the war. I don't mind that--not for +myself, though I do for my wife and children; but you'd think he +wouldn't want to be always ramming it down my throat--his elder brother, +and the head of his family, in spite of his new peerage. If I were +content to sit down and take his charity, I dare say we should get on +very well together. I don't know how much money he has, but I dare say +he could make me perfectly comfortable at Hayslope without feeling it. +But I'm not taking his charity, or his patronage either. It isn't in me +to do it, not even for the sake of my family, and I'd swallow a good +deal for them to have what they ought to have." + +Lord Crowborough's face had become serious during this speech. "Well, I +see how it is, Edmund," he said. "I see very plainly how it is; because +I've always felt about William--though I've never said so--that with all +his generosity--and I think there's no doubt he's a generous man; in +fact I know he is--he's not quite--how shall I put it?--one of our sort. +I don't know why, I'm sure, because he is by birth, and upbringing too. +I suppose he's what they call a throwback. The fact is I don't think he +could have made all that money, and still be making it, I suppose, if he +weren't different--different altogether. The money-makers are a type +apart, and they may make him a peer, and he may be a big +landowner--anything you please--but the more he gets with that swim the +more he resembles their type. That's what you're up against, at the +bottom of it all, quarrel or no quarrel; and of course you're not at +home with that type. But now, when you've said that, can't you make +allowances? After all, he's your brother, and you've been good friends +all your lives. Let me have a talk to William. Let me tell him that +_you_ don't want to quarrel, and--" + +"Oh, you can do that if you like. I've no objection. But you've put it +very plainly. He's approximating more and more to type. There's not much +chance, I think, of our hitting it off again, as we used to. I stand +where I did, and he's altered. Still, I agree that there's no need to +quarrel with a man just because he isn't one's own sort. If you can get +it on to those lines there may be a way out. I did stipulate that he +should do something that I think he ought to have done of his own +accord. He would have done it without question a year or two ago. But I +don't care whether he does it or not now. It's gone beyond that. I shall +never think of him again as I used to because he's not the same man. But +there's no reason why we should live at daggers drawn--especially if +he's going to withdraw from Hayslope. That's about the last straw. But +I'm not going to make a fuss about it, or about anything else that he +does. He can go his way, and I'll go mine. We're better apart now." + +"If you feel like that about him--! Well, I'll see him and talk to him. +I don't think it's quite as bad as you think, Edmund. The fact is he's +made a big position for himself in the world, and--" + +"Oh, yes, I know all that. So does he. That's the root of the trouble." + +The conversation was broken at that point by the incursion of several +young people whose activities and sociabilities for the afternoon would +radiate from this garden terrace. Norman Eldridge was among them, and +with him were the two young men whom he had invited to Hayslope. These +he had already presented to Pamela, and they were now on either side of +her, while Horsham thus dispossessed, was making himself agreeable to +other guests. + +The hot afternoon wore on to the coolness of evening. There was +perpetual activity of white-clad youthful figures on the tennis courts; +some inspection--mostly in couples--of the ancient Castle, which stood +massive and grim overlooking the gay expanse of garden that surrounded +it, and as if it would never quite adapt itself to its present peaceful +and defenceless state; appreciation of garden beauties--also mostly in +couples; general conversation from groups overlooking the courts; play +of teacups on the terrace; and a general atmosphere of untroubled +youthful enjoyment, tampered by the less vociferous contentment of the +elders who watched or took some share in it. + +But youth is seldom altogether untroubled, even when in the mass it +appears most delightfully free from care. Pamela, for instance, might +have forgotten, for the happy afternoon, the cloud that hung over her +home, as her parents whom it most concerned seemed to be doing; the +experience of a first proposal had not greatly affected her, though +probably when she came to think it over alone it would seem more +important than it did now. But she was unhappy about Norman. + +Was he avoiding her? The idea came to her in the course of the +afternoon, and grew. She was not entirely guiltless of a wish to avoid +him, at first, or at least to appear to be doing so. She was not quite +pleased with him, but her displeasure would melt if he sought her out, +as he might be expected to do, and proved to her that she had nothing +over which to disturb herself. He had more than one opportunity of +securing a word or two with her apart. Almost invariably he had done so +on such occasions as this, if only to share with her some laughing +appreciation of the company in which they found themselves. He had +produced for her inspection the first instalment of his promised supply +of young men; the grin with which he had introduced them to her had +shown that their conversation on that subject was in his mind, and he +must have wanted to hear her observations, and to make some of his own. +She was quite ready to oblige him, as a stepping-stone to an exchange of +views upon a subject more serious, for her slight resentment against him +soon disappeared in face of his evident wish to maintain the usual +friendly relations. He did accompany her and one of his friends, who had +expressed a desire to see the Castle--in Pamela's company--on a round of +inspection, and was quite friendly and amusing. But when she was ready +to make it easy for him to talk to her alone, he did not give her the +opportunity, and by and by she became sure that he did not want to talk +to her alone. Then she retired into her shell, and showed him that she +was displeased with him. He didn't seem to mind that either, and +pretended not to notice it. He did his best to make her laugh, and it +was unfortunate that once at least he succeeded. This made her angry +with herself, and she withdrew from the group which Norman was so +successful in entertaining. One of his friends--the one who had +inspected the Castle with them--withdrew with her, but he found that the +wind had changed and the sun of her amiability no longer shone on him. +She detached herself and went straight up to where Fred Comfrey was +engaged in conversation with the Pershore niece, and presently Norman +had the felicity of seeing her walk off with him towards the retirement +of groves unseen. Though carefully refraining from a look in his +direction, she was fully aware of the annoyance he immediately showed, +and was glad of it. + +When she had got Fred alone she was inclined to be annoyed with herself +for having been forced to that means of asserting herself, and wished +she had chosen Horsham for a tête-à-tête. Her feelings were warm towards +Horsham, who had behaved well under his rejection, and she had seen him +eyeing her rather wistfully as she and Fred had passed him. Still, +Norman would not have disliked that as much as this; and this needn't +last long. Fred did not appear to such advantage here as at home at +Hayslope, where his status was well understood and need not be taken +into account. He did not seem to belong of right to the company +assembled. He had, in fact, bicycled over to Pershore Rectory, with the +faint hope that the Rector's daughters, whom he knew slightly, might be +going to the Castle, where he knew that Pamela was to spend the +afternoon, and would take him with them. His hopes had been fulfilled. +The Rector's daughters were "getting on," and could neither send away a +young man reported to be eligible on the plea of an engagement, or give +up their afternoon's pleasure. But he was inclined to wish that his plan +had not succeeded. He had been quite well received, but he was not in +flannels and could not play tennis; so that he never merged with the +rest, and there was a sort of air of apology about him which did not +show him up to advantage. He had never been to Pershore Castle before, +and was apologetic about that, to Pamela, explaining rather anxiously +exactly how he came to be there, and giving her the very impression +which his explanations were intended to remove--that he had got himself +in there on her account. This did not please her at all; nor did his way +of taking her invitation to a stroll apart. She divined a difference in +his attitude towards her, though there was nothing in his speech at +which she could take offence. Her invitation was made to appear a +special mark of favour, and yet one to which he seemed to think he had +some right. For the first time in her intercourse with him she was +forced to take into account his admiration of her, which she had +hitherto been able to set aside. + +She asked him, rather shortly, what it was that her father had talked to +him about, for she had not seen him since that afternoon. To her +surprise he said that it had nothing to do with the quarrel, and gave +her to understand that there were subjects which men discussed between +themselves and kept to themselves. He said this in a half-jocular +manner, not in the best of taste, and she had an uneasy suspicion that +she herself might have been the subject of their conversation, but +immediately rejected it. Fred seemed, anyhow, to be less in awe of her +father than he had shown himself until now, and she did not like that, +for she thought that deference was due from him. She was in fact, coming +very quickly round to Norman's stated opinion of Fred--that he might +have made a success of his job, whatever it was, and done well in the +war, but he was an outsider all the same. She had labelled this view as +snobbery, and Norman had said: "All right, then, I'm a snob. Let's leave +it at that." + +Perhaps Fred, not responsive to fine shades, but sharpened by his +feeling for her, and under the uneasy influence of a false shame at +being where he was, divined that he was losing ground in her estimation, +for he suddenly plumped out; "Well, this is the last of holidays for me. +I'm off to London to get into harness again." + +That changed the current of her thoughts about him. As a bold adventurer +on the sea of life he was worthy of respect, and good wishes. She gave +him her good wishes, and he stoically refrained from asking anything +else of her, though he would have given a good deal for some word of +regret that he was leaving so soon, or of desire for his return. Still, +she was charmingly friendly again, and he took leave of her, and very +soon afterwards of Pershore Castle, thinking that his appearance there +had not turned out so badly after all. He had actually made no plans to +go to London, or anywhere else, in the immediate future; his +announcement of departure had been an inspiration of the moment. He +would never get any further with her, hanging about Hayslope. Her tone +towards him had shown him that plainly. He was a fool to have counted a +little upon that surprising and gratifying invitation of hers to a few +minutes of intimacy in the middle of a crowd, and to have tried to +advance himself a step. And yet-- What had it meant but that she was +beginning to want him--a little, sometimes--as he wanted her, always. +She might not know it, and she had certainly not seemed to want him very +much when she had got him apart; but the stirring of her heart towards +him, surely it had begun! He would go away, as soon as possible, and +plunge into work, and every now and then, at intervals not too close, he +would come back, and tell her of what he had been doing. She would miss +him. Would she miss him? He hoped so; he thought so. He was not an +altogether unhappy young man as he pedalled himself back to Hayslope. + +But he had left behind him an unhappy young woman. Norman was furious +with Pamela now, wouldn't look at her, much less speak to her. And she +was without the conviction to uphold her that she had done right. Her +eyes had been opened. She was ashamed of herself for having given Fred +that mark of confidence. Norman was right. He wasn't of their sort, and +it didn't do to go outside the pale for your friends. Neither of those +young men whom Norman had introduced to her would have made her feel +uncomfortable, as Fred had, if she had given them an ordinary mark of +friendship. Pamela had burnt her fingers, for she had wanted Norman to +take her invitation to Fred as rather more than an ordinary mark of +friendship. He had done so, and she was not pleased with herself, nor +with him, nor with Fred. But of course she wasn't going to show him +that. She took no more notice of him for the rest of the afternoon than +he did of her, but she made herself particularly agreeable to the more +coming-on of his two friends. But this wasn't a great success either, +for the friend told Norman that evening, with the attractive candour of +a friend, that he thought his cousin was a peach, but somewhat hectic in +her mirth, which was exactly what Pamela wasn't as a general rule. + +Horsham happened to be in Judith's company when Pamela went away with +Fred. He found Judith's company soothing after the laceration of spirit +he had lately undergone. He had conscientiously examined himself upon +Pamela's statement to him about Judith, trying to look at her with the +eyes that had been attributed to him, just to see if there was anything +in it, as yet unknown to himself. Certainly she was a very pretty girl, +and now he came to look at her more closely not really a child any +longer. It would not be at all surprising if some fellow fell in love +with her, pretty soon. But she did not arouse in him the feelings that +Pamela did. She was a delightful companion, and as a sister, if he ever +had the luck to marry Pamela, she would be very dear to him--he felt +sure of that. Yes, in a way he really loved her already, but not in that +way at all. He was sure of that also, and being sure of it allowed +himself to take his usual pleasure in her society, honest fellow that he +was, without any misgivings of danger. + +"I say," he said, "I don't much care for that fellow Comfrey. Pamela +doesn't like him particularly, does she?" + +"I don't know," said Judith. "I don't." + +"You don't? Why?" + +"I don't know why," said Judith, "but I don't," which was a thoroughly +Judithian speech. + +"Strikes me as rather a pushing sort of fellow," said Horsham. "I +shouldn't have thought Pamela would have taken up with a fellow like +that." + +"How high is that tower?" asked Judith. They were sitting on the lawn in +view of the Castle, looming above them. + +Horsham told her. She seemed really to want to know. He thought rather +sadly that Pamela had not really wanted to know how far it was from +Hayslope to Pershore. Judith was sometimes more interesting to talk to +than Pamela, or at least she was sometimes more easy to talk to. But +perhaps that was because she was not so clever as Pamela. He knew _he_ +wasn't. But he had a good brain and was improving it all the time. He +told Judith something about the course of study he was pursuing at +Oxford, but she was disappointing about that. "I hate learning things," +she said; "at least I hate sitting down to learn something. I like +finding things out for myself." + +"Well; that's the only way of finding them out, isn't it?--real stiff +things, I mean." + +"I don't know. Perhaps it is. When did Napoleon die?" + +Such a question from Pamela might have made Horsham suspect that he was +being chaffed. But Judith didn't chaff him in that way. He was obliged +to confess that he was uncertain of the exact date, but would look it up +for her if she wanted to know. + +"I don't want to know the exact date," she said. "But the Battle of +Waterloo was in 1815, and I suppose he was getting on then. I didn't +know till the other day that his wife was still alive." + +"His wife!" + +"Well, widow, then. The Empress Eugènie was the wife of Napoleon, and +she's alive still, and lives in England." + +Horsham did not laugh, or even smile at her. He felt a little shocked, +but would not have let her see it for anything. "Oh, she's the wife of +Napoleon the Third," he said. "The Napoleon we defeated at Waterloo was +Napoleon the First, you know." + +"Oh, I see," said Judith hurriedly. "Yes; of course, I ought to have +known that. I'm glad I asked you, and not anybody else." + +This little episode remained in Horsham's memory. He was rather +surprised that Judith's astonishing ignorance did not affect him more +disagreeably. But of course a young girl might very well be ignorant of +the course of modern history. He himself had not known the date of the +great Napoleon's death until he had looked it up afterwards. Her mistake +had had the contrary effect of making him feel rather tender towards +her. He quite understood that she was ashamed of it, and would have +hated to be laughed at because of it. She had known he wouldn't laugh at +her. That was rather touching. It was pleasant to be understood, and +trusted, in that way. Dear little Judith! If only Pamela would trust him +like that! Perhaps she would some day. He loved her very much, and that +must surely have some weight with her in time. They were a wonderful +pair, she and Judith. It wasn't often you found two girls, quite +different, as charming as those two. Oh, Pamela was worth waiting and +hoping for. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +APPROACHES + + +Lady Eldridge came over to the Hall the next morning. Mrs. Eldridge +received her with bright amiability. On the surface they were friends as +before, but the desire for one another's company was less. They had not +quarrelled and would not quarrel, but each of them knew now that the +other had espoused the quarrel, and that it was beyond their powers to +end it. + +Lady Eldridge had brought news. William had taken a shooting in Suffolk, +and she was going to join him there immediately, to get ready for their +first party, to which, however, she had brought no invitation. "It has +all been rather sudden," she said with a smile. "But William is like +that. It is very good partridge country. He heard that the shoot was to +be let, and ran down to see about it. It seemed to be just what he +wanted, so he closed with them at once." + +"Lord Crowborough told Edmund yesterday that he was buying a place in +Suffolk," said Mrs. Eldridge. "Well, my dear, it will be dreadful to +lose you, but under the circumstances at present I'm afraid we shouldn't +get much pleasure out of one another here. Perhaps it's the best thing. +Are you going to move your furniture there?" + +"But William hasn't bought the place," said Lady Eldridge. "It is +extraordinary what tales get about. He has only taken it for the +season, furnished, of course. It's a very nice house, and his idea is +that we shall go there this winter when we are not in London. But there +is no idea of our giving up the Grange. I hope we shall be here next +summer, and that everything will be happy again between us." + +"I hope it will be," said Mrs. Eldridge with a sigh; "and I wish we +didn't have to wait until next summer for it. Little things always seem +to be happening to put us farther apart, and nothing ever happens to +bring us closer together." + +"There is one little thing that may help. William is sending Coombe up +to Eylsham. A head gardener is wanted there, and he has got him the +place. He won't come back here, even when our tenancy there ends." + +So there was that trouble removed, but too late for it to have much +effect. Colonel Eldridge, when he heard of it, expressed a modified +satisfaction. "I'm glad to get the fellow out of the place," he said, +"though I think the mischief he may have done is at an end. People here +have taken his measure, and he doesn't seem to have turned anybody +against me. It has happened to suit William to clear him out of here; if +he had meant to satisfy me by doing it he'd have done it in a different +way." + +He expressed some doubt, also, as to whether Lord Crowborough's story +wasn't true after all. "Eleanor hasn't seen him for a fortnight or +more," he said. "She only knows what he has written to her. We know that +the place _is_ on the market. Very likely he has taken it for a time to +see how it suits him; and if it does he will buy it. He hasn't told +Eleanor that yet. I don't know that I've any reason to complain about +it, if it is so. I suppose he wants landed property to support his new +title, and he wouldn't be content to wait for Hayslope. My life is +pretty well as good as his. At any rate there's no definite point in +dispute left now between us. There's no need for him to turn his back on +me any longer." + +"Wouldn't he expect you to take the first step towards a reconciliation +now?" + +"I dare say he would. But I'm not going to do it. What grounds should I +have to go on? There aren't any. At the same time, if _he_ puts out any +feelers, I shan't reject them. For one thing it is getting very tiresome +to have to arrange things that he and I are both concerned in through +lawyers, and absurdly expensive, too. Of course that doesn't matter to +him, but every penny matters to me now. There are all sorts of little +points that a few words between us would settle, and I've got to make a +formal business of correspondence with all of them. If he no longer has +any feeling for me as a brother, there's no reason for him to treat me +as an enemy." + +He had not mentioned to his wife that Lord Crowborough was going to try +to put matters straight between him and his brother, but it was very +much in his mind. He was beginning to have an uneasy feeling that if he +had held himself a little less stiffly no estrangement need have +occurred. He had been right, he thought, in every point of their +dispute, and his brother wrong, but looking back upon it all there was +nothing that should have led to an actual state of enmity between them. +The results of that state were pressing hardly upon him. There was a +great deal of business in connection with the estate to which William +was now the next heir that had been made easy by their meeting so often +and being so of accord in what should be done. It had to be recognized +too that, in spite of his determination to carry out his own obligations +to the full, William had done much to grease the wheels. If he had never +allowed him to pay money that was not actually due from him, a +considerable saving had been made in his own expenditure by William's +ready, open-handed ways. He was not sure, either, that William had not +actually paid a good deal here and there that was not strictly due from +him. He seemed to have been clever in getting over objections on his +part, and making it all appear natural and business-like. You might say +what you pleased about money not mattering much to him, and about his +taking a pride in playing the bountiful; but it would be ungracious to +look upon that side only, and to ignore the undoubted generosity of his +dealings, and especially the impulse to cover it up. It was that +generosity which Colonel Eldridge was missing now, even more than the +tangible results of it, though the lack of them was making his days dark +and anxious. In fact, he was beginning to miss William, though he had +given Lord Crowborough to understand that he could do very well without +him for the future. + +Lord Crowborough lost no time in putting his good intention to the +proof. He was seriously disturbed at the state of things revealed to him +by his old friend. He had not thought that the quarrel had gone nearly +so far nor so deep. In talking it over with Lady Crowborough, he +expressed himself doubtful about being able to do much to mend matters. +"William has put Edmund's back up," he said, "and I'm not altogether +surprised at it. Still, Edmund is ready to make friends if William gives +him a chance. At least, he is quite willing to meet him again; and if +they come together I expect they _will_ make friends." + +"I think it is all very absurd," said Lady Crowborough. "I feel quite +sure that Colonel Eldridge is in the wrong from beginning to end, and I +very nearly told him so this afternoon." + +"But, my dear, you didn't know anything about it this afternoon." + +"Oh, yes, I did. I knew there was something amiss. It was as much as I +could do to be civil to Colonel Eldridge; he is so obstinate and +wrong-headed. She backs him up, too, though she pretends to be all +sweetness and reasonableness. I'm sorry for her though, for I'm afraid +they have very little money now, and are going through a bad time. I was +a good deal more friendly to her this afternoon than I felt like, +because of that; and I must keep in with her because of Pamela." + +"Why because of Pamela?" + +"Well, I hadn't meant to say anything to you yet, but I don't seem to be +able to keep anything to myself. Jim is in love with Pamela. She's a +very sweet girl, though her parents are rather tiresome. I don't see +any reason to object. Jim might marry somebody of higher rank or with +more money, but we're not worldly, as I told Mrs. Eldridge, and if he +has set his heart on Pamela I'm not sorry for it." + +"You told Mrs. Eldridge? You talked that over together?" + +"Well, and why not? Of course _she_ would like it. As she said, with +four daughters and two of them grown up, it was time to think about +marriage for them." + +"Did she really say that?" + +"Not in so many words, perhaps, but that was what she meant. You +wouldn't object to Jim marrying Pamela, would you?" + +"No, I shouldn't object," said Lord Crowborough, after a pause of +consideration. "I think I should be rather glad. Pamela is a very +charming girl. But I doubt if there's anything in it all the same. I +happened to notice that Jim wasn't much with her this afternoon. He was +much more with little Judith, and they seemed to be getting on +extraordinarily well together. Oddly enough, it did cross my mind that +something might come out of that by and by." + +"It's curious you should say so, because that is what Mrs. Eldridge +seemed to be hinting at. She never says anything straight out. However, +we shall see. She was very anxious that we should get up a picnic. I +think her idea was to help matters on, though she wouldn't have +acknowledged that. I shouldn't have taken to the suggestion if I had +seen any reason why matters shouldn't be helped on. I should be rather +disappointed if it is Judith and not Pamela. But we shall see. I shall +let Mrs. Eldridge have her picnic, and we shall see what comes of it. +Then we shall know what to do." + +Lord Crowborough met Lord Eldridge in London by appointment. He went up +for the day, on purpose to do so. It was a little unfortunate that Lord +Eldridge's engagements prevented his accepting an invitation to lunch, +for a more leisured conversation in a mellower atmosphere than that of +his office in the City might have led to more satisfactory results. + +For the mission was a failure. "I shan't take any further steps," said +Lord Eldridge; firmly. "It's very kind of you to want to bring us +together again, and as far as I'm concerned I'm not going to keep up a +feud. You can tell Edmund that, if you like. But it's he who has created +the feud, and if he wants it ended it's for him to make the advance. +I've done every mortal thing that he has wanted me to do, unreasonable +as well as reasonable, and it has been of no use. There's nothing more +left for me to do." + +"Well, there was something--he didn't tell me what it was--that he +thought you might have done. But he said he didn't mind now whether you +did it or not." + +"Yes, exactly. That's how it goes all the time. I don't wonder he didn't +tell you what it was. _I_ don't mind telling you. I was to dismiss my +head gardener, out of hand, at a word from him. I didn't see any reason +to do it, when I had looked into the complaint, which I did do. But I +have taken the man away from Hayslope, and got him another job, solely +and entirely to remove that cause of complaint. And now I'm told he +doesn't mind whether I do it or not. Why, he made it the final cause of +the split between us! He wouldn't come to my house again as long as that +man was there. I haven't seen him since, and really, Crowborough, I +don't want to see him. I don't know what has come over him, but there's +nothing one can do to placate him. I'm not going to take any more +trouble about it." He turned sharply round in his chair. "What the devil +_is_ it that he complains of?" he asked in a tone of strong irritation. +"I'm just what I've always been to him. We've always got on well +together up till now." + +"Well, he says that you're _not_ just the same," said Lord Crowborough, +with weighty insistence. "And I'm not sure that you are, you know, +William. Of course you've got a deal more money than most of us, and +that seems to be complicating things at Hayslope." + +"Complicating things! I'll tell you this, that Edmund will find things a +good deal more complicated without my money to help him along. He's got +no head for business, not even estate business, which he thinks he knows +all about. I don't think he has the least idea what a help I've been to +him over that. I've been rather keen that he shouldn't know. But now +that it will all be on his own shoulders I think he'll find his troubles +increasing on him pretty heavily." + +"Well, do you want that, William? Do you want that?" + +Lord Crowborough had scored there. "No, I don't want it," said Lord +Eldridge in a tone that was almost sulky. "At least, I don't want him +to be pushed up into a corner. I don't think it will do him any harm to +get some idea of what I've really done for him during these last few +years, all the same." + +"I know how generous you have been, my dear fellow. I know that we were +never to mention what you did over that unpleasant business of Hugo's +with Horsham, but _I_ shall never forget it." + +"I saved Edmund trouble and disgrace over that, didn't I? I'd have done +anything to prevent his knowing what a young scoundrel Hugo really was. +I was going to say, what a lot of thanks I get for it; but of course he +doesn't know. I haven't told you, because I haven't seen you since, that +I had a reminder of that business the other day. I tried to warn Edmund +of what might be coming, but he wouldn't even listen to me. Apparently +nothing _has_ happened yet, and I hope nothing will." + +"What is it? I thought that was all over and done with." + +"So did I. But do you remember young Barrett, who was one of them that +evening, and was killed at the same time as Hugo?" + +"I remember his name." + +"His mother wrote and asked me to go and see her. She thought Hugo was +my son, as it turned out, fortunately for Edmund, or he would have had +the story. She had found among his papers an I. O. U. of Hugo's for four +hundred pounds, and a statement written by himself of exactly what had +happened on that night. It was a pretty damaging indictment. Although I +had known it all through, it made me ashamed to read it." + +"What kind of a woman can she be to want to show that to the boy's +father, after he had been killed?" + +"Oh, I ought to have told you that she didn't show me the paper until +she knew that I wasn't his father. It was the I. O. U. that she wanted +to talk about. She's an emotional, I should say rather hysterical sort +of woman. It's possible she might have shown Edmund the paper, if he had +been there instead of me; but she hadn't meant to do so when she wrote. +She didn't know what to do about the I. O. U. She had thought of +destroying it, but couldn't make up her mind what to do. I offered to +settle it then and there, but she wouldn't let me. She has plenty of +money, and when it came to the point I think she was rather ashamed at +the idea of taking it. I suppose she really wanted the luxury of a +little fuss, and if she was going to behave generously about it, to let +it be known, at any rate to Hugo's people. I couldn't do anything with +her except that I think I made her understand that it wouldn't do her +son's name any good to have it known. So I suppose she'll keep quiet. I +tried to make her see that it would be a cruel thing, as you said just +now, to trouble Hugo's father. I told her that he didn't know the worst, +though I did, and you did, and that I had settled it, as far as it could +be settled. She seemed to accept it all, and to be glad that her mistake +had prevented her from doing something she might have regretted. But I +can't feel sure about her. He was her only son; she wants to keep him +alive in some way. I saw that she sent a subscription of a hundred +pounds to some charity, in his name, only a few days ago. You never know +where you are with a woman like that. I've done all that I can." + +"Poor old Edmund! It would be a sad thing if he had to know about it +after all." + +"Yes; I don't think it will happen. I don't in the least think it will +happen. She'll let me know if she wants the money. She practically +promised me that. I'm rather glad now that Edmund did prevent my warning +him about it. I had just come from her, and I felt doubtful as to what +she would do. I shouldn't have told him everything--only something that +would have broken the shock to him if it had come. But it's weeks ago +now. She's apparently decided not to do anything. I think the danger is +past." + +"It looks like it; and I'm very glad of it. Poor Edmund! He clings to +that boy's memory, though I'm afraid he'd have given him nothing but +trouble if he'd lived. You've been very good, William, in keeping the +worst of it from him. You've done it even since you quarrelled with him. +Now look here--can't you carry it a bit further and make friends with +him again?" + +"Oh, I'm quite ready to make friends with him if he wants it. I've told +you so. But as for taking the first step, which I suppose is what you +want me to do, I tell you I'm tired of taking first steps. When this +absurd dispute began, I put aside one offence after the other from him, +and acted on what I thought was beneath it all--I mean the very thing +you rely on--our always having got on well together as brothers and all +that. _He_ didn't rely on that. Every step I took was made the basis of +further offence. No, I'm not going out on that road again. If he wants +me he knows well enough how to get me." + +"My dear fellow, I dare say you're in the right and he's in the +wrong--all the way through if you like. But it's a question of acting +generously." + +"I've tried to do that. But when your generosity is thrown back in your +face time after time--! No, it's no good, Crowborough. I'm ready to put +it all aside and begin again; but I'm not going to make any more +advances." + +With this Lord Crowborough had to be content. He made the most of it to +Colonel Eldridge. William was quite ready to return to their former +relations, but he was still sore about the way in which his efforts at +reconciliation had been rejected, as he considered. Couldn't Edmund +himself write something that would put it right? He felt sure that +William would respond. + +"I'll think about it," said Colonel Eldridge. "I'm not going to do +anything in a hurry." + +He thought about it very carefully. He wanted to have it over. William +had said he was ready to have it over; but did he really want it, in the +same way, or didn't he much care? His whole attitude now seemed to show +that he hardly cared at all. He was leaving Hayslope and all his +interests there, which had been much to him. Now, besides all the other +interests of his successful life, they counted for very little, and he, +his brother, was just part of them. If he were to put aside his +resentments, which still caused him acute annoyance when he remembered +their successive occasions, and to make some advance towards +reconciliation, wouldn't it be taken as just an indication that he had +found himself unable to do without William's assistance and was ready to +eat humble pie in order to get it again? + +No, he couldn't do it. William would no doubt respond effusively. He +would pretend that nothing had ever happened, and behave with that +excessive brotherliness which he had always found it difficult to +respond to, though he had valued it as expressing the feeling which he +had also cherished. With the memory of all that would have to be ignored +still fresh in his mind, he knew that he could not meet that attitude +graciously--not for some time to come. It would be a false intimacy to +which he would be immediately invited; not false, perhaps, on William's +part, because with all his late offences endorsed, and the excitements +of his life taking up most of his attention, he would be relieved to be +able to give his impulses play; but certainly false on his part, who +must have time in which to get back to the old terms. + +What he would do--and it would be a great concession--would be to write +directly to William upon some subject with which they had been dealing +through their lawyers. That would be a beginning, from which they could +gradually proceed to something more; and in time the past would be +forgotten. It was the only way. Neither of them would be climbing down, +and there would be no chance of still further misunderstandings, from a +correspondence about a dispute upon which they would never agree. + +Yes, he would do that without delay. Perhaps the process towards +complete reconciliation would not be too protracted. His spirits rose +when he thought of that. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +ALMOST + + +They had just finished lunch at the Hall. Pamela was wondering rather +disconsolately what she should do with herself for the afternoon. The +times seemed out of gear. There was the Grange half a mile away, to +which she was accustomed to repair if there seemed to be nothing +particular to do at home. Aunt Eleanor was there. She had come over this +morning, but Pamela had not seen her, and she had made no suggestions +for meeting later in the day. Norman was there, with his two friends. He +might bring them over some time during the afternoon; she had half +expected that he would do so during the morning; but perhaps they had +been reading, as they called it. Eric Blundell, the one who had talked +to her most the afternoon before at Pershore Castle had told her that +they intended to read very hard during their stay at the Grange. Norman +had been excessively annoyed with her when she had last seen him, but +his annoyance seldom lasted long. He would surely want to have it out +with her! She would rather enjoy that. Anything to escape from this +deadly blight which seemed to be settling down on them all! + +She had stepped out of the window of the dining-room after lunch, and +was standing there, when she saw Norman coming towards her from among +the trees. He was alone. He must have hurried over his lunch, and left +his friends upon some pretext. Perhaps he had done that so as to have it +out with her. She brightened, but did not go forward to meet him. + +He waved his stick to her, in his usual manner, when he saw her, and +there was no sign of annoyance on his face as he approached. That was +one thing that was rather nice about Norman. If he ever lost his temper, +as he did occasionally, he recovered it very quickly. + +"We're going off for a joy-ride," he called out, as he came up to her. +"I've come to fetch you." + +"Who is going?" she asked, "and where?" + +"Just we three bright young sparks, and you. We're going in Eric +Blundell's car. She's a flier, but she only holds four, sitting rather +snug, or we'd have asked Judy. He wants to go and see some cousins who +live at Medchester. It's about forty miles there and another forty back, +so we ought to start at once. Are you on?" + +She was on; and soon they were walking down the wood together. + +"I say, old girl," said Norman, as soon as they started, "I was rather +shirty with you yesterday, and I'm afraid I showed it. I'm sorry. You +won't have it up against me, will you?" + +"You didn't like me taking notice of Fred Comfrey, I suppose." + +"You've hit it. I always say you can see a thing as quick as anybody, +and I'll maintain that against all and sundry." + +He seemed to be in high spirits. It was grateful to Pamela to find him +like that, and relieved some of her soreness. "Fred Comfrey is going +away this afternoon," she said. "He came up to say good-bye this +morning." + +"Did he? Well, we must try to bear up under it. Is he coming back +to-morrow afternoon?" + +"No, he isn't. He's going to London to start work again. So you won't +have to lose your temper any more because of him." + +"No. That's such an advantage, isn't it? I hate losing my temper, +especially with you. It wastes such a lot of time." + +"You're very foolish to have done it at all. You know I don't really +like him much; but I can't treat him rudely, just to please you." + +Norman became a shade graver. "I said to myself that you couldn't really +like him," he said. "But I'm glad _you've_ said it too. You see, Pam, +when you think a lot of a girl, as I do of you--I mean when you put her +high--you don't like seeing her make friends with somebody miles below +her. That's really how it was when I saw you going off with that +creature; but of course I was an ass to get shirty about it. You see, +old girl, it means nothing to you. I know that. But probably it means a +good deal to him, and you give him a handle. You can't afford to give +handles to people like that. At least--no; I didn't mean to say that. +I'm not going to lecture you about it. You do exactly what you like, and +I'm sure it will be all right." + +"Well, it's self-denying of you not to want to lecture me about it; and +I think you can trust me too. Talking about it at all makes it of too +much importance. So let's leave off. There are other things to talk +about, and I shouldn't have been sorry to have had an opportunity of +doing it yesterday." + +"Ah! Well, I wasn't ready to talk about those other things yesterday. +Now I am. In fact it's what I came over to do, and I had some trouble to +prevent those other lads from coming with me. We've got plenty of time. +Let's sit down here and discuss the situation." + +They had come to the stile leading to the meadows. Norman perched +himself upon it. Pamela stood in front of him, with some indecision in +her face. She was not quite prepared for a full-dress debate, and the +afternoon's pleasure was in front of her. "I thought you said we must +start at once," she said. + +"That was camouflage. I told Castor and Pollux that we'd start in half +an hour. I gave them two glasses of port each to keep them quiet. What +I've got to tell you won't take long. It's chiefly that I investigated +that business of Coombe for myself, as the governor didn't seem to be +giving it enough attention. I think Uncle Edmund made a bit too much of +it, because it hasn't really done him any harm; in fact, I think it has +rallied the enlightened electorate of Hayslope to him. At the same time +the fellow _had_ tried to make mischief, and I think the governor ought +to have sent him away for it. I told him so, in a letter written under +my own hand and seal, and I got his reply this morning. I'm glad to say +that he had come to the same conclusion himself, and Mr. Coombe departs +immediately. So that ought to end it, oughtn't it, Pam?" + +"I'm very glad you did that, Norman," said Pamela, looking down. "I knew +you were trying to find out something, but-- Oh, I _am_ so glad." She +looked up at him, smiling. + +"Dear old girl," he said affectionately. "You set Master Comfrey on to +it, didn't you? Well, I'm not going to say any more about that. We can +forget all the disagreeables now--I'm afraid I must continue to think +Master Comfrey one of them--and be as we were. I think we ought to be +moving on now, or Castor-oil and Pole-ax will be getting restive. I say, +mother told you about the shoot in Suffolk, didn't she? It's a topping +place. I expect the governor will want to ask Uncle Edmund to come up +and blaze at 'em directly they've made it up. You'll have to come too. +It's a good big house, and we shall be able to put up lots of bright +spirits." + +"Oh, it will be heavenly to get all this trouble over," said Pamela, as +they walked on together. "You can't think how glad I am. It's like a +great weight lifted off me." + +"I know. They're both of them a bit touchy; but they're good sorts. I +knew _we_ could put it right if we took it in hand. I wanted to tell you +what I'd done yesterday; but I thought it would come better if I could +tell you that it was all finished with." + +"Oh, Norman, I'm afraid I was rather horrid. I'm sorry. I'm sorry about +asking Fred to help me too. But let's forget all about him, and about +it, and enjoy ourselves. It will be rather fun this afternoon, won't it? +I feel I can _really_ enjoy myself now." + +She chatted on gaily as they climbed up through the wood at the Grange +garden, and hardly left off chattering and laughing as preparations and +adjustments were made for their drive, and she was packed into the front +seat beside the owner of the car. It was Norman's suggestion that she +should keep company with his friend Blundellovitch on the outward +journey and with his friend Pollocksky on the homeward. But he altered +this arrangement on the return, and insisted upon sitting behind with +her himself. "She's my cousin and not yours," was his argument, "and I +find I've got a lot to say to her." + + * * * * * + +For a good many months afterwards Pamela looked back upon that +expedition as the last entirely happy time she had had. It seemed as if +the troubles that had been darkening her home life increasingly of late +had all been swept away, for she had no doubt then that her father and +her uncle would immediately compose their differences, and the close +intimacy between the two families would go on as before. It had not +occurred to her that the Grange would be completely unoccupied. Her +uncle and aunt had often been away, for many weeks together, and she had +sometimes been with them, in the South of France or in Scotland, or +elsewhere. It would be fun to go to the house in Suffolk; she had not +been away from home for a long time, and change was agreeable to her, +especially in that company. + +So she gave herself up to the enjoyment of the hour, and was sparkling +and radiant with happiness. Mr. Blundellovitch, as he was called +throughout the afternoon, was a stricken victim of her charms, and Mr. +Pollocksky, though unrighteously deprived of his opportunities, was not +behind him in admiration of her. They had a merry time in the house +which they visited, and started homewards so late that it was dark long +before they reached Hayslope. During the last half hour she and Norman +talked quietly together, her hand in his. There had been +misunderstandings between them, as between their parents, but they were +done away with now, and they were as close together as they had ever +been. It was not until then that she realized that the Grange was to be +forsaken in two days' time, which induced a slight touch of melancholy, +not unpleasing under the circumstances, which included a full moon, and +a delicious astringent hint of autumn in the warm night air. Norman +wasn't sure that even the partridges would make it worth while to +exchange Hayslope for Eylsham; but Pamela said wisely that it would be +better for their two families not to be so close to one another for a +time. "When you're as old as Dad and Uncle Bill," she said, "it's more +difficult to make up a quarrel. They'll like each other much better if +they don't see so much of one another for a time." + +"Yes," said Norman, "I think that's true. They wouldn't be able to treat +it as you and I should. We might have little rows occasionally, but we +should always make them up, and when we had we should forget all about +them at once. That's one of the advantages of being young. I like being +young, don't you? It comes over me sometimes that I am, just as it used +to come over me out there, 'I'm in France.' But I'm not in France now, +and I shan't be young any longer in half a minute or so." + +"I don't know that I quite follow you," said Pamela politely. + +"Oh, I follow myself, all the way. Don't you see? Take the governor, for +instance. He must have enjoyed himself as we're doing now when he was +our age, and sometimes thought how jolly it was to be young. And being +old seemed centuries off, or at least so far off that it didn't count. +Yet here he is thirty years or so older, and it's what he's doing now +that matters to him. It isn't that it's a short time or a long time. +It's just that time doesn't seem to count somehow. Look at old Horace, +we three Latinists were reading this morning. He was extraordinarily +alive, and aware of himself, so to speak. But nearly two thousand years +have slipped by since he got tight, or half tight, and played the goat +generally. They don't count when you read him, and another few years +won't count for us when we look back on to-day. We're here--now. That's +all that seems to matter." + +"Yes, I think I see it dimly," said Pam. "Anyhow, I'm very glad that we +are here now. It's a lovely world, and I think you _must_ enjoy it more +when you're young." + + * * * * * + +The next day there was some coming and going between the Hall and the +Grange, but the shadow of immediate departure lay over the Grange, and +it was impossible not to take it as a departure more significant than it +had hitherto appeared. Lady Eldridge might come down again for a day or +two to finish her packings away for the winter. Norman said that he +would come down before he went back to Cambridge. But the prospect of +autumn and winter passing over the house emptied of its usual life could +not be ignored, and as yet there were no signs of the complete +reconciliation that Norman had announced. All the family from the Hall +were at the Grange during the afternoon except Colonel Eldridge. Pamela +had thought he would come with them and was disappointed because he +didn't. Her mother and her aunt talked together, but, it seemed to +Pamela, not in quite the same way as before. + +She had one more talk with Norman alone. They went down together to +Barton's Close, not with any conscious intention of visiting the scene +of so much disturbance, but probably led to it by some such impulse. The +wide, wood-enclosed meadow lay quiet and deserted. The soil that had +been dug up for the plantings over a considerable area had been grassed +over again, with the sods cut from it, but the design of the garden, as +far as it had gone, was plain to be seen. It would never be made now. +That thought struck them both at the same time, for they had taken a +modified interest in the project, and their imaginations had played +about the garden that was to have been made here. It was almost as if it +had been, and was now destroyed. + +"It's a pity," Norman said. "However, it doesn't really matter, if we +can get rid of the bothers that came of it." + +For the first time, the thought came to Pamela that her father had been +unreasonable. But she put it away from her. "It wasn't this that they +really quarrelled about," she said, "though it began it. Norman, do you +think that it is all over? I don't feel quite so sure as I did +yesterday." + +Norman didn't feel quite so sure either. He had had a talk with his +mother, and though she had agreed that there was nothing left now of the +original grounds of the quarrel, she had not treated it as if they were +back on the old terms yet. It had almost seemed to him that she didn't +wish that particularly. She had been very quiet about it, but what had +struck him most was that she was obviously glad that they were going +away. He knew that she loved the home that she had made for herself at +the Grange. She had not even seen the Suffolk house, which had not at +first been talked of as if it were to provide them with more than a +place for the entertainment of their shooting-parties. Some of those +might very well have been for men only, and she might have preferred to +come to the Grange at intervals instead of arranging for everything away +from it, as she was doing now, hurriedly but completely. + +But he didn't want Pam to think that they were leaving Hayslope because +of the quarrel. Better debit something to his father rather than that! + +"Well, all this sudden pushing off is rather like the governor, you +know," he said. "He's kept himself young in that way. He gets a sudden +idea into his head, and that's the great thing for the moment. I'm +rather like that myself. Perhaps Uncle Edmund thinks it all rather +funny; but--you'll see--when he's been up to Eylsham and shot a few +birds and drunk a few glasses of good old tawny, they'll be as thick as +thieves together again." + +"Do you think Uncle William will ask him to shoot with him?" + +"Why, of course he will." But as he said it Norman had some doubts of +his own. Uncle Edmund was a difficult person. The disordered ground in +front of them seemed to cry that aloud. His father was about fed up with +it. If Uncle Edmund didn't respond graciously to this last attempt to +satisfy his demands there might be no reconciliation at all. There was +nothing more left to be done, and he would just have to be left alone +till he came round of himself. If Norman read his mother aright, she was +already preparing for that to be a long process. + +Moreover, he had asked if Pam couldn't be included in the first party, +which his father had already made up. The guns were to be three of his +father's friends, and Norman and Blundell and Pollock, who were +proposing to pursue their course of reading in whatever intervals of +leisure might be left to them at Eylsham. Only one man was bringing his +wife. There would be plenty of room for Pam. But his mother had said +that his father didn't want anybody from the Hall until they knew where +they stood. There would be plenty of time later. + +So there was something that couldn't be said to her, and yet she must +know that in ordinary times she would have been asked. Oh, it was all +becoming difficult and beastly again. Why on earth couldn't Uncle Edmund +do the proper generous thing for once and put an end to it all for good? +Yesterday they had been as happy as larks because they had thought their +elders had settled their quarrel. Perhaps they had, but it wasn't +certain yet, and in the meantime here was poor little Pam getting sad +about it again. And no wonder, with this beastly half-made and unmade +garden in front of her eyes. + +"Oh, why did we come down here?" he said, turning away in impatience. "I +hate the very sight of the place. Let's go back and find the others." + +They went back, and were cousinly to one another, but careful again now +not to touch upon the awkward subject. The cord that had bound them +together so closely the evening before was loosened. + +The next day the Grange was left empty, and the gardeners went down to +Barton's Close with a horse-roller, and flattened down the places where +the ground had been disturbed. + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +MISS BALDWIN LOOKS ON + + +To Miss Baldwin, watching the progress of that story in real life which +she found even more absorbing than her favourite fiction, it seemed that +complicating influences were coming into play, as summer passed into +autumn and autumn into winter. The story was made the more interesting, +but that happy ending which she rigidly exacted from all stories that +should earn her approbation, became increasingly obscured to her vision. +In a written story, you know--if you dealt with fiction of the sort that +you could trust--that the happy ending would come, and previous troubles +to be passed through only threw it into greater relief when it did come. +But in a story of real life you could not be so sure. In real life +things sometimes went wrong and remained wrong, which was one reason for +turning for relief to the right sort of fiction. + +Fred Comfrey, upon whose suit, it will be remembered, Miss Baldwin was +inclined to look with favour, went away, rather suddenly. Watching +Pamela with sharp but sympathetic eyes, she questioned whether +"something" hadn't happened. There was some talk about Fred at breakfast +and luncheon, which were Miss Baldwin's opportunities for getting into +touch with family views. He was taking up a career in which he had +already attained some success; and a still greater measure of success +was expected of him now that he was ready to throw himself into it +again. Colonel Eldridge seemed to believe in him, and to like him. Miss +Baldwin could not interpret anything he said as a sign that he had any +suspicion of Fred's hopes of winning Pamela. His references to the young +man were hardly to be labelled as patronizing, but there was always a +sense of difference in them; or so it seemed to Miss Baldwin, who was +alive to such shades. She did not herself attach much social value to +the Comfreys. The Vicar was the Vicar, ex-officio on an equality with +her employers, and so treated by them, but he was obviously of a +different clay from the Vicar of Blagrove, for instance, who with his +family were of the intimates among the country neighbours. Mrs. Comfrey +seemed hardly to consider herself, and certainly Miss Baldwin didn't +consider her, on an equality with Mrs. Eldridge. If Fred were to be +viewed only in the light of his origin, it would not be surprising that +the idea of his aspiring to Pamela had not yet so much as entered the +head of Pamela's father. + +But love takes small heed of such reckonings; otherwise, what would have +become of half the stories that Miss Baldwin so much enjoyed? The strong +devoted young man who was to fight his arduous way to an eminence which +he might fitly invite the lady of his choice to share with him, would be +greatly encouraged in his ascent if that lady's sympathies were with +him. And they might be; for she would see in him from the beginning +something of what he had it in him to become. + +Were Pamela's sympathies with Fred in his coming endeavours? Certainly +they were. She agreed with everything that was said about the merit +shown by a man with no initial advantages in making his way in the world +by his own efforts and character. But there was no least little sign of +a personal interest in the result. If there had been, Miss Baldwin could +hardly have missed it. There seemed to be, instead, a tendency to close +the subject, whenever it was opened, with some general or even +platitudinous observation which, with other signs, persuaded Miss +Baldwin that Pamela had acquired some distaste for Fred Comfrey. But she +had been markedly friendly to him right up till the time he went away; +so what could the reason be but that he had "said something to her?" + +Out of her expert knowledge of such subjects, Miss Baldwin had no +difficulty in conjecturing what that "something" had been, or in +interpreting the slight indications afforded by Pamela as proof of what +she had always supposed. Pamela had given Fred her friendship, but never +in the smallest degree her love, and the premature declaration of his +love for her had come as an unpleasant shock to her. + +The effect of these conclusions upon Miss Baldwin herself was that from +the moment she formed them her sympathies began to depart from Fred. +This is easily explicable. Up until now he had been selected by her as +the suitor towards whose success the story was directing itself. One +allowed oneself those castings forward in the early stages of a story. +But, when indications began to be dropped that a particular suitor was +not intended for the prize, one put oneself upon the side of whoever +else seemed likely to win it, thus preparing for full participation in +the author's ultimate design. She had piled upon Fred virtues that were +not too apparent as long as there seemed reasonable hope of his success; +but now that Pamela, if she read her aright, had rejected the idea of +him and his virtues, they seemed much less to her. He was not, unless +Pamela chose to reckon him so, in any way to be considered her equal. He +might, indeed, if the story should so run, quite adequately play some +sort of villain's part, such as-- But it was too early to cast forward +in that direction. The story was still progressing in its main lines, +with another suitor to be observed, and an evident awareness on the part +of all the characters who came within her view of what was going on. + +She had her opportunity with the rest of taking occasion to watch the +trend of events, for Lady Crowborough, coming over to Hayslope on a day +of early September to announce herself as the giver of an elaborate +picnic entertainment, had graciously included Miss Baldwin, who happened +to come within range of her vision, in the general invitation. Miss +Baldwin hardly supposed that she would enjoy herself, when she accepted +it; but she did, and not only because of the opportunities it gave her +for observation. The whole affair was like a scene in a story--a story +of high life--and her description of it, in letters to relatives were +full, and within due limits enthusiastic. + +The numerous guests, drawn from the houses large and small within a +fairly wide radius, assembled at the Castle at about eleven o'clock of +a golden morning. They came mostly in cars of their own, but some +driving, some riding bicycles, and a few on horseback. The horses seemed +to give the expedition something of the flavour of a past time, though +there were hardly enough of them to deserve the style of cavalcade, such +as must often have set out from Pershore Castle in days not long gone +by. Pamela rode on a horse provided for her from the Pershore stables, +and so did young Lord Horsham. So did a niece of Lady Crowborough's +staying in the house, who was the life and soul of the party, and seemed +to be responsible for many of the arrangements. She had taken particular +notice of Miss Baldwin herself, and arranged for her to drive in a +carriage with an extremely nice clergyman and his wife and invalid +daughter, who were spending their holidays at a farmhouse near. + +There were refreshments provided at the Castle before the start was +made. Miss Baldwin described the Castle, as it had presented itself to +her--one of the stately homes of England, of which she had been promised +a more extended exploration at a future date. The noble owners had also +struck her favourably, as true representatives of the aristocracy of our +favoured land--stately, too, especially the Countess, but of the most +courteous manner, and without a touch of condescension. + +The scene of the picnic was a tract of primeval forest some ten miles +away. There were ancient gnarled trees of immense girth, with little +secret lawns, and stretches of deep bracken; a purling stream, and an +outcrop of rugged rocks, where the picnic feast was held. After having +feasted and strolled, the party returned to the Castle, and then broke +up, at a comparatively early hour. A simple entertainment, but quite +delightful experience, with most of the best-known people in that part +of the County attending and all expressing themselves as having obtained +the acme of enjoyment from it. + +Miss Baldwin's letter did not disclose what seemed to her to have been +the inspiration and intention of this highly appreciated entertainment. +It was so much in matter of her own discovery that she hardly dared to +lay stress on it, even in her own imaginings. And yet she thought she +could not be mistaken. There was a round dozen of young girls there, +some of them of more obvious social importance than Pamela; but the +honours were hers. She was not mistaken there, for the nice clergyman's +wife asked her who Pamela was, and seemed surprised to hear that there +was no title attached to her, as there was to some of the others. And +the nice clergyman's invalid daughter asked her pointblank whether +Pamela was engaged to young Lord Horsham. Both Lord and Lady Crowborough +appeared to treat her as if she were; but, as Miss Baldwin knew that she +was not, this could only mean that they wanted her to be. Nor was it too +much to suppose that, by treating her almost as the most honoured guest, +they were willing that all these country neighbours whom they had +gathered together should know that they wanted her to be. + +And yet nothing came of it. The few days, exciting to Miss Baldwin +because of what she was expecting, which followed the picnic brought no +announcement. Lord Horsham came over to the Hall the very next day, but +nothing came of that, as might so confidently have been expected. He +came over several times more before he went back to Oxford in October. +He was the admitted friend of the family; there was no young person who +was there more often, and no young man of those who came to the house +who could be considered in the light of a rival, now that Fred Comfrey +was off the scene. It seemed to Miss Baldwin that there was an air of +expectation abroad; that both Colonel and Mrs. Eldridge were waiting for +something. And the conviction grew upon her that there was a hitch +somewhere. + +Where was it? There was no doubt about the young man's admiration for +Pamela. He was the best of friends with Judith, and very nice to the +children, as was natural, but it was Pamela who drew him. Her attitude +towards him was frank and kind. Oh, she did like him, and was bright and +gay when he was there, though not always so at other times. Could it be +that she was, after all, casting thoughts back to that other? By this +time Miss Baldwin was inclined to resent such an idea. Fred had taken +his place in her scheme as the rejected suitor, and it now seemed to her +that Pamela had never treated Fred with the same kind of friendliness as +she treated Horsham. Couldn't she make up her mind about him? Or was +there something else going on that delayed the wished-for climax? + +It came gradually to Miss Baldwin, as the months passed by, that there +was a good deal going on at Hayslope of which she had not the key. + +Life was duller there, and sadder, than she had known it at any time +during the two years she had been there, even during the last months of +the war, when Colonel Eldridge had been mostly away, and the shadow of +Hugo's death still lay over them. But during that first winter, when +things were beginning to settle down, there had been a good deal going +on that had interested Miss Baldwin in her first experience of the life +of a country house. Very little of it went on now. + +What had become of all the visiting that seemed to play such a large +part in the lives of such people as the Eldridge's? Colonel and Mrs. +Eldridge never slept away from Hayslope during that autumn and early +winter. Pamela went away twice, and Judith once. Pamela had a girl +friend to stay with her for a week or so, and an aunt of Mrs. +Eldridge's, who had been wont to spend the month of October at Hayslope +for years past, came with her maid, but went back to Brighton, where she +lived, after a week. It was then that Miss Baldwin first realized how +everything was being cut down, more and more closely. The old lady was +reported to have said that she didn't get enough to eat, which was of +course ridiculous; what she didn't get was the elaborate provision that +had struck Miss Baldwin herself when she had first come to Hayslope +Hall. Nor did she get the service, except what her own pampered +grumbling maid gave her. Nobody else came to the Hall, where there had +been a constant succession of guests. There were only enough servants +now to do the work of the house for the normal family life, which was +also being reduced all the time, something here always being cut off or +something there. The drawing-room was shut up, the billiard-room was +never used. Mrs. Eldridge gave up her room and took to the morning-room, +which all the family inhabited. More wood than coal was to be burnt in +the schoolroom, and everywhere else. The outdoor staff was cut down to +one man and a boy for the garden, and Timbs for stable and garage; but +the cars were little used now. The light supper which had taken the +place of dinner during the summer was continued, except for the week +during which the old woman from Brighton was there. + +There was never any discussion of these and other economies, at least +before Miss Baldwin, and there was no grumbling at them. Colonel +Eldridge was far more silent than she had ever known him, and she +thought he was ageing, and seemed now, when she saw him sometimes from +the schoolroom window walking alone, always to have his eyes on the +ground, and to stoop slightly, who had been so upright and active. Mrs. +Eldridge was just the same, always unruffled, always well-dressed, +though seldom in the beautiful clothes Miss Baldwin had been wont to +admire. Pamela and Judith had taken to doing things that had been done +before by servants, mostly out of doors. They looked after the poultry +entirely, making a pastime of it to all appearance. And they had taken +to making many of their own clothes; Mrs. Eldridge's maid, who had also +looked after them, was much occupied in housework. No word ever fell +from either of them to show that they were affected by the change in +their circumstances, which by now had come to be a complete change from +the way of life lived at Hayslope during that first winter after the +war. Pamela was not nearly so bright as she had been; there was +_something_ the matter with her, though it was not, apparently, +discontent with home conditions. Judith was much the same as she had +always been, sometimes silent, sometimes uproarious; half a child, half +a woman; but Judith had not known the life that Pamela had known, after +she was grown-up. Judith's life was altered chiefly by her emancipation +from the schoolroom. Her home and what went on in it was enough for her, +as it was for the children. + +The outstanding difference at Hayslope, greater even than the changes at +the Hall, which, after all, did not affect the core of family life, was +the Grange unoccupied. There it stood, a big, rich house, from which had +radiated sociability and close intimacy, with all its rooms shut up, its +chimneys cold, its windows shuttered. There were a man and his wife to +caretake, and men still at work outside--more than there were now at the +Hall, though their only task was to keep things just alive for future +occupancy. It made a blank, even to Miss Baldwin and the children, who +sometimes went through the gardens in their walks, and lamented its +desolation, as remarkable by contrast as if it had been falling into +complete disuse. Presently there seemed to grow up about its forsaken +state something significant of a change more unhappy than was shown by +a house from which life had only been removed for a time. What did it +stand for in the story that Miss Baldwin was tracing out for herself +from all the happenings around her? + +Neither Lord Eldridge nor Lady Eldridge, nor Norman, had come back since +they had left Hayslope at the end of August. Nobody from the Hall had +visited them, either in London or at the other house they had taken in +the country. + +Miss Baldwin was not in the way of picking up rumours at Hayslope. She +was not in close enough contact with the family in which she lived to +get much from them, and she was in no closer contact with servants or +with people outside. But she could not help knowing that there had been +something of a split; and indeed that was now taken for granted. Alice +and Isabelle knew it. "Father and Uncle William aren't very good friends +now. I think Uncle William takes too much on himself now he is a Lord, +and father doesn't quite like it. But they'll be friends again when +Uncle William comes back to Hayslope." Isabelle had said that, as they +were going through the Grange garden. Some of it she had been told, some +of it she had probably made up for herself, for Alice had contradicted +her. "I don't think it's anything to do with his being a lord. Auntie +Eleanor is a Lady, and she's just the same; and so is Norman." + +But were they just the same? It looked as if the estrangement had +affected both families by this time, though on the surface they +maintained relations. Colonel Eldridge corresponded with his brother, +for he sometimes mentioned, in Miss Baldwin's presence, that he had +heard from him. Pamela, if no one else, had been asked to stay at +Eylsham. Why hadn't she gone? That had never been disclosed. Norman +wrote to her sometimes, from Cambridge, and she to him. + +What was the quarrel about? Money, thought Miss Baldwin, having come to +this conclusion partly because in fiction it was generally money that +brothers who had reached middle age quarrelled about, if they quarrelled +at all, partly because of the now patent contrast between the wealth +that exuded from Lord Eldridge and the lack of it that was increasingly +in evidence at the Hall. She could find no simple explanation of why +this state of things should have brought about a quarrel, but its +effects were now remarkable enough. The younger brother was a rich man, +and a lord, the elder, in spite of his large house and his estates, was +seen to be a poor one. Surely the younger ought to have come to the +assistance of the elder before this! He was not only not doing that; he +was holding off from him. Dark work, somewhere! + +Early in December Fred Comfrey paid a visit to Hayslope, and Miss +Baldwin's interest returned to Pamela and her story, which had fallen +into the second place of late, because of what was happening otherwise. +It seemed to her that Pamela's attitude towards him was entirely +different from what it had been. She was friendly, but seemed on the +alert not to be left alone with him. His dejection was plain to be seen. +Colonel Eldridge seemed glad to see him; otherwise he would probably +not have been asked to the house more than once, during the two days of +his visit. He came on Saturday morning and stayed to lunch; and he came +again to lunch on Sunday and stayed most of the afternoon. But Pamela +had bicycled over after church to a house a few miles off, and did not +return until he had gone. + +At supper on Sunday evening the veil was lifted for a moment from what +had been puzzling Miss Baldwin; but what was revealed only puzzled her +more. + +Colonel Eldridge talked about Fred, and said: "He has been doing +business with William--seen quite a lot of him." + +Pamela looked up surprised. "He never told me that," she said. + +That was all. The veil was dropped again immediately. Lord Eldridge was +mentioned sometimes before Miss Baldwin, perhaps to keep up appearances; +but she was not to hear anything about him that mattered. All that she +gathered from this was that Colonel Eldridge saw nothing to object to in +a business connection between Lord Eldridge and Fred Comfrey, and that +Pamela was surprised, and apparently displeased at it. Or perhaps her +displeasure was only at Fred's not having told her. But she hadn't given +him much opportunity of telling her anything. It was all very difficult; +but what seemed to be plain was that Fred Comfrey could now be ruled out +as a suitor, though he might not yet consider himself so. + +This was quite what Miss Baldwin wished by this time, and her +satisfaction was increased when Lord Horsham soon afterwards reappeared +on the scene. He was received in a very different way. It really seemed +at last as if something were going to happen. Miss Baldwin had come to +hold a high opinion of Lord Horsham, as a young man of sober, steady +habits who would make an excellent husband even for so fine a flower of +girlhood as Pamela, and this altogether apart from the rich gilding of +his title and inheritance. But he had not, previously, presented himself +to her as one whose coming might be expected to enliven a whole +household. That, however, was the effect of his frequent visits during +the early part of his Christmas vacation. And what could Colonel and +Mrs. Eldridge's lively welcome of him mean but that they also thought +something might be about to happen? What could Pamela's lighter spirits +mean but that she was getting ready for something to happen? Judith and +the children might not yet have had their eyes opened to the +possibilities of the happening, but they all three made much of Lord +Horsham. That might partly be accounted for by the rarity of such visits +as his in these days; but on his side there seemed to be a conscious +desire to stand well with them, and a success in the endeavour which was +agreeable to watch. If Pamela did marry him, her family might be +expected to share some of the tangible fruits of the alliance. They +could hardly be said to have gone down in the world--that dreadful +phrase which sometimes suggested itself to Miss Baldwin--if the eldest +son of an Earl, who lived in an ancient Castle, took his bride from +their house. + +Miss Baldwin went home for three weeks' holiday at Christmas, hoping +that on her return a new chapter in the romance would be ready for her +perusal. It had reached the point at which developments of some sort +could not long be delayed. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +BEFORE CHRISTMAS + + +Christmas had always been a great family occasion at Hayslope. For years +before the William Eldridges had come to live at the Grange they had +spent their Christmases at the Hall, and there had sometimes been other +relations there. This year an indeterminate spinster cousin of Mrs. +Eldridge's was coming, but no other guests. Lord Eldridge would be +entertaining a party at Eylsham Hall, duly announced in the press. + +It was this announcement that seemed to Pamela to complete and establish +the breach between the two families. "Why is it?" she asked her mother. +"I thought that father and Uncle William were more or less friends again +now. They write to each other. Uncle William sent his love to us in a +letter he wrote the other day." + +"Oh, yes," said Mrs. Eldridge, with a sigh. "But there it begins and +ends. Father would have been quite willing to make it up any time during +the last few months; but Uncle William doesn't seem to want to. He's got +quite away from us, you see. He's in the big world, and we're not. I +suppose he doesn't think about us any more." + +"But Auntie Eleanor! She writes to you, mother." + +"Oh, yes," she said again. "_We_'ve never quarrelled." + +"But won't it _ever_ end, mother? Just look at the difference--what +happy Christmases we used to spend all together! And now there's no idea +of our being together at all. Didn't you ask them to come here for +Christmas?" + +"Well, I didn't tell father, but I wrote to Auntie Eleanor and asked her +if they would come if we did ask them. I thought it might bring us all +together again. But of course it would have been worse if we had asked +them and they had refused. She wrote very nicely, as she always does; +but William had already made up his party, or some of it. I dare say +what happened was that he found he could get somebody that he +particularly wanted then, and asked the rest to meet him--or her, or +them. I don't know. When people once begin to chase other people, for +their names or their positions or whatever it is that attracts them, +it--well, it becomes a habit. Other sociabilities have to give way to +it." + +This was rather painful to Pamela. "But Auntie Eleanor isn't like that, +mother dear." + +It was half a question. "No," said Mrs. Eldridge, quite decisively. "She +and I have often talked that over. At least, we used to, before we +settled it between us, for good and all. It simply isn't worth while to +make friends with anybody for any other reason than because you like +them for themselves, and not for what they've got. Now you're grown up, +darling, I don't mind telling you that I was rather inclined at one +time--oh, years and years ago--to want to get myself in everywhere. It's +easy enough, if you have a certain position to begin with, and enough +money. And I was quite good-looking, when I was first married, and--" + +"You are now, mother darling," said Pamela, with a laugh: "but do go +on." + +"I don't say that there's not some fun to be got out of it," Mrs. +Eldridge continued. "Of course I don't mean just the vulgar sort of +climbing; but it's amusing to feel that you _belong_ to everything, and +people want--you, instead of your wanting them. Still, it's never worth +while in the long run. Eleanor saw that quite clearly, from the +beginning, and she made me see it. It's one of the things that I have to +thank her for." + +"Oh, mother, it's dreadful that you have to be apart now. Don't you feel +it very much?" + +"Of course I do. But not so much as I should have done a few years ago. +You're grown up now, you see. Besides, I've got used to the quiet life. +I don't really want anything else now, as long as one can live without +too much anxiety. I only discovered that a short time ago. Eleanor was +always preaching it to me; but now she's getting farther away from it +herself, poor dear. I'm sorry for her." + +Pamela's direct mind was apt to be a little puzzled by her mother. It +was not always easy to recognize the source of her speeches, or whether +she was serious or only amusing herself. "Do you mean that you're really +sorry for her?" she asked. "I suppose she needn't get away from the sort +of life she likes, if she doesn't want to." + +"She can't help herself. She loves William. I love father, and I want +what he wants. It's the same with her. But what he wants happens to be +more satisfying than what William wants. It's only rather tiresome that +just as I have discovered that for myself it's beginning to be difficult +to have anything at all that one wants. I've been wanting to tell you +something for some time, Pam darling, but I've put it off because I went +on hoping that it might not be necessary. Don't tell the others yet, but +I'm afraid it has to come. We can't afford to go on living here." + +Pamela looked down. "Poor old Daddy!" she said. + +"Yes, it's for him I feel it more than for ourselves. It seems to be +impossible for a country gentleman to live in his own house nowadays, +unless he has an income apart from it. Daddy never had much that wasn't +tied up, and what he did have is all gone now. I don't think we can get +expenses down any farther here; it is just coming to be a great anxiety. +It was I who said I thought we ought to go. He could hardly have brought +himself to propose it before it became absolutely impossible, as it +isn't quite, yet." + +"Do you mean he is going to sell Hayslope, mummy?" + +"No, darling, he couldn't do that; he only has a life interest. He'll +try to let the house and the shooting. It's just that we can't afford to +keep up a house of this size, for ourselves to live in. We should be +quite well off in a smaller house, and with the rent for this coming in, +if it can be let." + +"Where should we go, mother?" + +"That's the difficulty. Father wants to be here, to look after the +property. If the Grange hadn't been enlarged to such an extent, we +could have gone there; but there's no good thinking of that. It would +cost as much to live there now as to live here. We have thought of Town +Farm. It was a Manor house at one time, but it would take a lot of money +to put it back now, and make it nice to live in. I'm afraid it's either +that, or going quite away. But there's no need to hurry anything. We +shan't go away just yet. Don't tell Judith, or the children yet." + +"No, mother, of course not. Don't you think I could go out and do +something? So many girls do now. I'm sure I could make my own living if +I tried." + +"There's no necessity, darling. And I think father would hate that more +than anything. I know he would like you to stay at home until you +marry." + +Was this an invitation to her to unburden herself? Her mother had never +mentioned marriage to her before. If it was, she did not take it up. +"There are lots of things I can do at home," she said. "And Judith, too. +You know we'll do all we can, mother dear." + +"Oh, yes, darling. I think that if we can find a nice house somewhere in +the country, much smaller than this, but big enough for us to be happy +in, it will lift a good deal of the burden. Poor Daddy is getting more +and more depressed about everything, though he is trying to keep it from +us all the time. It's very hard that it should be like this now for men +who have done what he has. It all comes from the horrible war; and yet +there are some people who have done nothing but thrive on it." + +There was no need to dot the i's of that speech. Pamela didn't want to +talk about her uncle, even to her mother. There was no satisfaction to +be gained from blaming him, but she did blame him now in her heart, and +she thought that her mother did too. Would he stand by and see them +leave their home without doing anything? Of course he could do +something, if he wanted to. But he didn't seem to care now. Did her aunt +care? She was sure that she did, but she had apparently resigned herself +to the new unhappy state of things between them. Did Norman care? + +He had written to Pamela from Cambridge, not less frequently than during +previous terms, and in much the same way. Some of his letters had made +her laugh, but not with the old light-hearted appreciation of his +humour. What mattered to her most just now he never mentioned. Once he +had represented himself as on the verge of another love affair, with the +daughter of a Don of another college, to which he said he was thinking +of migrating. But she did not smile at all at that. She was beginning to +be impatient of Norman's love affairs, which never lasted more than a +few weeks. This one didn't last so long as that apparently, for he did +not allude to it again. If he had done so, Pamela would have written him +a letter in which she would have said that she didn't want to hear any +more about his philanderings, and she was inclined to regret that the +opportunity was denied her. Norman never said anything about Christmas, +though in previous years his letters had been full of anticipations. He +seemed to be quite content at the prospect of their spending it apart. + +Oh, life was unhappy now. But there remained the duty of hiding +unhappiness as much as possible. Pamela was a good deal with her father +in these days, and she knew that he liked to have her with him, though +he never talked to her about his troubles. Well, it was something to be +able to remove his mind from them. She was able to do that, though she +seemed to be of so little use otherwise. + +The usual preparations for Christmas went on, though on a smaller scale +than before. The children mustn't know that for their elders all such +preparations were something of an extra burden instead of a pleasure. +Even Judith refused to be exhilarated by them. "What's the good of holly +and mistletoe," she said, "with only old Cousin Annie coming? I think +Uncle William's a beast. I never liked him, and now I hate him." + +Pamela protested. Judith had been as fond of Uncle William as all the +rest of them. "Perhaps I was when I was little," she admitted. "But I +haven't liked him at all since he has been Lord Eldridge. Father ought +to have been Lord Eldridge, if anybody had to be. But I hate lords, +except Jim; and he isn't like a lord." + +Pamela laughed. "What is he like then?" she asked. + +Judith did not reply to this. "I think you ought to marry him," she +said, with her sometimes disconcerting abruptness. "He wants you to, and +you couldn't get anybody better. Besides, father and mother would like +it. With four of us, and being rather poor now, of course they would +like us to get married." + +"How do you know Jim would like me to marry him?" asked Pamela. + +"Because he told me so." + +This was rather surprising news. Pamela would have liked to ask if he +had told Judith of his proposal, but Judith saved her the trouble. "It +was quite plain what he wanted," she said, "so I asked him about it. You +needn't tell him that I told you so. I like Jim, and I want to see him +properly treated. Besides, if you married Jim, I could come and stay +with you." + +"Well, you could come and stay with me whoever I married; but I don't +see why you shouldn't marry yourself, as soon as I do. What did Jim say +when you asked him?" + +"He said there was nothing he wanted more; but he knew you didn't want +it yet. I thought that was rather nice of him. Jim has a very nice sort +of modesty. Most young men nowadays think such a lot of themselves." + +Pamela laughed at this. "What young men?" she asked. + +"Well, Norman for one. I like Norman all right, but he isn't modest, +like Jim. And I don't think he's behaving very well now. _He_ could come +and see us, if he wanted to. I suppose he couldn't very well come for +Christmas, and leave all the lords and ladies they are going to have to +stay with them; but he might come some time. He left Cambridge long +ago." + +"Only just over a week ago," said Pam. But she thought herself that +Norman might have come. He was staying with some friends in Ireland now. +There were several young girls in the family, or in the party. Perhaps +he was falling in love with one of them. As he had been there for some +days, and was going to stay for another week, there would almost be time +to fall in love with two, successively. Pamela was rather pleased with +that idea, and thought she would write and suggest it to him. She was +always on the lookout for little opportunities of scoring off Norman +now. + +But Norman redeemed his character altogether for the time being by +writing to propose himself for Christmas at the Hall. Preparations went +on with more gaiety then. With Norman there, this Christmas wouldn't be +so different from others, after all. + +In the week before Christmas, Colonel Eldridge went up to London, for +the first time for many months, and while he was there telegraphed home +that General and Mrs. Wilton were coming down with him for the week-end. +This, too, was like old times. It was some time since the house had been +managed in such a way as to involve no special preparation for guests of +this kind, but these were old friends who had been at Hayslope before, +and it was a pleasure to get ready for them, though it was somewhat of a +surprise that they should be asked. "But I think I know why," Mrs. +Eldridge said to Pam, "and I don't know whether to be glad or sorry. +General Wilton sold his place in Ireland not long ago, and they only +have a London house now. Perhaps he is thinking of taking this." + +So it proved. Colonel Eldridge told Pamela about it himself, after they +had gone. "They are going to the South of France after Christmas," he +said, "and don't want to make any plans till they come back in the +spring. But I think he'll take it. I'd rather have him here than +anybody, if I've got to let the place. Shall you mind very much, do you +think, Pam?" + +"Dear old Daddy," said Pam, slipping her hand under his arm--they were +walking together--"I shall only mind because it's so beastly for you. +But it will be a weight off you, won't it, not to have to keep it all +up?" + +"Yes. I shan't mind as much as I thought I should, because of that. If +you've got something that you can't keep going, it hardly seems to +belong to you. I shall be better away from Hayslope now, and we'll find +something somewhere that we shall like. We shan't have to clear out for +some months, anyhow. We'll enjoy it as much as we can in the meantime." + +"Does Uncle William know you are going to let the house?" she asked. + +"No," he said shortly, but added after a time: "It's no good thinking of +that, you know. We've got to stand on our own feet." + +"Oh, yes, of course," she said, but thought all the time that Uncle +William might stop the letting of the house, if he were so minded. And +surely, he must be so minded! He didn't seem to care much about Hayslope +himself now, leaving his own house there empty for all these months; but +he couldn't want to see them leave it too. She wondered what Norman +would say when he heard of it. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +TWO YOUNG MEN + + +Colonel Eldridge was sitting in his room over the fire, which was +unusual with him in the middle of the morning. But the weather was +atrocious, and he had the beginnings of a cold on him, which disinclined +him for activity either physical or mental. The door opened, and Fred +Comfrey was announced. He was a little surprised to see him, for though +he had frequented the Hall when at Hayslope he had not come straight to +him; and this was his first appearance in the Christmas holidays. But +his visit was not unwelcome. Colonel Eldridge was not used to sitting +idle, and a little chat would be agreeable to him. + +"Well, and how's the world using you?" he asked. "I hope you've been +making a success of it." + +It seemed that Fred had been making a considerable success of it. He had +been given a partnership, which he had not expected for a year at least, +and his firm had just as much business as they could tackle. "My job is +to organize ourselves for taking on more still," he said, "and it's +taking me all my time. I hardly thought I should be able to get down +here for more than just Christmas Day. But I said I must have three or +four days off. Fortunately I'm in a position to do what I please now. I +couldn't have insisted three months ago." + +"Oh, well, it's an advantage to be your own master. Very few of us are. +There's generally something to prevent us doing what we like. I hope it +means a good income to you. It seems to me you must be in business of +some sort nowadays to make enough to live on." + +Fred enlarged upon what it meant to him in the way of income--a quite +substantial one in the present, and the certainty of a big one in the +future. He went into more detail than seemed necessary, and at +considerable length. Colonel Eldridge said: "Well, I like to hear of a +young man making good. You seem to be well up on the ladder already, and +you're what?--twenty-eight? You were just a year older than Hugo, +weren't you? You'll have to think of getting married and settling down +soon." + +Fred's colour deepened, and he gave a little catch of the breath, but +said in a fairly steady voice: "That's what I've come to see you about. +I want your permission to ask Pamela." + +Colonel Eldridge sat absolutely still, and his face showed nothing. But +his voice did, when he said, after a pause: "That's an entirely new idea +to me. Have you any reason to suppose that Pamela would--would be +prepared for such a declaration?" + +The ice was broken, and Fred spoke more easily, but with his eyes fixed +on the fire. "I've never tried to make love to her," he said. "I didn't +think I had a right to. I've hoped that I should be in a position to +come to you like this some day, but I didn't think the time would come +so soon. I should have to make my own way with her, and I shouldn't +expect to do it at once. But I thought I ought to satisfy you first +that I shall be in a position to give her what you would have a right to +expect for her." + +Colonel Eldridge's eyes had rested on him during the progress of this +speech. He saw before him a young man with a face of some power, but +little or no refinement; with a strong-growing crest of thick dark hair; +with a sturdy frame in clothes that contrasted somewhat with his own old +but well-cut suit of tweeds, neatly-laced thick-soled boots, and +neatly-adjusted collar and tie. The hands that lay on his knee, or +grasped the arm of his chair, were broad and short-fingered, and their +nails were not quite clean. + +"You don't think, then, that what I've a right to expect for my daughter +goes beyond an income large enough to support her?" + +Fred stirred uncomfortably. He must have felt the latent hostility. But +his voice did not change. "I don't think that," he said. "I only meant +that you'd have a right to expect that first of all. I suppose I +couldn't expect you--never have expected you--to welcome the idea, +exactly. I didn't begin life with the same advantages as you might +expect from anyone who wanted to marry your daughter; but I've made good +already, as you've said, and if I may say so without boasting, I'm going +farther than most men. I'm determined to; and if I could look forward +to--I mean I should have an added incentive, and I don't think there's +much I couldn't do in the world. In ten years' time, or less, I don't +think you'd have reason to be ashamed of me, as a son-in-law." + +"Oh, ashamed! There's no need to talk like that. And one can't take up +the position that fathers used to take up over their daughters' +marriages. I don't know that you're not right, and the only thing one is +entitled to stipulate for nowadays is an assured and sufficient income. +Even that seems to have been considered unreasonable in lots of the +marriages one has seen take place during the war." + +"Yes, I know. But I've waited until I could assure you of a sufficient +income, and I've come to you first, as I suppose I shouldn't have done +if I hadn't recognized that I was aiming higher than what might be +considered my deserts." + +"Well, what is it that you want of me exactly? I've no reason to be +offended at your coming to me, you know. I've known you for most of your +life, and you've been welcomed into my family. I treated you as a +friend, myself, only the other day." + +"Oh, that was nothing," said Fred. "I was only too glad to be able to be +of use to you. I should have been anyhow." + +Colonel Eldridge winced a little. "I'll say quite plainly," he said, in +a slightly harder voice, "that, from my own point of view, I should be +disappointed if my daughter didn't make what would be called a better +marriage; but I say it without meaning any offence to you. If she chose +to accept you, I shouldn't--I shouldn't refuse my permission, though I +think--yes, I think I should stipulate for a certain time to elapse. +Will that satisfy you?" + +Perhaps it was rather more than Fred had expected, though it was not +precisely encouraging. Colonel Eldridge seemed a good deal farther from +him than on the last occasion he had talked to him in this room. "I want +my chance with her," he said. + +"Well, what do you mean by that? You mustn't go to her, you know, saying +that I'm in favour of your--your suit, or whatever you like to call it. +How far have you got with her? I say again that this is a complete +surprise to me, and I shouldn't have thought that she could have given +you any encouragement to go upon." + +"I don't know that she has. One has one's own private hopes. We have +been friends; I think I can say as much as that. I was a friend of +Hugo's; she's been a sort of inspiration to me all my life. Especially +lately, it has made a different man of me to think of her. I've been a +rough sort of fellow--had to be, in some ways, in the fight I've had to +put up. I'm not good enough for her; of course I'm not. But who is?" + +Colonel Eldridge's face had grown a little softer. "You talk of her in +the right sort of way," he said. "Well, I must leave it to her. If she +says yes, I shan't say no." + +"Thank you," said Fred gratefully. "I'm glad I came to you first of all. +It seemed the right thing to do, though it wasn't very easy." + +He laughed awkwardly, and, also rather awkwardly, got himself out of the +room. When he had left it Colonel Eldridge walked up and down, as his +habit was when he was disturbed in his mind. He was very disturbed now, +as the frown on his face and his impatient actions testified. Presently +he made as if to go out, but turned again irresolutely, and then rang +the bell. He asked the maid who answered it whether Mr. Comfrey was +still in the house. Yes, he was in the schoolroom, with the young +ladies. His reception of that piece of news probably gave the maid +material for talk afterwards, though he was not aware of having shown +any feeling. Then he went to the morning-room to find his wife. + +She was alone there, and he told her of what had happened. She laughed, +unconcernedly. "With a pushing young man of that sort," she said, "I +thought it would come to a proposal sooner or later. But I didn't think +he would be so foolish as to go to you first." + +He didn't understand this. "Why foolish?" he asked, with some +impatience. "Surely you haven't seen this coming and done nothing to +stop it?" + +"What was there to stop? We couldn't not have him in the house because +he was likely to fall in love with Pamela. Now we needn't have him more +than we want to." + +"What do you mean? I said I shouldn't refuse, if Pamela wanted him. He +wouldn't be my choice, or yours; but if she...." + +"If Pamela wanted him! My dear! Wait till he's gone--I shan't ask him to +stay to lunch--and ask Pamela if she wants him." + +Pamela came into the room at that moment. Colonel Eldridge bent his +brows upon her. He couldn't quite get it out of his head that she must +have given encouragement. + +"Where is Fred?" asked Mrs. Eldridge. + +"In the schoolroom," said Pamela, and went to the bookcase, which she +opened. + +"He has just been with father," said Mrs. Eldridge; but Colonel Eldridge +stopped her. "I don't think that anything ought to be said," he began. + +Mrs. Eldridge laughed. "You didn't promise to say nothing, I suppose," +she said. + +"No; but--" + +"He came to father, Pam, to ask if he had any objection to his marrying +you, supposing _you_ had no objection." + +Pamela blushed deeply, but after a glance at her father said calmly: "I +hope you told him that you had, Daddy." + +Colonel Eldridge, standing in front of the fire, straightened himself, +and smiled. "I told him it wasn't the sort of marriage I expected for +you," he said, "but it was for you to decide and not me. I say, I didn't +mean to discuss it like this, ten minutes afterwards, with him actually +in the house." + +"Perhaps we had better wait until he has gone," said Mrs. Eldridge. +"Were you going back to the schoolroom, Pam?" + +"Well, I wasn't," said Pam; "but I can, if you like." + +"There!" said Mrs. Eldridge. "Now I think you can go back to your room, +dear, and wait a little, without too much anxiety." + +Later on there was another short confabulation, the result of which was +that Colonel Eldridge wrote a note to Fred to say that he had talked to +his daughter, who had told him that it was quite impossible that she +should ever come to look upon him in the way he desired. They would be +pleased to see him again, on the terms on which he had come to the Hall +before, but it would perhaps be as well to let a little time elapse. +After which he returned to his easy chair in front of the fire, rather +inclined to be puzzled at the suddenness of this new episode, and the +celerity with which it had been brought to an end. What Fred thought +about it was not made clear, for he did not answer the note, and was not +in church on Christmas morning, though he was known to be still at the +Vicarage. + +All this passed on Tuesday, and on Wednesday, which was Christmas Eve, +Norman came. + +Norman was in bright spirits, and the whole house responded to them, +although Colonel Eldridge, still under the influence of his cold, kept +mostly to his room. He was anxious, however, not to give Norman reason +to think that he was keeping out of his way, and asked him in for a talk +during the afternoon, when he told him how glad he was that he had come, +and in such a way as to give the impression that he was thanking him for +coming. + +"Well, I simply had to, Uncle Edmund," said Norman. "I couldn't have +stuck it anywhere else, not even at home. They've got rather a ponderous +lot up there this time, and they can do without me all right, though I +said I'd go back there the day after Christmas. I think mother would +have liked to come too, but of course she's got to play hostess to all +the magnates. You wouldn't have thought you could have got so many +magnates away from their own turkeys at Christmas time, but the shoot is +really awfully good. We had a great day yesterday." + +He gave corroborative detail, and they were soon in the midst of a talk +on sport, in which Colonel Eldridge took his part almost with +enthusiasm. Nothing was said about the estrangement, but what was +perfectly clear was that neither Lady Eldridge nor Norman considered it +as having altered anything of their affection for the family at the +Hall. No change, however, seemed to be indicated in the attitude of Lord +Eldridge. Norman did not eschew mention of him, when his name would +naturally have come into the conversation, but there was nothing to show +that he had been sent on an errand of reconciliation. + +Norman hastened to assure Pamela, in answer to inquiries, that his +joyous state of mind was not due to his having at last found the right +girl in the Irish country house. "No," he said. "There were some bright +spirits among them, but not one that I could have gone through life +with. I am far more exacting than I was. I told you about Donna Clara, +didn't I?" + +"I don't think so. At least I don't remember her name for the moment. +Could you afford to give me a card index for a Christmas present? I was +reading an advertisement the other day, and I think it is just the thing +I want, to be able to refer to any of them at a moment's notice." + +Norman laughed freely. "That's jolly good, Pam," he said. "Jolly good. +If I could only find somebody who could say that sort of thing. Of +course she'd have to be as pretty as you too, and you don't find 'em +like that in every basket of peaches. Margaret came nearest to you, +but--" + +"What has become of Margaret? I did think something might happen there, +when it had gone on for a fortnight. Or was it only ten days?" + +"That's not quite so good, Pam. I saw Margaret last week. We met at a +play, and had a word together between the acts. Rather moving, it was. I +think we both felt that a chapter in our long-past lives, though closed, +would always remain as a tender and delicate memory. In years to come, +when she's a duchess on her own, and I'm a minor middle-aged lord, with +a chin-beard and a tummy, we shall get rather sentimental with one +another. Perhaps we shall fix up a match between my Clarence and her +Ermyntrude. But I was going to tell you about Donna Clara. I call her +that because her father is a Don of Clare, not because she's Spanish or +Portugese, because she isn't. She's a peach; I will say that for her; +and dances a treat. But I'm no longer thinking of migrating to Clare +College on her account." + +"Why not? Is she _quite_ brainless? You don't seem to mind them having +scarcely any, but I suppose it would be an objection if she hadn't got +beyond words of one syllable." + +"Don't try too hard, Pam. Something good will slip out if you wait for +it. So far from being brainless, Donna Clara-- But why pursue these +futile recriminations? She's the last. I shan't go about looking for it +any more. Perhaps I shall live and die a bachelor. I recognized all the +symptoms with Donna Clara. I was taken with her. I _did_ lean out of my +window and think about her when I got home; only it was so damn cold +that I shut it again directly. I _did_ take all the trouble in the world +to see her again. But when I did, that was the end of it. I _could_ have +gone on, but I didn't. I saw that I should be suffering from an +agreeable sort of fever for a few weeks, and then I should recover, and +have it all to go through again. Pam dear, it isn't good enough." + +"Well, I'm not sorry you've come to that conclusion," said Pam. "It came +home to me when the affair with Margaret fizzled out. I think the whole +business is rather tiresome. You've got lots of other things to do. I +suppose a man can go pottering on like that, playing with his emotions. +A girl would be rather a beast if she did it. But even in a man I think +it's spoiling something or other. I think you're quite right to give it +up, if you really mean to." + +Norman showed himself a trifle offended over this. "I don't know that +you need take it as solemnly as all that," he said. "We've had larks +together about it, but I can keep it to myself, if you'd rather." + +Pam's eyes filled with tears, which surprised her as much as they did +Norman when he saw them. "Oh, don't let's quarrel, even in fun," she +said. "It's all unhappy enough without that." Then she broke down and +cried, but dried her eyes immediately, angry with herself. "I've had a +horrid thing happen to me," she said. "I didn't mean to tell you about +it, but I always have told you everything, almost." + +He took her hand. "Dear little Pam," he said. "I know everything is +perfectly beastly for you now. I can't do anything about it yet, but you +know I hate it as much as you do. I've really come here because of +that--at least, you know I should hate not being with you at Christmas. +I determined I'd be as merry and bright as possible, but I haven't +always felt like it when I've thought about you. If you want to talk +over things quietly I'm quite ready." + +She gave his hand a squeeze, and withdrew hers. "It isn't about leaving +here," she said. "I mind that for poor old Daddy's sake, and it's all +part of the general horridness which makes everything different. I +suppose I shouldn't mind about this if it weren't for being unhappy +about other things." + +Then she told him about Fred. "I suppose I did give him some +encouragement," she said, "though of course I never meant to." She +smiled ruefully. "Perhaps it was that afternoon at Pershore Castle that +brought it on me. I was annoyed with you rather, and did it to make you +annoyed with me, which you were." + +"Oh, yes, I quite understood that," he said. "But why do you let it +worry you, Pam dear? You've got rid of the fellow--pretty easily too. +You might have had to get rid of him yourself." + +"I know. I'm glad I was saved that. I don't know why I feel it as I do, +though I've tried to find out. I can't really blame Fred. Why should I +blame him for wanting me? And he didn't even bother me. He went to +father." + +"And I expect he wishes he hadn't now. I can tell you why you feel it, +without looking up any words in a dictionary. He's so far beneath you in +every way that it's like a degradation to have him even thinking about +you in that way. As for bringing it on--I don't think you could have +helped it--a pushing common bounder like that, who wouldn't understand +your just being friendly with him. It would have had to come, sooner or +later." + +"Perhaps you're right, though I don't feel it quite like that. I think +I've got myself to blame somewhere. Still, I'm well out of it, and I +dare say I shall get over the horrid feeling in time. I hope I shan't +have to see him again--not for a long time." + +"Of course you'll get over it; and you needn't see him any more, +ever--in any way that will matter to you. I wish I could say the same +for myself; but the odd thing is that he's got himself in with the +governor--in business. He says he's good at it, and a nice enough +fellow, who did well in the war. I'm all for treating fellows well who +did well in the war, but you do get a bit fed up with some of them, whom +you'd never have known but for the old war. I don't suppose Mr. Comfrey +would have dared to think about you, before the war. Oh, we've got a lot +up against the Kaiser. Let's forget about him, Pam, and forget all about +the other bothers, and have a jolly Christmas." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +AND THE THIRD + + +On the afternoon of Christmas Day Norman went out to take the air. There +was a cold drizzle of rain, and nobody was inclined to accompany him. He +was not sorry to be alone, for he had a good deal to think about, and +his thoughts flowed freely as he strode along, buttoned up in his rain +coat and rather enjoying the bleak inclemency of the weather, so unlike +that of the traditional Christmas. But the Christmas atmosphere was +abundantly alive at the Hall, and he carried it with him as he tramped +through the mud. + +He came back as dusk was falling through the wood at the lower end of +the park, and some association of place brought sharply back to his +memory the fight he had had with Fred Comfrey down here, years before. +He could see Fred and Hugo sitting on the log as he went towards them +across the park, and there came to him a return of the feelings with +which he had approached them. He came out of the wood at the place where +the fallen log had been. It had gone now, but there was Fred, his +old-time enemy, standing under a tree, with his eyes fixed upon the +Hall, the windows of which were showing their welcoming lights that no +longer welcomed him. + +He started in surprised affront, as Norman came upon him. It was an +awkward meeting, for his reason for being there was apparent, and he +could not help knowing that it was so to Norman. He hunched his +shoulders and turned away in offence, without a greeting. Norman, who +had been thinking of him with cherished aversion, had an impulse of pity +towards him, and obeyed the impulse instantly, as his custom was. "Merry +Christmas!" he said. "I heard you were down here." + +It was the first thing that came into his head to say, and was only +meant as a disclaimer of enmity. But Fred took it as a jeer, and turned +on him, his face flaming with antagonism. "I dare say you did," he said. +"Damn you! I say something in confidence, and it's told to everybody at +once; and I'm kicked out because of it. A merry Christmas!" There +followed an oath directed against Norman, and he turned his back on him +again. + +Norman's impulsion of pity still held him. He had disliked Fred, in +their boyhood, but before their final quarrel there had been times in +which they had been companions, without hostility between them. That old +contact was present to his mind; and Fred was down now; he couldn't +triumph over him. "I didn't mean any offence," he said. "I do know what +happened, but there's no offence in that either." + +Fred turned on him again. "I'm not good enough for her," he said. "No +offence in showing me that in the beastliest sort of way, I suppose! I +do the straight thing, and it's immediately used as a weapon against me. +Yet Eldridge was ready enough to come to me for help in his blasted +money difficulties. If he doesn't mind telling everybody my affairs I +don't mind telling his." + +Again he turned away, leaving Norman at a loss. He took a few steps, and +threw over his shoulder: "You make her think she's everything to you, +and behave as if she was nothing. I'd have given her more than you ever +will." Then he went away, leaving Norman with something more to think +about, as he walked slowly back across the park in the chilly dusk to +where the warmth and light of the house was awaiting him. + +The next day he went away, and the Hall settled down again to the quiet +life that had been brightened by his coming. + +The weather cleared after Christmas, and on the first day on which the +roads were dry enough Lord Crowborough came tricycling over to Hayslope +Hall, and, in the same state of heat as before and with the same means +of allaying it by his side, sat talking to his old friend. + +He had heard of the decision to let the Hall, and was full of sympathy. +At the same time, he couldn't quite understand it. What did William say +about it? Surely--! + +Colonel Eldridge cut him short. "There's no enmity now between me and +William," he said. "We've practically agreed to go our separate ways, +though that has never been put into words. William doesn't come into +this, and wouldn't have come into it if we had never fallen out. All he +could have done would have been to subsidize me here, and I dare say he +would have been quite ready to do it. But of course I couldn't have +accepted that in any case." + +"No. I can see that, if you put it in that way. But there ought to be a +way out, Edmund. He will succeed you here, and I am pretty certain that +if you both wanted to you could arrange things." + +"Not in any way that wouldn't come round in the long run to my staying +here as William's pensioner. The property could be resettled by him and +me and Norman agreeing; but there's nothing in it for me beyond my life +interest and my wife's jointure. No; I am ready to go now, for some +years at least. It's possible that after a time, when I've cleared off +certain encumbrances on my income, I might be able to come back. But it +isn't time to think of that yet. I shan't be sorry to go, if I can find +something suitable to go to. This place has become a burden, and all the +pleasure of living in it has departed. The nuisance is that there's no +house here for me to go to. The Grange is out of the question, and +there's no other house that would do for us without a lot of money spent +upon it. I haven't got any money for such purposes." + +"It seems hard lines that William should have spoilt the only house in +the place that would suit you; and now he doesn't even live in it +himself." + +"Oh, well; that's done, and there's no good dwelling on it. Things have +gone his way and they haven't gone mine. They haven't been going the way +of us landowners for a long time, and the war has about finished us. I +sometimes wish I'd been born a generation earlier. My father used to +grumble sometimes; but look at the difference between those times and +these. Oh, no; it's time I cleared out. There's no room in the world +that's coming for people like me." + +"Oh, my dear fellow, you mustn't talk like that. There's always room in +the world for people like you. We shouldn't have won the war without +'em, for one thing." + +"It doesn't seem to have done us much good winning the war. Nothing's +the same as it was, and it will get worse. However, we needn't talk +about that. We shall have to stick it out, whatever's in store for us. I +don't suppose I've got more to grumble about than most. If I can let +this house well, as I think I can, and find another somewhere, we shall +be all right. I suppose the girls will marry in time. Cynthia and I will +have enough, for as long as remains to us." + +"I think I might find you a house, Edmund. I've been turning it over in +my mind since I heard that you wanted something near here. Give me a few +days longer. But I want to know--you didn't tell me. What _does_ William +say about your leaving Hayslope?" + +"I don't suppose he knows. I haven't told him. I dare say Norman has by +this time." + +"I see Norman was here for Christmas, wasn't he? He's a nice boy, that. +I'm glad it shouldn't have made a difference to him." + +"So am I--very glad. Yes; he's a very nice boy. He's like a brother to +my girls, and I'm glad they've got him, now their own brother is dead. +He'll look after them, if they ever want looking after." + +"They're dear girls, all of them, Edmund. You won't have them all with +you for very long, I expect. I've had a sort of hope lately that--I +don't see why such old friends as we are shouldn't talk over these +things--I've a fancy that my boy thinks there's nobody in the world like +your Pamela. Well, my wife says it's Pamela; I had a sort of idea myself +that it was little Judith. It's one of 'em, or I'll eat my hat. Would +that be agreeable to you, if it came off some day?" + +Colonel Eldridge laughed. "It would be very agreeable to me," he said. +"I've had things put to me that weren't so agreeable. Fathers don't seem +to have much of a say in these matters nowadays. But, thank goodness, my +girls weren't old enough to run all those risks of war-time. Yes, John, +if that arrangement would suit you, it would certainly suit me. I've +been wondering, quite lately what sort of marriage Pamela would +make--realizing that she was old enough to get married, which I suppose +doesn't come into a father's head about his eldest girl until it's put +there." + +"No; or with a son either. But Jim is my only one, and I should like him +to marry early, and see my grandson growing up, if I'm spared so long. I +shouldn't care for my brother Alfred's boys to come into the succession. +However, that's a long way ahead yet. Jim's a steady fellow now, and +inclined to take his life seriously--more seriously, perhaps, than we +did when we were young fellows; but it's not a bad thing either. What I +mean is that I think it would be a good thing for him to marry, and with +such a wife as your Pamela--well, he'd be a very lucky fellow, and +she'd get him on in the world. There's still something to do for a man +in the position he'll have to fill, and the right sort of wife would +help him no end." + +When Lord Crowborough had pedalled himself away, Colonel Eldridge went +back to his room, and sat there in front of the fire, with pleasanter +thoughts to keep him company than he had had for some time. The episode +with Fred Comfrey had made its mark upon him, though it had come and +gone so quickly that he had suffered little distress because of it. He +could hardly help thinking of himself as having come down in the world, +since he was no longer able to support the modest dignity that had been +his as the head of an old-established family living in the large house +in the middle of his acres in which his fathers had lived before him. +Fred Comfrey's proposal had seemed to mark that descent, for it had not +been from among men such as he that the daughters of the house had taken +their husbands. Now this so different proposal wiped out the effect of +that one. If only Pamela...! + +When he told his wife about it, he found that it was no new idea to her. +"I didn't want to talk about it," she said, "because one is naturally +careful about not appearing to rush at a marriage of that sort. There +will be plenty of people to say that we have been angling for it--or +that I have--if it does happen. I do think that there's no doubt about +Jim. In fact, I shouldn't be in the least surprised if he hadn't put it +to Pam already." + +"What--do you mean to say that they have come to an understanding?" + +"I'm afraid not. If he has asked her, she has refused him. I don't know, +because she has said nothing to me; but one has a sort of instinct with +one's own daughters. Perhaps it's more likely that she won't give him an +answer yet. They are as good friends as ever. I don't think he would +come here in the way he does if she had refused him definitely." + +This rather dashed him. "Crowborough said something about Judith," he +said. "He'd had an idea that she was the attraction; but her ladyship +seems to have chased that idea out of his head." + +Mrs. Eldridge laughed, and said: "For once I agree with her. I was +inclined to think it was Judith at one time myself, though I'd hardly +come to think of her as more than a child. They get on splendidly +together, and really I think she'd be more suited to him than Pam. +However, there's no good thinking of that, for it is Pam, and there's no +doubt about it. Darling Pam! I do wish she would come round to it. She +is taking our present troubles hardly, and it would be good for her to +be lifted out of them. Perhaps she will, in time. But there's no good in +pressing her; we must just leave it." + +"Oh, pressing her! Good heavens, no! I shouldn't like her to marry him +for the reasons that would appeal to us, either. I believe in a love +match, for everybody; but there ought to be something behind it too." + +Mrs. Eldridge leant over his chair and kissed him on the forehead. +"We've never regretted our love match, have we?" she said. + +He reached up and took her hand in his. "We hardly thought it was going +to bring us to this pass towards the close of our lives," he said. "But +it won't part us, so it's not so bad. Crowborough said he might be able +to find a house for us. There are several nice little places on his +property. If one of them fell vacant, I could carry on here from it. +Otherwise, I don't see anything for it but to put in an agent, and only +come down now and then. I think now we've made up our minds, the worst +is over. I wish William had written, though. He couldn't do anything to +help us, perhaps; but I should have thought it must have meant something +to him--our having to clear out. Norman must have told him, and there +would have been time to hear from him by now." + +"If there's nothing he could do," she said, "perhaps it's as well that +he should leave it alone. We don't want the contrast between us made +plainer than it is." + +With that she left him. She could not trust herself to talk with him +about his brother, against whom her anger was hot within her. She knew +with what a weight the estrangement was lying upon him now; that the +irritation he had felt against William had all disappeared; and that he +was inclined to blame himself for all that had happened, to the +justification of the man who was pursuing his eager successful course +without an apparent thought of the troubles from which he had cut +himself loose. She had hoped something from William until now. Looking +back upon the whole course of the quarrel, she did recognize that he +had made efforts to end it, and shown here and there the generosity +which had always been a mark of his character. But, after all, his +generosity had been easy to exercise. They had all lived in close +contact for years, and he had got as good as he had given, in the +affection which had prompted his generosity. Now that had fallen into +the second place with him; he was in pursuit of associations other than +the ties of family, and it was to further them that his openhandedness +would be used. What did they matter to him at Hayslope? He had run away +from the place in which so many of his interests had been bound up, +rather than face the awkwardness of a situation which he could have +ended at any time by a little patience and consideration. Even their +leaving it was nothing to him now. Four days had gone by since he must +have been told of it. He was not away, for Norman had written to Pam +only the day before, and mentioned him. It must be accepted now that he +didn't care. It would be as well that her husband should come to +recognize that, and then he would cease longing for what was over and +done with, and rely only upon those who loved him so dearly for his +solace in life. + +But she couldn't hasten the time. He must be made sadder yet before he +could put away his sadness, and accept the new conditions. + +She talked to Pamela that night. No pressure was to be put on her, she +had said. She put all the pressure of which she was capable, being very +careful to disguise the fact that she was putting any pressure at all. +She loved Pamela more than her other girls; she was making more and more +of a companion of her; she would hate giving her up to the best of +husbands. But to please her own husband, to get for him, something that +would lift from him some of the weight under which he was drooping, she +would have pushed her daughter into a marriage with less prospects of +happiness in it than this held out. She was ruthless with her, while +talking to her with a sort of cooing tenderness and sympathy, and +searching among half confessions and confidences for the point upon +which she could concentrate to move her. Her father was mentioned but +rarely. There was no plea to sacrifice herself for his sake. But it was +inherent in everything that she said that submission on Pamela's part +would bring something to him that nothing else could in these shadowed +days. She did not place before her any of the advantages that would +accrue to her from a marriage that would bring her wealth and station. +She mentioned them only to make light of them. _They_ knew, she and +Pamela, that those were not the best things in life, though one was +better off with them than without them. What were the best things? They +seemed to be summed up in Horsham, according to her opinion, though she +did not overpraise him. + +No disagreement was possible with anything that she said. She put +herself apparently into complete accord with Pamela, and made it +difficult for her so much as to say that she didn't love Horsham; for +that would have been the answer to an invitation that was never made, in +so many words. The respect and even affection that Pamela was made to +acknowledge as representing her feelings towards Horsham were taken as +the most satisfactory with which to start upon married life. That was +apparently agreed on all hands, and was hardly worth discussing. The +question of "falling in love" was lightly touched upon. It sometimes +happened before marriage, sometimes afterwards. The marriages that began +with youthful raptures didn't always turn out the most satisfactory. It +seemed to be indicated that there was something almost indelicate in a +girl's looking out for those raptures; she would have no fear of such a +desire in a daughter of hers. + +They ended their long talk under the supposition that Pamela wouldn't +marry for years to come, and discussed the future hopefully. It would be +splendid if Lord Crowborough did find them a nice house, near enough to +Hayslope for father to be able to look after things from there. They +could furnish a house of three or four sitting-rooms and eight or ten +bedrooms beautifully from the Hall, and leave quite enough behind them. +They could have a lovely garden, and there would probably be enough land +for a little farmery, in which they would all interest themselves. "I'm +sure we should be much happier than we are here now," Mrs. Eldridge +said. "I think even father has come to see that, and if he gets rid of +his worries we shall have him with us for many years to come, just as he +used to be. He is more cheerful now than he has been for a long time, +though he isn't well. I do think there's a brighter time coming for us +at last." + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +THE NEW CHAPTER + + +Miss Baldwin came back to Hayslope after the Christmas holidays not +without hopes of developments having taken place during her absence, +which would introduce the new chapter she was longing for. Her return +after holidays was always greeted with welcoming chatter by Alice and +Isabelle, who were of an age when even the arrival of a governess to +whom they were not greatly attached was something of an excitement. Miss +Baldwin never seemed to take much interest in the news they poured out +to her, and she asked very few questions; but she had gathered a good +deal by the time her charges were in bed and her time was her own to +think it over. + +The coming move was the most important piece of news. The excitement of +the children over any change was enough in this instance at least to +balance their regrets at leaving Hayslope. It was not quite settled yet, +but it was almost certain that they were going some time in the spring +to live at that dear old farmhouse which you passed on the road to +Pershore, about half a mile before you came to the Castle. Miss Baldwin +remembered it quite well, and the news gave her rather a shock, though +the children seemed to be delighted with the idea. It was an old +stone-built house standing very near the road, with its farmstead +adjoining it--hardly a gentleman's residence, in her opinion, and a +great come down from Hayslope Hall. But it was the farm buildings, which +would go with it, that made it attractive in the eyes of Alice and +Isabelle. And they were to have ponies. That would have made up for more +than they would actually lose by the move. Lord Crowborough was going to +do a good deal to the house before they went to it. It was bigger than +it looked from the outside, and there was a lovely great attic running +the whole length of the house where they would be able to play. + +So the children were satisfied, and Miss Baldwin had gathered from the +talk at supper that their elders thought themselves fortunate in finding +such a house for themselves. There was talk of panelled rooms and a fine +oak staircase, and of restorations that were to be made to bring it back +to the state from which it had somewhat fallen. It was a house of the +same quality as Town Farm at Hayslope. Colonel Eldridge's chief regret +seemed to be that he could not restore his own house in the same way, +instead of renting one from somebody else. + +To Miss Baldwin's observant eyes, Colonel Eldridge seemed to have aged +since she had last seen him. He had been unwell, and was not quite +himself yet, though he wouldn't acknowledge it. But the change in him +didn't come from that. He was depressed and silent, and made fewer +efforts to conceal his mood before his family than was his custom. Miss +Baldwin wondered whether his family knew everything that was behind this +somewhat startling change in his life. Was he hiding anything from +them? Was he a secret gambler, with a chapter to come in which his +horses would be led away from the door, and his wife would lean over a +ruined man with bent head and nervous fingers clutching a pack of cards? +But she rejected the idea. Colonel Eldridge only had one horse, and an +old pony, and he could hardly be induced to make a four at family +Bridge, with stakes of threepence a hundred. The estrangement from his +brother still continued; she had gathered that. There was something +there to wonder about, perhaps a recently discovered will, perhaps the +change of an heir at birth. Time would show. There was not enough yet to +alter the interest of a love story into one of mystery. + +She divined, with some special sense that she had, that Fred Comfrey was +a definitely rejected suitor; though the children had hardly mentioned +his name and the others not at all. But it could not have been that +which made Pamela almost as silent and sad-looking as her father, in +spite of her efforts to behave with her usual brightness, and especially +so to him. It was only at odd moments that Miss Baldwin caught the look +on her face which told her so much; and the silence was for when her +father and mother were not there. + +What was it then that was troubling her? Miss Baldwin formed many +conjectures, but recognized that she must wait for further material in +order to set her thoughts to one of them. + +The occasion that she wanted came two days after she had returned to +Hayslope. Lord Horsham came over to lunch, and stayed for the +afternoon. He was going back to Oxford the next day. + +Pamela's spirits had come back to her. She laughed and chattered in her +old way. Lord Horsham had never had such a reception from her in Miss +Baldwin's recollection, though all of them were brought into it, and +there was no time that Miss Baldwin knew of when she was alone with him +during that lively afternoon. When he had gone, she relapsed into her +listless mood, which was even more marked than it had been before. + +So now Miss Baldwin knew. Pamela loved Lord Horsham, and any separation +from him lay heavy upon her spirits. She wondered what had brought the +change, for Pamela had certainly not been in love with him a month ago. +As for him, there was no doubt about it. He was head over ears, and +showed it plainly. It could not be long now before that chapter, and +with it the whole story, was satisfactorily closed. + +Colonel Eldridge had a great deal of estate work to do now, which had +fallen somewhat into arrears during the days he had been laid up. +Besides hours spent in his office, where there was now only a clerk to +help him, he had to be out constantly, and in all weathers. Mrs. +Eldridge tried to dissuade him from going about so much, but he was not +a man who would respond to such dissuasion, with the result that he +caught another bad cold and had to take to his bed. There she had him to +some extent at her mercy, but she could not prevent him worrying himself +over what ought to have been done, but couldn't be done, or from busying +himself with papers, when he ought to have been lying still doing +nothing. + +He began to mend on the third day, and proposed to get up on the next. +She took up his breakfast herself, and his letters, and then went down +to her own. When she went up again, he was lying still, with very little +breakfast eaten and half his letters unopened. She persuaded him to eat +a little more, and he talked to her for a time, and then said he should +like a message sent over to ask Lord Crowborough to come and see him. He +thought he would go to sleep in the meantime; there wouldn't be much to +do this morning; better take full advantage of his last day in bed. He +smiled at her and said that she was not to come bothering him until Lord +Crowborough came. He wanted to see him about something particularly. +Perhaps she'd better send the car for him, and a note. No, he would +write the note himself. She was to go down and order the car, while he +wrote it. + +An hour or so later Lord Crowborough was ushered into his room, with a +face of concern. This was apparently on account of Colonel Eldridge's +illness, for he was quite cheerful with Mrs. Eldridge until she left +them, with instructions not to interrupt their confabulation, which +might take some time. But when the door had been shut behind her his +face was more concerned than ever as he came to the bedside, and said: +"You've had some bad news, Edmund. I'm very sorry to hear that. And +you're not in a fit state for it, either. I can see that." + +Colonel Eldridge handed him a letter. "You're the only man, I suppose, +who knows all about it," he said. "Is it true?" + +Lord Crowborough read the letter through, with pursing of the lips, and +a deepening frown. Colonel Eldridge watched his face anxiously for a +time, and then turned his eyes away, and lay quite still until he had +finished. + +Lord Crowborough glanced at him, when he had come to the end, and waited +a moment before speaking. Then he folded the letter and said: "Yes, +Edmund, it's true, in all essentials; but what a wicked thing to send it +to you! The woman must be mad." + +Colonel Eldridge roused himself. "Oh, you see what she says. It has been +lying on her conscience.... Spiritualism, and all that.... She wants +excitement, of course. We needn't bother about her; she's had the money, +thank goodness. She can't do anything more, except put it about, which I +dare say she will do, though she swears she won't. It's you I'm thinking +of, John. I quarrelled with you for saying it; I behaved badly to you. +I...." + +Lord Crowborough lifted hands of deprecation. "Oh, my dear Edmund; my +dear fellow! I ought not to have taken the line I did about it. I +regretted it very much afterwards, when the poor boy was killed. Don't +think anything more about that. And don't let it affect you towards his +memory. He'd gone wrong; yes, more than you knew; but he made up for it +in the end. I've thought kindly of him, you know, for a long time past, +and I knew it all the time. Perhaps it would have been better if you had +known it at the first. It's a blow, coming now. But nothing is changed +by it. You must put it aside. You will, in time. It's all forgiven." + +There was silence for a time. Then Colonel Eldridge said: "You're kind +and good about it, John. I knew you would be, when I sent for you. And +you've been kind all along. I know now that my son--cheated--yours out +of a large sum of money, besides pushing him into something that he'd +never have taken up, if he had been left to himself. I know Horsham well +enough to say that; and my son was an older man, who ought to have +looked after him--coming into the Regiment as a boy--the son of one of +my oldest friends. It was very bad. I can't quite bring my mind to it. +But the first thing to be done is to arrange for the payment--" + +Lord Crowborough had tried to break in once or twice, and now did so +decisively. "My dear Edmund, the money was paid. William knew, and he +insisted on doing it. I couldn't refuse. Whatever I might have done, if +I'd been left to myself, I don't deserve the credit of that. There's +nothing more to be done there." + +"William paid, you say?" + +"Yes. Fortunately I told him all about it--you knew that, didn't you? It +was when I was still very angry, and had let out to you what I did, that +you took such exception to. I hope I should have done afterwards what I +did do, and draw back from what I had said, so as to keep the knowledge +of it from you. But it was William who showed me that it was the right +thing to do, and almost directly afterwards the poor boy was killed, and +then I can tell you I was very glad that I hadn't pressed it with you. +William saw it at once. He made me take a cheque for the--for the loss, +then and there, and promise never to mention it again, even to him. I've +wished lately...." + +He broke off. "You've wished lately that I'd known that," said Colonel +Eldridge quietly. "So do I. One doesn't quarrel with men who treat one +like that." + +Lord Crowborough didn't quite understand him. "I don't think you need +consider it as an extra obligation," he said. "I know it was over and +done with, for William, when he wrote his cheque, and made me promise to +say nothing about it. I've talked to him since, as you know, and he was +extremely irritated against you--no sense in pretending he wasn't--but +_that_ never came up. I'm sure he's never grudged it, whatever has +happened since." + +"I wasn't thinking about the money. I've thought too much about +William's money, and talked too much about it, to you among others. His +money made it easy for him, perhaps, to pay what had to be paid; but it +had nothing to do with his taking pains to keep me from knowledge of my +son's disgrace." + +Lord Crowborough brightened. "Oh, I'm so glad you've said that, Edmund," +he said. "You've both misunderstood each other, and you've drifted +apart. My dear fellow, if this brings you together again-- Oh, I shall +be so glad of that." + +Again there was silence for a time. Then Colonel Eldridge said: "Horsham +knows, I suppose. He and this--this woman's son joined together, didn't +they? It was plain to all of them." + +Lord Crowborough had forgotten for the moment what a shock the certain +knowledge of his son's disgrace must have been to him, and set himself +to remove the effects of it from his mind. Colonel Eldridge accepted +what he said, listlessly, but it was evident that no words could heal +the wound that had been dealt him. Only time could do that. Even the +knowledge of his brother's action, which had changed the current of his +thoughts for a time seemed to have brought him only temporary relief. He +seemed hardly interested in it now. There was an air of hopeless +depression on him that Lord Crowborough was quite unable to remove. + +He roused himself to agree upon what steps to take. There was little +that could be done. Lord Crowborough himself answered the letter then +and there. He wrote on behalf of his friend, who was ill. His own son +had been concerned in the affair about which Mrs. Barrett had written to +Colonel Eldridge, and all the facts were known to him. Until now they +had not been known to Colonel Eldridge. He would not pretend that he +understood the motives which had led her to deliver such a blow to a man +who had lost his only son, and thus immeasurably increase his grief. He +would only beg of her to let the story go no farther. + +He directed and closed the letter without offering to show it to Colonel +Eldridge, who made no request that he should do so. Then he burnt the +letter that had worked such mischief, and soon afterwards he went away, +very disturbed in his mind at what had taken place, and what its effects +might be. + +Colonel Eldridge lay in bed all that day, doing nothing, and not wishing +to talk. The next day he got up, and went about his business as usual, +though Mrs. Eldridge begged him to stay in the house. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX + +THE TRODDEN WAY + + +It was a wild night of wind and rain. Mrs. Eldridge and Pamela sat in +the morning-room, waiting. Every now and then Mrs. Eldridge would go +upstairs, and creep quietly into her husband's room, to see if he was +still asleep. Then she would come down again, and they would sit still, +talking very little, while the big clock in the corner ticked on, and +the gusts of rain blew against the window-panes. + +Colonel Eldridge had come in the evening before, shivering, and had gone +to bed. In the morning his temperature was high, but he said he felt +better, and refused to have a doctor sent for. Mrs. Eldridge, however, +took that matter into her own hands, and sent for one, who came towards +the end of the morning. He took a grave view of the case, and feared +pneumonia. He would come again in the evening, and bring a nurse with +him. It might be late before he came. There was a lot of illness about, +and nurses were difficult to get. + +There was no telephone at the Hall, but there was one at the Grange. +Pamela and Judith had spent most of the afternoon there. At last the +doctor had telephoned that a nurse was coming down from London by the +last train. He would meet her and bring her himself. + +The train arrived at a quarter past eleven, and it was half an hour's +motor-run to the Hall. On such a night as this it might take longer. + +The time crept on. Soon after half-past eleven Pamela sprang up from her +chair. "I'm sure I heard a motor," she said, and ran to the window. + +"It's too early yet," Mrs. Eldridge said; but Pamela had drawn back the +curtains. The strong headlights of a big car were already swinging round +to the hall door. + +They went out, and Mrs. Eldridge opened the door, as the bell rang. It +was Lord Eldridge who was standing there, already unfastening his heavy +fur coat. + +He slipped it off as he came in. He was in his evening clothes. "How is +he?" he asked, without any other greeting. "Has the nurse come yet?" + +Many emotions crossed Mrs. Eldridge's mind, but the chief of them, in +spite of her disappointment, and the resentment she had nurtured against +him, was relief at his appearance; for it seemed to her that if anything +ought to be done, he could do it. + +When he heard of the nurse expected, he considered, watch in hand, +whether it would be worth while to motor back in his fast car towards +the station, but decided against it. In a few minutes the doctor and the +nurse would be coming. He went into the morning-room with Pamela, while +Mrs. Eldridge went upstairs again. + +"I only got your message just before nine o'clock," he said. "They +didn't know where to find me." + +She stood before him, looking up into his face. "I haven't told mother +I tried to get you," she said, "in case you couldn't come. I knew you +would if you could, Uncle Bill."' + +"Oh, my dear, of course. Poor dear fellow! But he'll get over it. We'll +pull him round between us." + +There was such an air of energy and resource about him that it seemed as +if he could do more than a nurse or a doctor. He was wiping his face, +which was red, and wet with the rain. He told her hurriedly that he had +come up from Suffolk only that afternoon, and had gone to his club for +the night. He had dined out, and her message had passed to and fro until +it had found him, when he had come straight away. "If I'd only gone +home, as I might have done," he said, "I should have been here hours +ago, and might have brought a nurse down with me." + +He put his arm round her as she bent her head to hide her tears. "There, +there, my dear!" he said consolingly. "Don't worry. It will be all right +now." + +She dried her eyes. "I don't want mother to see me upset," she said; +"but I've been so frightened. Father has hardly ever been ill, until +lately. He has been so worried and unhappy, I suppose he couldn't throw +it off. I'm sure it will be the best thing for him that you have come at +once, like this." + +A shade passed over his face. "I'd have come before if I'd thought he +would want me," he said. "It's been an unhappy business, but it's all +over now. It _shall_ be all over. I've taken offence too readily. I +won't take offence at anything now." + +"I'm sure there'll be nothing to take offence at," she said, a little +stiffly. "When you see him, you'll only be sorry for him." + +Mrs. Eldridge came in at that moment. "He's awake," she said. "He had +heard the car and I had to tell him it was you who had come, William. He +wants to see you. I don't know--" + +"If he wants it!" he said, preparing to go. "I shan't upset him, +Cynthia. And the doctor ought to be here directly." + +She took him upstairs. "He's very ill," she said, in a colourless voice. +"I know he is, though he says he isn't. I'm sure he mustn't be excited. +But I had to tell him you were here, and he would see you at once." + +"I shan't excite him," he said shortly. + +They went into the room. Colonel Eldridge was lying in his bed in a +corner of the room, with a shaded reading-lamp by his side. He hardly +looked ill, and he greeted his brother in his ordinary voice. "Well, +Bill, I'm glad you've come, though it's a beastly night to get you out. +You didn't walk through the wood, did you?" + +His brother understood at once that he was light-headed. "No, old boy," +he said, taking his hand in his. "I came in the car. I thought I must +look in and see how you were. You'll have the doctor here in a minute. +I'll keep you company till he comes." + +He sat down by the bed, while Mrs. Eldridge stood, not knowing what to +do. "You can leave me and Bill for a bit," her husband said. "I want to +talk to him about that four acre field at Barton's Close. I don't think +it's much good for pasture where it is. I thought he might like to take +it into his garden. Just see if you can find the big estate map in my +room." + +She went out slowly. "That's a good idea, Edmund," William said in a +quiet voice. "We can talk it over when you're better. I shouldn't think +about it now, if I were you. Let me make you a bit more comfortable." + +He rearranged the bedclothes, which his brother had thrown off, talking +in a soothing voice as he did so. Colonel Eldridge was in a high fever. +He thought it was his father who was with him, and said: "William didn't +want to get into the punt. It was me who made him." + +What strange things come to the surface of the mind when it is no longer +under control! Years ago, when they were children, they had been upset +from a shooting punt, into which they had been forbidden to go. It was +one of countless such pranks that had been forgotten, or at least never +brought to memory. It came to William now that his brother had always +taken blame on himself for any of them that had turned out +unfortunately, and touched him acutely. It was his elder brother who was +lying there, until lately the person most looked up to in all his world. +His heart was constricted with a poignant emotion, and his voice +trembled as he said words that would calm the rapid flow of his speech, +now becoming more incoherent. Oh, if only they could pull him through +this, he would never allow himself again to treat him as anything but +the elder brother, whom he could uphold, but must not gainsay. What +would it matter if he was sometimes unreasonable? There was no one else +in the world to whom it was so worth while to give in; no one who +carried with him that sense of rightful authority, even of protection. +He had been borne down by his troubles. Were any of them his brother's +making? + +The doctor and the nurse came in. William was sent out of the room at +once. + +By the next day they seemed to have settled down to the struggle for a +life, as if nothing else in the world mattered. Lord Eldridge, after a +few hours' sleep, had motored back to London, to find and bring down +another nurse. He had sent for his wife to come to the Grange, and set +in hand all arrangements for their staying there, and for the carrying +on of such of his work as could not be left undone. He was back at the +Hall before mid-day, looking as if he had been doing nothing out of the +usual run, but with a deep gravity underlying his capable +confidence-bearing demeanour. His contact with Mrs. Eldridge was almost +impersonal. She relied on him, and talked with him about what was to be +done without any sense of awkwardness. Her resentments were not solved; +they were just put aside. But for the girls the estrangement was over +and done with. They clung to his authority and resource, and to his warm +supporting affection, which he showed towards them so abundantly. + +Soon after he had returned, Mrs. Eldridge came to him and said that her +husband wanted to see him. He was quite himself now. The nurse had said +that he had better have his way, but Lord Eldridge must be careful not +to excite him, and must not stop in the room long. + +The weight of past trouble was upon Mrs. Eldridge now. She hesitated and +faltered, and it was plain that she disliked being the bearer of this +message. + +"My dear Cynthia," he said, "if he wants to see me, it is because he +wants our dispute to be put an end to, once for all. I want that too, +and you can trust me to think of nothing but to set his mind at rest. +Don't think of me as an enemy any longer." + +She made no reply, but led him up to the room. + +His brother's eyes were upon him, as he went in, with an expression that +was sorrowful, but also welcoming. "Well, William," he said, in a low +but audible voice, "it does me good to see you here. I seem to be worse +than I thought I was, but we can have a little chat. It was good of you +to come, after all that has happened." + +"My dear old fellow, don't let's talk about what has happened. I've been +very much to blame; but you have always had a lot to put up with in my +ways of doing things. Yet we've been friends all our lives, and nothing +is ever going to part us again." + +He had taken his hand, and given it a gentle pressure. His brother held +it in his for an appreciable time, and then grasped it with a meaning +that was plain enough without further words. William sat down by his +side, with a sensation of choking in his throat. Their quarrel was at an +end. + +"There's a lot to settle," Colonel Eldridge said. "I may not be fit to +talk to you again. If I don't get over this, you'll look after Cynthia +and the children. They'll have enough, but I've always directed all our +affairs; she'll be lost at first." + +William forced himself with a great effort to speak naturally and +evenly. "You'll get over it, my dear old fellow," he said confidently; +"but I agree that it's best to be prepared. We've been like one family, +until lately, and that's what we are again now. You were quite right in +saying that I had spoilt the Grange for them, or I'd have looked after +them there. They shall stay here, dear Edmund. The old place will be +more like it has always been with them in it, and as I like it to be, +than with us living in it. I'm committed to another sort of life now, +and it's too late to go back. But we shall be down here often, in the +old way. They'll have us to depend upon, in whatever they can't do for +themselves." + +"You haven't bought that other place?" + +"No. I did think of it; but I shall give it up after this season, +anyhow. If all goes well, as I'm sure it will, if you set your mind to +getting better, we shall come back here, to the Grange, and you must let +me join you in a closer partnership. You'll be here to look after the +place in a way I couldn't do; you'll go on running it in your own way, +which couldn't be bettered, but under all the new conditions there's +room for capital and business methods in estate management, which I'm in +a position to bring in. We can do better with Hayslope if we work +together; we can get as much out of it as ever." + +Colonel Eldridge sighed. "It is what ought to have been done," he said. +"And you have always been ready to do it, I know. You'll do better for +the place than I could now, and for my family. I've thought of them +always; but I've not done the best for them that could have been done. I +think I did before, but I've been too slow to see that it wasn't in my +power any longer. I shall leave it all to you, William, and go with a +quiet mind, if I have to go. Thank God, you can do what I couldn't and +that I've come round to trusting to you for it before it's too late. +Perhaps all the girls won't be here at home much longer. I should have +liked to know that Pamela would be happily married; but that can't be +hurried. There are other things to settle, William. We mustn't lose +time. Poor Hugo ... there's something I want to tell you ... you know +something of it. Oh, and Crowborough told me what you'd done, when it +first came out. I haven't thanked you for that. There's such a lot to +talk about." + +He was getting restless. William put a quietening hand upon him. "I know +everything," he said. "Don't let's waste time over that. I know about +Mrs. Barrett, and the money. Young Comfrey told me of the new demand. He +ought not to have done it, but I'm very glad he did. I can take all that +on me now, Edmund. You won't want to hold out any longer, will you? I +know you won't. I'm _very_ sorry, dear old fellow, for the resentment +I've been keeping up; and ashamed of it. If you leave it all to me, and +put it out of your mind once for all, you'll give me more comfort and +pleasure than you could in any other way." + +He seemed to be controlling his mind to a new idea. "Yes," he said, at +last, and more quietly. "It's one of the many things that you'll do for +me. You've been generous all through, and I've been stiff and +ungrateful." + +The nurse and Mrs. Eldridge came in. William took his brother's hand in +his, and they looked into one another's faces. It was a momentary look, +but there was nothing to interrupt the message it carried, of +understanding, and affection, and trust. + +William went downstairs, and found Pamela there. He was much moved, and +could not hide his emotion from her. She loved him the better for it. +"You don't think he's worse, do you, Uncle Bill?" she asked him. "He +_will_ get better, won't he?" + +"One always thinks of strong people you've never seen ill worse than +they are," he said, to explain his emotion. "Yes, I think he'll get +better now. I've had very little time with him, but I've been able to +relieve his mind of some things that have lain heavy on it. I think +there's nothing he need worry about now; and I shall be able to talk to +him again. It's been a sad business, Pam--our quarrel. I've been very +much to blame, but it's all over now. I don't want to think too much +about it, as he won't, any longer. The way has been made clear for us to +help each other in what we want done. You won't be leaving Hayslope, my +dear. That's settled, at any rate." + +"I shall be very glad of that, if he gets better," she said quietly. +"Uncle Bill, I wish you'd send for Lord Crowborough." + +"My dear, you mustn't get thinking that he won't recover. I'm not going +to let myself think it. I believe, somehow, that if we fight against +that idea in our minds, it will help him to fight through himself." + +"Oh, yes, I know. But if he doesn't! I've made Nurse Mary tell me, if he +doesn't get better, it can't last very long. I think he would like to +see Lord Crowborough; he has depended on him a good deal lately, and he +has always cheered him up when he has been over. Do send for him, will +you, Uncle Bill?" + +He was a little surprised at her earnestness, but promised to do what +she wished. "I'll telephone over directly I get to the Grange," he said. + +"He isn't at the Castle," she said. "They went up to London a few days +ago. You'll telephone to him there, won't you? I know he will come down, +if he knows how ill father is. Tell him that I asked you to." + +He promised to do that, and left her. She stood at the window, and saw +him go across the lawn and under the bare branches of the trees down +into the wood. She stood there for a long time, after he had +disappeared, and when she turned back to the room her face was sad but +composed. + + * * * * * + +The illness ran its quick course, which seemed to drag interminably to +those who could do little but watch it. There were slight fluctuations, +but never much hope of recovery, at least to those who had had +experience of such an illness. To his children, who saw him sometimes +for a few minutes when he was at his best, it seemed impossible that he +should be nearing his end. He would smile at them, and say a few words. +They were always words that they would remember afterwards--as if he +had thought out what he could say in so short a time, that would not +sadden them with the idea that he expected to die, and yet would not +waste the precious time he had still to be with them. He sent for Timbs +and old Jackson, and one or two more of the servants and the villagers. +To all of these he had something definite to say which was not a +farewell; but they would count it so afterwards. + +Lord Crowborough had left London for Bath. He wired to say he was coming +on the fourth day, by the train which arrived in the middle of the +afternoon. It was doubtful whether he would be able to see Colonel +Eldridge that day; but it had been arranged that he was to stay at the +Grange. + +Lord Eldridge's car had been sent to the station. It might be back at +any time now. Pamela was alone in the morning-room. It had come to be +recognized that it was she who had pressed for him to come, and pressed +again when it had seemed impossible to get him. It was she who was to +receive him; she had asked that she should. + +She sat motionless in front of the fire, except that once or twice she +turned her head to listen. The big car made very little noise; she was +on the alert to catch the first sounds of it. + +At last it came--the crunching of the wet gravel, heard as soon as the +purring of the engine. She sprang up, as if she would go out to meet the +arrival, but stood still, as if, after all, she was unable to stir. Her +hand went to her heart, and there was a look almost of fright on her +face, as she stood in front of the fire, looking towards the door. + +It opened, but she could not move. Then her face changed altogether, +with a breaking up of its expression of strain, and she gave a little +cry. For it was not Lord Crowborough, but Norman who came quickly into +the room. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI + +AN ENDING AND A BEGINNING + + +Pamela was sobbing in Norman's arms when Lord Crowborough came into the +room almost immediately after him. She controlled herself with a great +effort, and found herself able to talk to Lord Crowborough, while Norman +went to find his father and mother, who were both in the house. + +Lord Crowborough was in great distress, but he had to explain fully why +he had not been able to come earlier, and to express his regret at the +delay. Perhaps his deliberate detailed speech calmed her. She would not +acknowledge to him that hope was small. "When he is well enough it will +be a great pleasure to him to see you," she said. "I knew he would want +to, and that anything that cheers him up must be good for him. That's +why I persuaded Uncle William to go on until he got you. I knew you +would come if you could." + +"Oh, yes, my dear; oh, yes. It's dreadfully sad. I should never have +forgiven myself if I hadn't come in time. Poor, dear fellow! It gave me +a great shock to get the news. Dear, dear! I can't believe it now." + +He was not consoling, in his evident expectation of the worst, but +Pamela seemed to have strength enough to combat his pessimism. "He will +get better," she said confidently. "He was better this morning. +To-morrow I am sure he will be able to see you." + +Lord Crowborough found it necessary to explain why his wife had been +unable to come with him. "But I've sent for Jim," he said. "He'll be +here to-morrow. I wish I'd sent for him before. Norman left Cambridge +this morning, he tells me." + +She showed a momentary confusion, but said: "I think father will be +pleased to see Jim too, if he is well enough. We're all very fond of +Jim." + +He looked at her and cleared his throat preparatory to some speech of +special meaning, as it seemed; but fortunately for her Lord and Lady +Eldridge came into the room before he could utter it. Norman was with +them, and as their elders engaged in greetings he and Pamela slipped +away together. + +They went into Colonel Eldridge's room, which was being used now, +perhaps with the idea of keeping it alive and expectant of him. Norman +took her two hands into his, and said: "Pam darling, it has been you all +the time, but I've only just found it out." + +She allowed her tears to fall then. "I've wanted you dreadfully, +lately," she said. "If only father gets better, we shall all be very +happy now." + +That was almost the extent of their love-making. They had known each +other for so long. What was in the mind of each gained instant response +from the other. Pamela could take refuge from her deep trouble in his +love; joy in their new discovery could wait. + +The discovery itself, however, must not be kept to themselves. Lord +Crowborough was the only person whom it seemed somewhat to disconcert, +but he joined with the rest in the desire to make it known to Pamela's +father. They would get his blessing upon it, which would be a happiness +to them to remember in after years. And it would please and comfort him. + +Lord Eldridge, still cherishing determined hope, expected much from it. +Whether he was abundantly pleased himself, or only moderately so, did +not appear, for he seemed to accept it only as it might affect his +brother. But he did accept it; and Lady Eldridge made it plain to +Pamela, with a warm embrace, what it meant to her. Poor Mrs. Eldridge, +who hardly left the sickroom now, treated it as unimportant. But she had +greeted her sister-in-law in a way to show that the late estrangement +was not now in her mind; and she no longer held herself aloof in any way +from her brother-in-law. Perhaps unconsciously she took it as bringing +them all more closely together. She wanted all the support now that +family affection and sympathy could give her. + +Pamela stood with Norman by her father's bedside the next morning, and +he smiled at them with full knowledge, and whispered a word to her as +she kissed him. He saw no one else but his wife that day, and on the +afternoon of the next he died. All his family were around him, but he +did not know them. There was none of whom he had not already taken +leave, and he had left them with no trouble on his mind on their behalf, +except the great sorrow of his loss, which time would change into a most +loving memory. + +Time had already softened the sorrow when Spring came treading its +flowery way over the gardens of Hayslope and the country round them. If +there were still tears shed at the Hall there was sometimes laughter +too, from the young people whose life lay all before them, and on whom +no burden of loss could rest forever. And care was lifted from the +house, though at a very heavy price. + +Mrs. Eldridge sometimes asked herself if it was possible that she should +ever come to enjoy life again, the question being prompted not by the +desire to do so, but by an uneasy suspicion of disloyalty because she +was beginning to find these bright soft spring days pleasant, in the +house and in the garden. She need not have feared, for she never had +that sensation of grateful expectancy which is spring's message and +bright consolation without an immediate pang to follow it. She had not +made herself his constant companion in the comings and goings of his +days, but never for very long together had she been without the sense of +his being there. When she had most seemed to be taking her own way, her +life in its ultimate ends had yet been lived with reference to him. Now +she had to adopt a life not so very different from that which she had +led before at Hayslope to a new impulsion. The life was pleasant enough +in itself, but at present it seemed to count for nothing. The days came, +ran their quiet course, and ended. Each one carried her a little farther +from the time when she had had him with her. And she would live them for +years to come, with nothing to look forward to. So it seemed to her +when she thought about it; and presently she found it was better not to +think about it, but to take the days as they came. Then her spirit +quieted itself by degrees, and her grief became less bewildering. + +She and Lady Eldridge were close friends again now. There had been a +time, after her husband's death, when she had put it down to the trouble +through which he had gone on account of his brother. Then she had held +herself aloof from them. But the feeling had faded away. What did it +matter now? He was dead. Keeping up the quarrel in her mind would not +bring him back. And he had been so glad to have it ended. He had given +her and his children over to his brother's keeping, in solemn words to +her, almost the last of any he had spoken. Her mind was too tired to +think it out. She just let go of the feeling, and presently it died. + +William was very good to her, and she recognized that his goodness came +from his love for his brother, whose wishes in anything to do with +Hayslope it was his guiding principle to follow. He took all money +affairs into his hands. He had assured her that the substantial income +she had to spend was due to her, and not supplemented by him, except +that he asked her to live at the Hall, as long as it suited her, and she +paid no rent for it. He professed great frankness with her, and told her +that the lines upon which he was dealing with her income enabled him to +make more of it. She did not ask how it was done; she was content, for +herself and her girls, to live quietly for the present at Hayslope, +under his protective influence. They were all one family again now, +though its headship had shifted. + + * * * * * + +One windy day of early April, when the daffodils were gleaming and +swaying under the trees, and all the air was clean and sweet, Norman and +Pamela walked together in the garden and down through the wood. Norman +had just come home from Cambridge. He and Pamela had been very little +together since the discovery of their love for one another, under the +sorrow that had prompted it but forbidden that absorption in themselves +which is the usual effect of such discoveries. Perhaps their love was +all the deeper because of the sorrow. Pamela had clung to Norman in her +grief, and had aroused in him the strongest emotion to pity and +protection towards her. Their love had struck deep roots during that sad +time. + +Then had followed the constant interchange of letters, in which all the +marvellous phenomena of their mutual attraction had been minutely +explored with one hurried week-end visit from Norman, just to assure +himself that Pamela was real flesh and blood, and that she loved him as +much as she said she did. Now they would be together for a month, before +Norman's final term at Cambridge. Already Pamela's sorrow had become +gentler. They would often talk very seriously and soberly together; but +they were very young, and they were going to be very happy. It would not +be forbidden them to be light-hearted during that Easter vacation. + +They were discussing the future now. It involved, immediately, a great +deal of work for Norman's final examinations, and a visit from Pamela to +Cambridge when their tyranny should be overpast, and more lightsome +pursuits would follow. After that? + +Well, Cambridge term ends when summer is still young. Wouldn't this be +the happiest time for a honeymoon? They would go abroad, to the most +beautiful places they could find, within the restricted area which the +war had left in Europe for searchers after summer beauty. Then they +would come back to England, at the time when England--or perhaps +Scotland--offered more than any other country. And some time in the +autumn they would make a home for themselves, which gave them more to +talk about even than the prospective travels. + +Their first home was to be that Town Farm which Colonel Eldridge had so +wished he could afford to restore for his own occupation. The visits of +the best available architect, and consultation over plans, would very +pleasurably occupy the weeks of the vacation. The work would go on while +they were abroad, and be finished in the late summer, if the conditions +of the building trade permitted. Then there would be the house to +furnish, and the garden to make anew. Here was something to dwell upon! + +But Pamela had a trifle of doubt in the corner of her mind. "Of course +it will be perfectly heavenly living there together," she said. "But I +shouldn't like you to lead an altogether idle life." + +He laughed at her. "Darling old thing!" he said. "I shall be as busy as +the day is long. I had a talk with father last night, which I wanted to +tell you about; but there are so many things to say that you've just got +to take them as they come. He says I needn't work with the idea of +earning my living. It seems that he has been watching me, when I thought +he was so busy about other things that I was out of the orbit of his +eagle eye. I hardly know how to tell you this without blushing; but he +says that if I'd shown myself any sort of a waster he'd have dumped me +down on an office stool and seen that I stuck to it, or made me do +something equally beastly until I'd made good for myself. He was quite +frank, as only a father can be, and said that he had sometimes thought I +was a bit too passionate in the pursuit of pleasure. But he'd come to +the conclusion that on the whole I had made whatever I had to do for the +time being the chief thing. So he thought I could be trusted not to +abuse the freedom he was going to give me. And this is where _you_ +blush, Pam--he thought you were just the right sort of girl to temper my +wayward tendencies. He wasn't sure what I could do best in the world, +because I seemed to like doing such lots of things that if he gained an +idea of anything special one moment he had to give it up the next. But +with you to steady me, I ought to be able to do _something_. He's a wise +bird--the Lord Eldridge of Hayslope. He knows how happy we are going to +be together, and he's going to let us be as happy as ever we can. Make +people happy, and you'll make 'em good." + +"He has been very good to us," said Pamela. "I wasn't quite sure that he +was really pleased, at first. It was very sweet of him to talk like +that about me. I'm sure there are heaps of things you will do, darling, +better than other people; and you know I'll do every mortal thing I can +to help you. Uncle Bill shan't be disappointed in me." + +"Adorable angel," said Norman. "Father's as pleased as he can be about +us. He said he saw it coming all the time. So did mother. It seems so +extraordinary that _we_ didn't." + +The conversation then took a lighter turn. Pamela threw a quick look at +him, and said: "Well, you were rather busy looking out for somebody +else, weren't you? I often used to wonder who it would be, and I'm bound +to say that I never thought it would be me. I can't be blamed. It would +have looked so very unlikely." + +"Now, Pam, we've had that out before. If I hadn't told you all about all +of them as they came and went--especially as they went--I might be +inclined to wince at your reminder. But I suppose you only want me to +say again that I could never have loved anybody but you for more than a +few minutes, and that what I felt for all those charmers put together +wasn't a drop in the ocean compared to what I feel for you. Oh, Lord! +What a discovery it was! Pam darling, could I have just one? It would be +such a refreshment." + +There was a short interlude, and then Pam said: "I don't think I really +feel jealous about Margaret and Company--Unlimited. It will give us +something to talk about in future years. Still, I'm glad that I didn't +go about falling in love myself." + +"So am I, darling. But people would soon have begun to fall in love +with you. There was poor old Jim already." + +She turned her head away, and a blush came to her face. "I'd rather that +you didn't talk about him and me like that," she said. "For one thing, +he will almost certainly marry Judith some day." + +"I suppose so. How are they getting on together? Has he been over since +he came down?" + +"Yes. It's rather touching to see them. Poor little Ju! She has been +frightfully sad, and she's kept it so much to herself. Jim seems to have +just the right way with her. She talks about father to him, I know. And +he was so nice about us, Norman. I think there's something really fine +about Jim, and we've been rather prigs about him. He hasn't got our sort +of interests; but Judith hasn't either, and nobody could call her dull. +Jim is simple in a large sort of way; and it's a very good quality." + +"Yes, I think it is. And he _has_ behaved well, for it must have been a +bit of a knock for him to come and find you and me as we were. You do +think he and Judy will fix it up between them, do you?" + +"Not yet. But I think it will come. They're rather like you and me. Each +of them is what the other wants, and they'll find it out all of a +sudden." + +"What has become of Mr. Fred Comfrey, Pam? I haven't seen him since +father found out what sort of a fellow he was, and wouldn't have +anything more to do with him." + +Her face grew shadowed again. "He doesn't come here," she said. "Mrs. +Comfrey thinks it is my fault. At least, she'll hardly speak to me; and +I suppose it is that. I'm not sure that I ought not to have given him my +answer myself, instead of leaving it to Daddy." + +"Oh, my dear child, it was infernal impudence of him to think about you +at all--a creature like that!" + +"Well, I suppose you have always been right about him. But he showed his +best side to me. There was a lot that was good and kind in him." + +"Nobody is all bad, I suppose; and even a beast like that rises to +something, when he's thinking about somebody else, and not always about +himself. The trouble is, though, that it doesn't always last. I've seen +it in marriages made in a hurry during the war. What's so heavenly about +us, Pam, is that we do know each other; and yet there's always something +new, somehow. I don't believe there's anybody in the world loves +somebody else more than I love you. And I love you more and more every +day. I may have made one or two half-hearted experiments before, but +there was never anything like this." + +"Not even when Margaret said 'Good-bye, Norman'?" + +"That was a thrill, I admit. But what a faint thrill, after all! Nothing +like what I get every time you come into a room. But there's something +more than thrills in it. The thrills are only the ripples on the +surface. The real love is the quiet deep water underneath. That's what +we've got, darling. It will last us all our lives." + +They had come down to Barton's Close, where the thick grass had already +hidden all signs of the disturbance to which it had been subjected. +They found a bank on the edge of it bright with primroses, upon which +the sun was shining, and sat there for a time. Looking over the rich +green carpet of the meadow, it was natural that they should fall into +talk of the disturbances that had had their rise here; for there was no +subject that they shirked, and this one had affected them deeply. + +"Of course it was nothing in itself," Norman said. "If it hadn't been +for an accident here and there, they would have settled it at once. +Father says that. It began with their writing letters to one another, +instead of talking it over. Then when they did talk the quarrel had gone +too far." + +"Does Uncle Bill talk about it still?" + +"He talked about it yesterday. He feels it very much still." + +"Poor Uncle Bill! But I've thought about it a lot, and I don't love him +any less because of it. If he weren't sorry about it himself, I suppose +it would make a difference. But I know he did love my darling Daddy; +they loved one another underneath it all. They both knew it at the last. +When father couldn't speak any more, and Uncle Bill took my hand in his, +and said he would look after me and all of us, I could tell by the way +he looked at him that that was what he wanted. Oh, they did love one +another, I know. If only that quarrel hadn't come between them, almost +at the last! Why do people quarrel who love one another?" + +"I think that we ought not to make too much of it, Pam darling. I've +thought about it too. It's because poor Uncle Edmund died that it seems +so important. If he had lived they would have made it up. They couldn't +have helped themselves, because of what they really were to one another. +Then it would all have been forgotten very quickly; and I should think +they would both have been careful that it shouldn't happen again." + +"Yes, I dare say that's true. But it just shows that it doesn't do for +people who love one another to let themselves quarrel at all. We never +will, will we?" + +They agreed upon that, and upon many other things. Then they walked +slowly back to the Hall together, hand in hand part of the way. Miss +Baldwin, from her watch tower of the schoolroom window, saw them under +the trees before they came out on to the lawn as separate units. She had +seen few signs of the emotion she had craved for between them, and to +catch that glimpse of them together pleased her. It was the right ending +of the story whose vicissitudes she had watched with such interest. Its +later chapters had been sadder than she had anticipated, and her +sympathies had of late been more human than literary with the family +with whom she lived. But the shadow of loss seemed to be lifting, in +these sunny spring days. It was not forbidden to her now to weave her +tales around them. Already she scented another absorbing romance to +unfold itself before her eyes. And with this one, the interest of which +she might have expected to come to an end with the approaching pealing +of wedding bells, she found herself still looking forward. For if you +could take leave of the heroes and heroines of fiction at the church +door, with no wish to follow their fortunes further, it was not so with +those with whom you had come to feel a living sympathy. For them a new +story was beginning, from which as much happiness was to be looked for +as from the one that had led up to it. + + +THE END + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Hall and the Grange, by Archibald Marshall + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HALL AND THE GRANGE *** + +***** This file should be named 39595-8.txt or 39595-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/9/5/9/39595/ + +Produced by Annie McGuire. This book was produced from +scanned images of public domain material from the Google +Print archive. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + |
